Postgraduate Prospectus 2012 by King's College London

Kingâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s College London Postgraduate Prospectus 2012

Postgraduate Prospectus 2012

Visiting King’s King’s Schools and departments host regular seminars, conferences and other events giving opportunities to find out more about a particular subject or topic of interest and see our academic staff in action. King’s also organises open days for prospective students or you could go on a self-guided tour or a current student-guided campus tour (visit www.kcl.ac.uk/opendays for details of days/times). Alternatively you can view 360 degree images of King’s on our virtual tour at www.kcl.ac.uk/virtualtour

Applying to King’s You can apply using our online application form, available from www.kcl.ac.uk/gradapply. Your referees can also use our online ‘Referee Portal’ to submit your references. Our online application form makes applying easier and quicker for you.

Applicants Portal In addition to applying online, applicants to King’s will benefit from our applicants portal, a bespoke online system that will help you to manage your application, update personal information and view updates on your application status and messages from the admissions office in real time. Details will be sent to you when you apply to the College.

Website You can access information on all our programmes from our online prospectus www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus King’s is continually developing its website to deliver a better experience for the user. Some web addresses printed in this document will therefore be subject to change but will be redirected to new content. You can also connect with King’s via social media www.kcl.ac.uk/newsevents/ social-media.aspx

Front Cover: Graduation ceremony for the school of social science & public policy.

Welcome to King’s King’s College London is one of the UK’s most historic and prestigious university institutions, based in the heart of London. It has nearly 23,500 students from 150 countries, nine Schools of study and a growing number of specialist centres and institutes: • Arts & Humanities • Biomedical Sciences • Dental Institute • Law • Medicine • Natural & Mathematical Sciences • Nursing & Midwifery • Institute of Psychiatry • Social Science & Public Policy

King’s Schools, Departments & Divisions Academic Schools Dental Institute Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery Institute of Psychiatry School of Arts & Humanities Australian Studies Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies Classics Comparative Literature Culture, Media & Creative Studies Digital Humanities English Language & Literature European & International Studies Film Studies French German History Middle East & Mediterranean Studies Music Palaeography Philosophy Spanish, Portuguese & Latin American Studies Theology & Religious Studies School of Biomedical Sciences Analytical & Environmental Sciences Research Division Human & Aerospace Physiological Sciences Centre MRC Centre for Developmental Neurobiology Pharmaceutical Science Research Division Randall Division of Cell & Molecular Biophysics Wolfson Centre for Age-Related Diseases (CARD) School of Law School of Medicine Asthma, Allergy & Lung Biology Research Division Cancer Studies Research Division Cardiovascular Research Division Diabetes & Nutritional Science Research Division Genetics & Molecular Medicine Research Division Health & Social Care Research Division Imaging Sciences & Biomedical Engineering Research Division Immunology, Infection & Inflammatory Disease Research Division Medical Education Research Division Transplantation Immunology & Mucosal Biology Women’s Health Research Division School of Natural & Mathematical Sciences Department of Informatics Department of Mathematics Department of Physics School of Social Science & Public Policy Centre for Language Discourse Communication Defence Studies Department Department of Education & Professional Studies Department of Geography Department of Management Department of Political Economy Department of War Studies Institute of Gerontology Other units English Language Centre Global Institutes Graduate School Institute for Contemporary History King’s Learning Institute Modern Language Centre

Contents Introduction to King’s Distinguished

Dental Institute

Research opportunities Taught programmes

63 64

Law

Research opportunities Taught programmes

Medicine

72 75

Research opportunities Taught programmes

Natural & Mathematical Sciences

Research opportunities Taught programmes

Nursing & Midwifery

Research opportunities Taught programmes

Institute of Psychiatry

Highlights of King’s recent achievements DISCOVERING

Past and present pioneering endeavours CONNECTed

Our location and links EXCELLENCE

Study options at King’s international

Support for international students VIBRANT

Social, sporting and other opportunities at King’s

Key information NEED TO KNOW

Graduate School & study environment Fees & funding Accommodation Campuses Facilities & services Applying INDEX Campus map

16 20 22

24 28 30 126 inside back cover

Research opportunities Taught programmes

104

Social Science & Public Policy

108

Research opportunities Taught programmes

114

122

101

111

Global Institutes

King’s Learning Institute

Research opportunities Taught programmes

Research opportunities and taught programmes

Arts & Humanities

English Language Centre

Research opportunities Taught programmes

Taught programmes

Biomedical Sciences

Institute for Contemporary History

124

Research opportunities Taught programmes

125

123

125

distinguished

Distinguished King’s College London is one of England’s oldest and most prestigious university institutions. One of the world’s top 25 universities, and with over 90 per cent of its research internationally recognised, King’s offers an intellectually rigorous environment supported by welcoming and caring traditions.

graduation ceremony for the dental institute, southwark cathedral

King’s is: • a member of the Russell Group, a coalition of the UK’s top 20 research-based universities; • a college, offering its own degrees, of the University of London; • part of King’s Health Partners, the UK’s largest Academic Health Sciences Centre; • a leading higher education provider of services to external organisations, with consultancy income of £11m and professional and executive education income of £12.2m in 2009-10; • one of the top 10 UK universities for graduate level employment, with the fifth-highest average graduate starting salary; • among the top three universities in England for PhD completion rates for international students; • rated excellent by the Quality Assurance Agency for students’ educational experience; • one of only two UK universities to have six Medical Research Council centres: over one fifth of the UK total number.

University of the year King’s became the Sunday Times University of the Year 2010-11 in September 2010. The award recognises all-round excellence, including student satisfaction, research quality, academic peer review, entrance qualifications held by new students, degree results achieved, student/staff ratios, dropout rates and graduate employment levels. For the fourth year running the College was also among the world’s top 25 universities in the QS international league table, where it rose from 23rd to 21st position.

King’s Health Partners King’s Health Partners is a highly prestigious partnership formed in 2008 between King’s College and three of London’s most successful NHS foundation trusts (Guy’s & St Thomas’; King’s College Hospital, and the South London & Maudsley). Accredited as one of the UK’s first five Academic Health Sciences Centres in 2009, this pioneering collaboration enables researchers and healthcare professionals to work closely together, and with their students, to develop world-class new treatments for patients, locally and internationally.

International King’s student body includes people from more than 150 countries worldwide, and more

than one in four of our students are from outside the UK. King’s has partnerships with many other universities worldwide, including those with Hong Kong University, the University of North Carolina, the University of California, San Francisco; Jawaharlal Nehru University (India) and the National University of Singapore.

Olympic role for King’s A partnership between GlaxoSmithKline (GSK) and King’s means that the College’s world-renowned Drug Control Centre is playing a key role in anti-doping testing and control for the London 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games. The King’s Drug Control Centre has already been involved in the science of anti-doping in four winter Olympics, two previous summer Olympics and several Commonwealth games. In 2012 King’s scientists will be working round the clock to analyse thousands of athletes’ samples, helping to deter drug cheats and ensuring that the Games are conducted to the highest ethical standards.

Clerk Maxwell’s greatest year The College has been celebrating the achievements of James Clerk Maxwell (1831-79), one of the world’s greatest physicists and Professor of Natural Philosophy at King’s from 1860 to 1865.

Research assessment King’s outstanding reputation for cutting-edge research was confirmed by the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise, in which 23 of the College’s departments were ranked in the top quartile of British universities. Over half of our academic staff work in departments that are in the top 10 per cent in the UK in their field and can thus be classed as world-leading, and the College achieved one of the top two ratings for research impact in health sciences subjects. Subject areas that have 30 per cent or over of their research activity designated worldleading include: • Dentistry •N utritional Sciences anagement Studies •M • C entre for Computing in the Humanities (Library and Information Management) • E ducation • P ortuguese • C lassics, Ancient History, Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies • P hilosophy • F ilm Studies (Dance, Drama and Performing Arts) •M usic. King’s is among the top seven UK universities for research earnings and is the most successful higher education institution in winning grants from the Department of Health.

www.kcl.ac.uk

2011 marks the 150th anniversary of his first paper on electromagnetic theory, and of the first photograph produced according to Maxwell’s three-colour method, taken by photographic pioneer Thomas Sutton of King’s. Maxwell demonstrated that magnetism, electricity and light are different manifestations of the same fundamental laws, and described these through an elegant system of equations, which paved the way for current technologies in radio, television, telephone and information exchange. ‘One scientific epoch ended and another began with James Clerk Maxwell’, Einstein commented.

Somerset House The College has signed a milestone agreement to take possession of the East Wing of Somerset House, extending the King’s Strand Campus into one of London’s most beautiful and important buildings and fulfilling a hope nursed by the College since its foundation in 1829. The renovated Wing will bridge the worlds of higher education, policy and the arts and will provide the College’s School of Law with premises appropriate to its standing as one of Europe’s premier law schools, with a new Moot Court that will enable students to perfect their debating skills.

In the past year, King’s has: • c elebrated the 150th anniversary of Florence Nightingale’s foundation of the world’s first professional school of nursing, the direct ancestor of King’s current Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery; • c ongratulated PhD Law student Katherine Grainger, who won a record fifth world title at the World Rowing Championships in November 2010; •m arked the award of the Queen’s Anniversary prize for Higher Education to the Health Service & Population Research Group at the Institute of Psychiatry. The award recognises the Group’s work in improving the quality of life for people with mental health problems throughout the world;

florence nightingale 150th anniversary

• l aunched the global role of King’s Health Partners at a conference on global health (an important emerging health discipline); •e stablished a new interdisciplinary Institute for Contemporary History, uniting historians with academics in the fields of law and the social sciences;

katherine grainger (right)

•o fficially opened the King’s China Institute by unveiling a bronze bust of Confucius outside the College’s Maughan Library; •w on two Medical Futures awards for the HapTEL project, which is exploring the technical and socio-cognitive aspects of the use of robots when training dentists. king’s china institute

DISCOVERING

Discovering Discovery is at the heart of our endeavours. King’s has produced some of the world’s greatest innovators, and today we are one of the UK’s leading universities for research funded by the government and by business. Our research informs and supports everything we offer our postgraduate students.

guy’s campus

New Nobel King’s gained its tenth Nobel Prize laureate in October 2010 when Mario Vargas Llosa, who is a former member of staff and Honorary Fellow of King’s, was awarded the 2010 Nobel Prize in literature. Vargas Llosa is one of Latin America’s most significant novelists and a leading author of his generation, and also a literary critic of great importance. He is also well known as a politician, and ran for the Peruvian presidency in 1990, advocating neoliberal reforms. He was a Lecturer in Spanish American Literature at King’s from the late 1960s and became an Honorary Fellow of the College in 2005.

Spin out to success In the past 20 years, King’s spinout companies have made an impact in diverse areas, such as cardiovascular monitoring, cancer vaccines, arthritis treatment and dentistry. Recently, Centron Diagnostics Ltd, a new King’s spin-out which specialises in innovative, non-invasive cardiovascular measurement, launched a revolutionary device that measures central blood pressure easily, speedily and non-invasively. Other success stories include OSspray Ltd, which produces and distributes novel dental treatment material; Proximagen, which is developing drugs for Parkinson’s disease; and LiDCO plc, which develops

cardiovascular monitoring devices for patients in major surgery and intensive care. The College continually seeks partnerships and commercial opportunities with industry, resulting in real-world application for King’s research and innovation, and long-term public benefit. www.kcl.ac.uk/business

Unique MA with Southbank Centre London’s Southbank Centre and King’s have come together to launch a unique MA in ‘Education in Arts & Cultural Settings’. Increasing numbers of people work on educational programmes in arts organisations across the UK and internationally and this is the first professional qualification in this area. The MA is available both full-time and part-time from September 2011, with teaching at both the College and Southbank Centre. Students’ dissertations will include a report on research conducted on some aspect of Southbank’s extensive learning and participation programme.

Fast, accurate test for Alzheimer’s A new advanced computer programme being used by King’s Institute of Psychiatry can detect the early signs of Alzheimer’s disease from a routine clinical brain scan, returning 85 per cent accurate results in under 24 hours. The Automated MRI

software compares an individual’s brain scan image with 1,200 others showing varying stages of Alzheimer’s (thought to be the largest collection of its kind in the world), and calculates the outcome. Although there are 750,000 people with dementia in the UK, early diagnosis of Alzheimer’s is difficult, and patients are frequently not treated until their symptoms become stronger.

China Institute launched The King’s China Institute celebrated its official opening in October 2010 in the presence of HE Mr Liu Xiaoming, Ambassador of the People’s Republic of China. The launch included the unveiling of a bronze statue of Confucius outside the College’s Maughan Library and a two-day forum on The Analects of Confucius. The Ambassador described the launch as a golden opportunity to pursue closer exchanges and co-operation with China, and to contribute to the mutual understanding and friendship between the two peoples. The King’s China Institute, founded in 2008, provides a focal point for the study, promotion and understanding of Chinese society and culture.

How do we cope with an ever-ageing population? What will it take to eradicate poverty? Why can’t we find better treatments for cancer? These are big questions, the answers to which have the potential to affect the lives of millions of people. World

questions|king’s answers, the College’s biggest ever fundraising campaign, aims to tackle those questions by bringing about real and lasting change in three priority areas: Neuroscience & mental health, Leadership & society and Cancer. King’s will play a major part in addressing these issues. But to do this it needs more specialist researchers, the brightest students and the space and resources for them to excel. This landmark campaign aims to raise £500 million by 2015, money which will be spent on improving King’s facilities, investing in research and creating opportunities for collaboration. With redevelopment of Somerset House now under way, creating a new home for the School of Law and an exciting cultural hub for the capital, the future is already taking shape.

www.kcl.ac.uk

Energy management leader King’s is the first university to achieve Energy Management Standard BS EN 16001. Independent external auditors verified the robustness of the College’s energy management in three stages over a period of several months and assessed the College’s control of its energy use and targets for continuous improvement. King’s has been committed to minimising energy consumption for many years, with staff and students now demanding further action beyond legal compliance on issues concerning climate change and security of supply.

Medieval studies old and new A BBC2 documentary, written and presented by Dr Stephen Baxter of King’s, featured a new online database of William the Conqueror’s 1086 Domesday Book, launched in 2010 by a team based at King’s and the University of Cambridge. PASE Domesday lists, maps and quantifies the estates named in the survey and transforms our understanding of English society before and after the Norman Conquest. Another major project in medieval history – the Henry III Fine Rolls – has just been completed at King’s. Directed by Professor David Carpenter, in collaboration with The National Archives and the Arts

& Humanities Research Council, the project has captured the public imagination through its use of blogs, online discussion groups and coverage in popular journals such as BBC History Magazine.

National Theatre Live King’s is one of the first academic venues to participate in the hugely popular National Theatre Live initiative to broadcast the best of British theatre to cinemas around the world. Productions streamed live to the Anatomy Theatre & Museum at the College’s Strand Campus have included King Lear, Frankenstein and The Cherry Orchard. The collaboration with the NT is part of an innovative programme of events in the Anatomy Theatre & Museum and takes its place alongside a range of other collaborations between academic faculty within the School of Arts & Humanities and the cultural and creative industries.

New device to remove dental drill noise An innovative device which cancels out the noise of the dental drill could end patients’ anxiety about trips to the dentist, according to experts at King’s, Brunel and London South Bank universities, who pioneered the invention. The device uses technology called adaptive filtering and produces an inverted

wave to cancel out unwanted noise. Patients would be able to use their MP3 player or mobile phone to listen to their own music while completely blocking out the unpleasant sound of the drill and suction equipment, but still be able to hear the dentist speaking to them.

First test for pre-eclampsia King’s scientists have pioneered a new method of identifying early in pregnancy which healthy first-time mothers are at risk of developing pre-eclampsia: a potentially life-threatening condition that complicates one in 20 first pregnancies and can cause kidney or liver damage, blood clotting and seizures. Professor Robyn North, from the Division of Women’s Health at King’s, and her team analysed the medical and family history, lifestyles and clinical examinations of over 3,500 healthy first-time mothers and devised a prototype test for a combination of possible risk factors. Mothers at risk will now be able to receive the appropriate care to prevent the condition.

Our stars For centuries King’s has been producing innovators who have helped to make the world a better place. Among our stars are: Sir Charles Lyell, founder of modern geology Sir Charles Wheatstone, pioneer of current electricity and wireless telegraphy John Frederic Daniell, inventor of the constant-cell battery Thomas Hodgkin, identifier of Hodgkin’s disease James Clerk Maxwell, Einstein’s predecessor in electromagnetism and relativity Lord Lister, inventor of antiseptic surgery, known as ‘the father of modern medicine’ Florence Nightingale, founder of the first professional school of nursing John Keats, Romantic poet Thomas Hardy, Novelist William S Gilbert, of Gilbert and Sullivan fame Virginia Woolf, author and critic Arthur C Clarke, science fiction writer.

connected

Connected King’s is the most central of all London’s universities. Our postgraduate students’ learning and careers benefit from our close connections with the UK’s professional, political, legal, commercial, scientific and cultural life, and from our partnership with three leading NHS hospital foundation trusts.

london eye

Location in London Four of King’s campuses are located within a single square mile between the Houses of Parliament and London Bridge, with our Denmark Hill Campus a short journey away in south London. See pages 24-28 for further details of our sites and the facilities at each.

Academic resources At King’s you will have extraordinary access to the country’s leading cultural and scientific institutions, academic institutes and societies, most of which are based in London. These include the Royal Society, the British Academy, the Royal Geographical Society, the Institute of Physics, the London Mathematical Society and the Royal Astronomical Society. You will be able to use the enviable information resources of London’s libraries and museums, which include the British Library, the University of London Library and many other specialist collections (see also www.studylondon.ac.uk). There are many other advantages to being a student in London, whichever subject you are studying at King’s. For health programmes, London offers access to an extremely diverse patient population, as well as our NHS partnerships and one of the UK’s five Academic Health Sciences Centres: King’s Health Partners. The School of Law is ideally positioned for access to the heart of legal London, and the

School and our Careers Service organise many events where the legal world visits King’s. Details of some of our cultural and arts connections can be found opposite. For all of our programmes, our location means we play host to a huge range of public speakers and events, many of which are open to students. The London 2012 Olympic Games brings with it a wealth of additional cultural events for students to experience. There are many guides available explaining all that London has to offer.

Affordable London

• Tate Gallery • National Portrait Gallery • Royal Academy • BFI • English National Opera • V&A •L ondon Centre for Arts & Cultural Enterprise.

Cultural highlights •T he School of Arts & Humanities at King’s threw open its doors to the public from 25 to 30 October 2010 for its annual week of lectures, debates and exhibitions showcasing the diversity and impact of its research on society.

As a student, it can cost you less to enjoy London than at any other time of your life. With around 16 per cent of the UK total student population living in London, the capital is well geared up for students. There are many student discounts to take advantage of, on travel, shops, eating out and more, plus the many free entertainment events that happen daily.

•T he College’s collaboration with National Theatre Live, launched in December 2010, made King’s one of the first academic venues to receive live broadcasts of NT performances. Productions streamed live to King’s included King Lear, Frankenstein and The Cherry Orchard, as part of the innovative programme of events in the Anatomy Theatre & Museum at the Strand Campus.

Cultural connections

• Renowned materials scientist Dr Mark Miodownik, in the School of Natural & Mathematical Sciences, gave the 2010 Royal Institution Christmas Lectures, broadcast on BBC Four. The RI Christmas Lectures have been inspiring children and adults since 1825.

King’s has direct links with many of the capital’s cultural and arts organisations, and some master’s programmes are co-taught, for example, with the South Bank Centre, British Museum and the British Library (see pages 114, 50 and 44). Some of the organisations that King’s works closely with are: •B ritish Library •S hakespeare’s Globe Theatre •B ritish Museum

• I n January 2011, the awardwinning production company The Opera Group commenced a three-year residency at the Department of Music at King’s.

‘Living and studying in the heart of London provides so many opportunities and new challenges. The endless array of seminars, workshops and lectures by international leaders from all backgrounds helps develop a wellrounded perspective of life and academia. You can move out of the classroom and forge practical experience in this fast-paced city by internships and volunteering among the multitude of world-class organisations.’ Alan Monsen International Relations MA

www.kcl.ac.uk

TRAFALGAR SQUARE

KING’S STRAND CAMPUS KING’S MAUGHAN LIBRARY

Visitors to King’s Because of its distinction and central London location, halfway between Westminster and the City of London, King’s attracts many eminent visitors and speakers. Those you could have met in 2010-11 include: US civil rights leader Revd Jesse Jackson; General David Petraeus, Commander of the International Security Assistance Force in Afghanistan; Most Revd and Rt Hon Dr Rowan Williams, Archbishop of Canterbury; Rt Hon Hubert Alexander Ingraham, Prime Minister of the Bahamas; Sir Mark Walport, Director of the Wellcome Trust; Boris Johnson, Mayor of London; children’s author and campaigner Michael Morpurgo; Gunther Oettinger, EU Commissioner for Energy; HE Mr Liu Xiaoming, Ambassador for China; HE Roberto Jaguaribe, Ambassador for Brazil; Major General John Lorimer, head of strategic communication at the Ministry of Defence; Her Royal Highness the Duchess of Gloucester; Health Minister Lord Howe, and Major Tim Peake, the first official British astronaut selected by the European Space Agency.

THE LONDON EYE

ST PAUL’S CATHEDRAL

CITY FINANCIAL DISTRICT KING’S WATERLOO CAMPUS

SHAKESPEARE’S GLOBE THEATRE

TATE MODERN

HOUSES OF PARLIAMENT KING’S ST THOMAS’ CAMPUS

KING’S GUY’S CAMPUS

excellence

Excellence King’s academics are redefining the world and helping to make it a better place. With the support of our specialist Graduate School you can follow in this tradition and graduate to the highly distinguished company of King’s alumni.

maughan library

Research-led teaching As one of the world’s leading research-intensive universities, King’s postgraduate students are taught or supervised by academics who are national or international leaders in their field, familiar with the latest ideas and developments in their disciplines. King’s provides a supportive environment to help ensure the welfare and success of our students. King’s offers around 300 taught postgraduate programmes and an extensive range of research opportunities. You will be supported both by the central Graduate School and by your own academic department and School. The Graduate School champions the needs of postgraduates in College decision-making and delivers training, services and facilities centrally. The Schools are responsible for academic matters and for local training, support, guidance and administration. Most of our taught programmes provide students with the opportunity to undertake research. We value scholarly enquiry and independence of thought, and our students enjoy high levels of staff contact, with free and open discussion. Our goal is to enhance your experience as a postgraduate student. We bring together the postgraduate opportunities from the Schools to provide a vibrant research environment and high quality taught postgraduate experiences.

Postgraduate qualifications at King’s Taught programmes: •P ostgraduate Certificates and Diplomas (PG Cert, PG Dip) •M aster’s (MA, MBA, MSc, LLM, MClinDent, MPH, MMus) •M aster’s by research (MRes)

Undergraduate level programmes: •G raduate Certificates and Diplomas (Grad Cert, Grad Dip, equivalent to final year undergraduate study)

Research degrees: •M Phil •M PhilStud •M D(Res) •P hD • J oint PhD programmes with international partners

Professional doctorates: •D octorate in Clinical Psychology (DClinPsy) •D octorate in Education (EdD) •D octorate in Healthcare (Nursing, DHC) •D octorate in Healthcare (Pharmacy, DHC) •D octorate in Theology and Ministry (DThM) •D octorate in Professional Studies (DrPS)

Research degrees A research degree can be the first step in an academic career, but it is also valued by many other employers who are looking for flexible and critical thinkers. Supervision is key to your success so we ensure that all of our supervisors are trained and rewarded, and your progress is regularly reviewed against pre-agreed milestones. Whether you study full- or part-time, your research degree will require an enormous commitment from you and from King’s, so we strongly advise you to discuss your research aims in-depth with us before you apply. Guidance on applying for a research degree can be found on page 30 and in the individual programmes section. King’s also offers a number of joint PhD programmes with our international partner institutions, see page 12 for more details.

Professional doctorates If you want to continue your postgraduate study to doctoral level (equivalent to a traditional PhD), already have a master’s level qualification and several years’ professional experience, a professional doctorate will allow you to combine professional and academic work. Professional doctorates vary in length and study mode. Apart from our doctorate in Clinical Psychology, all are part-time programmes.

‘King’s is a centre of excellence for anyone who wishes to become an international professional in any career. I chose to study here because of the facilities on offer, the research opportunities available and the employability studying at King’s brings. With seminars with professionals and a great tutoring system, I received quality education for my money.’ Faderera Ladipo Water, Science & Governance MSc

www.kcl.ac.uk

Taught programmes We cater for many different needs and aspirations. You may be carrying straight on from your first degree, studying as you work, taking time out from work to enhance your professional expertise, returning to study, or joining us from overseas. Whatever the case, you will find an understanding and encouraging environment at King’s. Some programmes are professionally accredited and are highly specialised, others have a range of entry routes. Many are multidisciplinary, both in content and the students they attract.

Credit framework All taught postgraduate programmes operate within a credit framework. Programmes are made up of a number of modules, each with a credit value – for a standard master’s programme the overall credit value is 180. Credit relates to the amount of learning required for a particular module or programme. One unit of credit equates roughly to 10 hours of learning, including teaching, private study, revision and assessment. This is an estimate, as we recognise students learn at different paces, but the credit framework will give you an indication of the amount of time you will need to spend studying.

Graduate certificates and graduate diplomas We offer a small number of graduate certificates and diplomas. These are at a level equivalent to the final year of an undergraduate honours degree, and are generally suitable for students who have studied to degree level but do not have the necessary specific area of expertise to undertake a specialist master’s programme.

Postgraduate diplomas The College also offers a range of postgraduate diplomas. These often contain the same taught elements as a master’s programme, but do not require a dissertation. They are a good option if you wish to participate in a taught programme without the research element. Alternatively, some postgraduate diplomas are designed as a prerequisite for a specialist master’s programme – successful completion allows you to progress to your chosen master’s.

Taught master’s We offer around 300 different master’s programmes. These include specialist programmes (where a closely related first degree is required) and programmes of broader academic scope (some of which are interdisciplinary in approach).

There are programmes leading to careers in research, specific commercial or healthcare sectors and, of course, programmes for your own personal development and enjoyment. One constant in this diversity is our continued commitment to excellence and research-led teaching. All master’s programmes include a research project or dissertation.

Taught master’s by research Certain Schools within the College offer MRes programmes, and some offer research-related master’s programmes. They all contain in-depth, specialist research training. They are useful if you are considering an academic or commercial research career. If you are unsure whether a PhD is the right option for you, or want to enhance your research skills before embarking on one, a research-based master’s degree may be a viable alternative, or helpful first step.

Short courses and professional development A number of Schools and departments across King’s offer professional development and short courses not listed in this publication. Details will be given within our online prospectus (www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus).

Modes of study Full-time, part-time, distance learning and elearning Many programmes are offered on a full- or part-time basis, so you can choose which best suits you. Others, because of the nature of the subject or the specific content, are only offered as full- or part-time study. Our programmes are designed to be as flexible as possible. Where appropriate, modules are timetabled to fit with work or personal commitments. Some departments offer all or part of their postgraduate programmes in the early evening. The College also runs a small number of distance learning and elearning programmes. Many postgraduate-level programmes include an element of web-based learning. Most programmes start in late September or early October. They run fulltime for around nine months (usually for postgraduate diplomas), or the full calendar year (usually for master’s programmes). A small number have a January start, and while it is possible to start a PhD at different points throughout the year, most students start in the autumn.

INTERNATIONAL

International A leading university situated in the heart of a dynamic global city, King’s reputation for academic excellence and world-class research attracts some of the best international students from all over the world.

INTERNATIONAL PARTNERS AND STUDY ABROAD King’s is proud to have wide-ranging partnerships with leading institutions across the world and aims to encourage progressive research, facilitate knowledge transfer, elevate learning and enhance the student experience through these partnerships. An increasing number of postgraduates have the chance to spend a semester or year abroad at a partner institution as part of their studies, at universities such as Georgetown in the USA and the University of Sao Paulo in Brazil. We offer an increasing number of joint PhD programmes where you will have the opportunity of living and studying both in London and at partner institutions such as the National University of Singapore, Hong Kong University and Humboldt University in Germany and receive a single PhD awarded by both institutions. To find out more visit www.kcl.ac.uk/ aboutkings/worldwide

WORLD-CLASS INSTITUTION King’s is ranked in the top 25 universities worldwide and is renowned for providing a welcoming environment for talented students from all over the world. We offer a vast range of programmes to international students, and whichever you choose, you will work with academics who are leaders in their field offering you access to some of the most exciting, cutting-edge research in the world.

THE LONDON ADVANTAGE As a King’s student you will be in the heart of the cultural capital with an abundance of research facilities and academic societies on your doorstep. Our students benefit from close connections with the UK’s professional, political, legal, scientific and cultural life, and from our partnership with three leading NHS hospital foundation trusts. Our unrivalled location has enabled us to forge mutually beneficial links with institutions such as Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre, the British Museum and the British Library. Our location also allows us to connect with employers from multi-national companies to government and NGO organisations, providing students with the best possible access to facilitate their careers. If you are looking to contribute to an exciting, forward-thinking environment and to the local,

national and international community, then King’s is undoubtedly the place for you.

INTERNATIONAL COMMUNITY King’s offers a vibrant international community situated in one of the most exciting cities in the world, with over 6,100 international students from over 150 different countries. Our international staff also bring expertise from many corners of the globe, ensuring there is always an international perspective to your studies at King’s. Our students’ union, called KCLSU (run by students for students), will help you make the most of all the student activities that are on offer, from sports to arts and culture and volunteering in the community. Visit www.kclsu.org

GLOBAL INSTITUTES King’s is home to a number of Global Institutes which encourage interest amongst King’s staff and students in key overseas nations through the development of teaching and research programmes. These include the Brazil, China, India and North America Institutes as well as the African Leadership Centre and Centre for Middle East & Mediterranean Studies. Each Institute offers students an opportunity to follow a master’s or a PhD programme in a dedicated centre for interdisciplinary study of these regions. To find out more visit www.kcl.ac.uk/aboutkings/ worldwide/global

‘London has been a magnet for the world’s brightest and most motivated individuals through the centuries. Its charm lies not only in the strength of the academic programmes in its universities, but the myriad of choices it offers to those who seek to live life to the fullest. Although I miss my family back home, time spent in London will undoubtedly leave an indelible impact on me.’ Dr John Bosco Lee Clinical Forensic Psychiatry MSc

www.kcl.ac.uk

ACCOMMODATION We understand that moving to another country can be a daunting experience. Our Accommodation Service offers you advice and support for finding the accommodation that is right for you. For more information, please see the postgraduate accommodation section on page 22.

ENTRY QUALIFICATIONS King’s will consider students with a wide variety of international qualifications. For further advice on whether your qualifications meet our entry requirements, please visit the online postgraduate prospectus at www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus or contact the department to which you are applying directly. You will also find some country-specific information on our international country pages: www.kcl.ac.uk/ study/international/yourcountry

ENGLISH LANGUAGE CENTRE To follow our programmes successfully, you must have a good command of English and be able to apply this effectively in an academic environment. The minimum requirements for each King’s School are set out on page 31. Our British Councilaccredited English Language Centre (ELC) offers a range of two-year Master’s programmes run in collaboration with King’s schools, as well as pre-master’s and pre-sessional programmes

and free language and study skills support during your postgraduate studies. Further details can be found on page 31 and at www.kcl.ac.uk/elc

FEES AND FUNDING INFORMATION Fees for our programmes can be found within our online prospectus. See page 20 for general information and details about scholarships. Information is also available at www.kcl.ac.uk/ international/finance and at www.kcl.ac.uk/gradfunding

SUPPORT King’s is renowned for its supportive, friendly atmosphere. You will receive help and advice at every stage of your application process; a special three day orientation programme for international students when you arrive, and continuing expert support throughout your studies. The College also has dedicated international student advisers offering guidance on visa and immigration issues – see page 29 for further information. The King’s Careers Service is also on hand to help you find employment in and outside the UK – see page 28 for details.

INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS WEBSITE King’s has a dedicated area on the website for international students: www.kcl.ac.uk/international. Here you will be able to find information tailored to students

from over 140 countries around the world as well as comprehensive pre-departure and arrival information.

KING’S VISITS YOUR COUNTRY King’s International Marketing Team visits several countries throughout the year. To find out when King’s is next in your country or region please visit: www.kcl.ac.uk/study/ international/yourcountry

CONNECT WITH KINGS We understand that many of our international students will not be able to visit King’s prior to attending the College so we have created a number of online features to enable you to feel part of the King’s community and explore what the College has to offer: King’s virtual campus tour (www.kcl.ac.uk/virtualtour) gives you a 360 degree tour of our campuses and accommodation King’s Facebook page (www.facebook.com/ kingscollegelondon) provides updates about the College and enables you to meet fellow students online prior to arriving Finally, you can keep up to date on our international news and activities by following us on twitter: @KingsGlobal

vibrant

Vibrant At King’s you become part of London: one of the world’s most vibrant cities for arts, culture, learning and entertainment. Our mix of students of all levels and fields of study creates a friendly atmosphere in which to study, socialise and flourish.

The King’s experience encompasses far more than study. Our students like to get involved, and there is plenty to get involved with. Besides a host of events, including high-profile speakers, exhibitions and debates, the College and the Students’ Union bring together groups of like-minded students in clubs, societies, volunteering projects, and socially at our cafés and bars. Our alumni network also keeps you up to speed after you graduate.

KCLSU (King’s College London Students’ Union) At KCLSU, our mission is to support you during your time at King’s through organising sporting, social and cultural activities; by ensuring the student voice is heard and by providing you with access to independent support and advice when you need it. We are a student-focused organisation that puts King’s students’ wants and needs at the centre of what we do. As a King’s student, you will automatically be a member of KCLSU and our direction and focus is placed in your hands.

Getting involved Whether you’ve been doing it for years or you just feel like trying something new, there are an enormous variety of sports clubs, societies, volunteering opportunities and campaigning groups where you can get involved.

Sports clubs and societies The majority of sports teams take part in nationally recognised fixtures in British Universities and Colleges Sport (BUCS) leagues. If you’re more of a beginner, there’s still plenty of opportunity to play just for fun, from rugby to ultimate frisbee, rowing to kung fu. KCLSU has access to all College-owned facilities, including four sports grounds close to central London and strong links with other University of London teams. There are over a hundred societies to choose from, including groups specifically aimed at postgraduate and mature students, most religions and nationalities, political parties, performing arts, and many more. Each society has its own social programme and many organise events and showcases throughout the year.

‘London is a throbbing lively city with a wealth of opportunities for students. King’s has several student bars and clubs that are brilliant and ideally located with stunning views across the London skyline. There are also a plethora of clubs and societies for every type of activity for students to get involved in.’ Anne Jacob Cardiovascular Medicine PhD

www.kcl.ac.uk

Music

Free time

As well as signing up for KCLSU music societies, students wishing to pursue musical interests can also join:

KCLSU has some amazing places to get together with new friends in a safe and secure environment. Our two bars, the Waterfront (Strand Campus) and Guy’s Bar (Guy’s Campus) serve a range of food and drinks all day. Tutu’s (named after alumnus Desmond Tutu) hosts a range of club nights and is home to our live gig programme.

•C ollege Chapel Choir – the internationally renowned choir undertakes a wide variety of formal and informal engagements, as well as certain College chapel services. Entry is by audition for a choral scholarship. For more details contact David Trendell, the College Organist (Department of Music, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC 2R 2LS , david.trendell@kcl.ac.uk). •C ollege Orchestra – which always welcomes suitably qualified musicians. The orchestra rehearses weekly, leading to a concert performance at the end of each semester. •G uy’s, King’s and St Thomas’ Hospitals’ Music Society – which is open to staff and students from the three hospital campuses. •M usic Department Choir – which is open to experienced singers from other departments. For more details contact music@kcl.ac.uk

Recent appearances have included The Hoosiers, Scouting for Girls, Snow Patrol, Hot Chip, CSS, Pigeon Detectives and Bobby Friction. If you want to work off the calories or just keep fit and healthy, Kinetic Fitness Club provides high quality gym facilities at great value prices. All King’s students receive discounted membership with access to cardiovascular and resistance equipment, free weights and a comprehensive range of classes.

Advice and support KCLSU Student Centres can be found at Guy’s, Strand and Waterloo Campuses and are your first point of call for information on anything relating to KCLSU. You can also buy events tickets, get NUS Extra cards and join sports clubs or societies. Off campus, you can access KCLSU services via our website, www.kclsu.org

We want you to have the best possible experience at King’s but if sometimes things go wrong, we are here to help. Our confidential and impartial Advice Service will help you deal with issues relating to your educational experience and we can also help you access other support services provided by King’s.

Volunteering Many students use their time at King’s to give back to the local community through volunteering projects. You can get involved in a short project for as little as a day or something more long-term.

After you graduate When you graduate, you will automatically become a member of the King’s College London Association, a worldwide network of more than 125,000 former students of King’s and its merged colleges. Membership lasts a lifetime, it’s free, and being part of our alumni network provides a wide range of benefits, including a variety of social and educational events and reunions, a dedicated website (www.alumni.kcl.ac.uk) which helps you keep in touch with friends and make new contacts, and In Touch, our free, twice-yearly alumni magazine. You can also continue to benefit from free access to King’s libraries, discounts at the Kinetic Fitness Club, language courses and worldwide discounts on travel and entertainment.

need to know

Graduate School The Graduate School aims to attract the best postgraduate students in the world and provides a world-class experience within a friendly and supportive environment.

graduate lounge (waterloo campus)

Your community The College-wide Graduate School was established in 2006 to help King’s attract the best postgraduate students in the world and ensure they have a world-class experience while studying for their doctorates or master’s degrees. The Graduate School does this by providing services and facilities for our 2,000 doctoral students, and by ensuring that other College service-providers have the particular needs of all of our 8,600 postgraduates in mind when developing provision.

Research-intensive King’s is a research-intensive institution and this enriches our doctoral and master’s programmes. Our staff are experts in their fields and will seek to ensure that you are taken to the research frontier of your discipline whilst also being provided with the personal skills you will need to succeed in life, whether you then choose to be an academic or not.

Investment in facilities Regardless of whether you are studying for a master’s or a doctorate you will benefit from the significant investment King’s has made in its estate and its infrastructure. We have spent over £550 million on our estate and libraries in the last 20 years and are currently investing heavily in major improvements to our IT infrastructure and services. King’s has also recently invested in its

English Language Centre and its Modern Language Centre, both of which can help you acquire new skills or improve existing skills.

Induction Graduate School support begins with a comprehensive induction programme for new research students so that you know what support and facilities are available from day one. These complement induction events organised by each academic School and special Graduate School induction sessions for international students.

Postgraduate spaces and socialising We have created Graduate Lounges on each campus where postgraduates can meet students from other departments over a coffee and we are adding Skype to allow you to phone home. We have two Graduate Zones, a postgraduate-only workspace in our libraries where you can go if you need quiet time to think or write. Together with KCLSU, we also organise a series of social events called ‘Unlocking London’ that help you get to know the capital and its vibrant social life. Previous events include Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre, an evening Thames River Cruise and a festive flight on the London Eye.

‘King’s has all the history, opportunities and experience you expect from a worldleading university. I was able to go beyond the classroom walls to participate in internships, learn from professional and visiting professors, and speak with world leaders within my field to an extent I couldn’t have received anywhere else.’ James Fraser Risk Analysis MSc

www.kcl.ac.uk

Modern Language Centre The Centre offers a variety of courses for academic and professional development for postgraduate students of all disciplines. The courses allow the chance to develop language skills at all levels. Languages on offer include Arabic, Bengali, Brazilian Portuguese, Catalan, Dari, Farsi, French, German, Greek, Hebrew, Hindi, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Mandarin, Panjabi, Pashto, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Sanskrit, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish and Urdu. There is also a range of specialised courses, including languages for business, for law and for health professionals. All our teachers are experienced, qualified native speakers of their languages. Postgraduates can choose from a range of language modules, either to take for credit as part of a taught degree programme, or to support a research degree. Students are also welcome to take extra-curricular language courses, either by joining an undergraduate assessed module, choosing one of the evening classes or a tailormade course. There is a fee for any extra-curricular course, but King’s students receive a discounted rate. For more information contact the Modern Language Centre, tel 020 7848 2890, modern.language@kcl.ac.uk www.kcl.ac.uk/mlc

Research students The Graduate School publishes the College’s Core Code of Practice that is made available to every student on registration. This document sets out policies that will affect you. It also explains what your responsibilities are, as well as those of your supervisor, department and School. It describes how your progress will be monitored and it gives you a timeline of key events in your journey towards submission of your thesis. Every doctoral student has two supervisors whose job it is to guide your professional and academic development. You will normally also be part of a research group that will provide the research culture and environment within which you will work. Many research groups organise research seminars, journal clubs and discussion groups. Others provide training in research methods that are unique to your field. Some Schools organise ‘Research Showcases’ in which postgraduates are invited to present the results of their research to their peers, to academic staff and to invited specialists. In the Health Schools, prizes are then awarded for the best paper presentation.

need to know

Graduate School

king’s denmark hill campus

Commercial opportunities King’s College London has a specialist business and innovation team that fosters commercialisation and enterprise activities.

Supporting entrepreneurialism King’s supports student enterprise through an annual business plan competition for postgraduates. The programme aims to develop postgraduates’ business and commercial awareness and helps to develop their entrepreneurial capabilities. The competition enhances postgraduate student career prospects and their professional and personal skills.

Monitoring progress Each School has a committee that monitors the progress that you are making toward submitting your thesis. You will have your first progress review after three months and then every six months until your thesis is submitted. A major review of progress takes place when you seek upgrade from MPhil to PhD status. The purpose of this review is to ensure that you are capable of completing your project on time. This review usually involves you submitting a substantial piece of work to a panel of assessors and being interviewed by them. Many students feel this is useful practice for the final oral examination. In some Schools you are also required to make an oral presentation on your research.

Skills training

AKC

Once you are settled into your studies the Researcher Development Unit based in the Graduate School has lead responsibility for co-ordinating the delivery of the skills training you will need to successfully complete your thesis and to get a job. We encourage you to undertake ten days of personal development per year, some with your supervisor and some with the Graduate School. The key skills that the Researcher Development Programme is seeking to develop are focused around the four domains of Vitae’s Researcher Development Framework (www.vitae.ac.uk/rdf):

Postgraduates are eligible to take the Associateship of King’s College (AKC). This optional free course (unique to King’s) considers aspects of ethics, philosophy and theology, Biblical studies and Christian doctrine. Lectures for general students in 2011-12 were on the Bible, and Theism & Atheism. Students in the Department of Theology & Religious Studies follow a separate course, and in 2011-12 these lectures were given by staff in the School of Natural & Mathematical Sciences, and members of the Department of Spanish, Portuguese & Latin American Studies. For more information contact the Dean’s Office, 020 7848 2333, akc@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/akc

• Knowledge and intellectual abilities including research methods, developing creativity and problem-solving skills • Personal effectiveness including time management, career management and networking skills • Research governance and organisation including learning about research integrity and appropriate practice, research strategy and project management • Engagement, influence and impact including teaching, public engagement, team working and communication skills

www.kcl.ac.uk

A programme of IT courses (eg bibliographic software, information retrieval, Office software) is offered, as well as advice and training from King’s Careers Service. Further details of Schools-specific provision are outlined in the programme listings. These are delivered either through courses, online resources or through one-to-one coaching. All Researcher Development Programme courses are bookable online, through Skills Forge, which also records the training you have completed and allows you to produce a transcript to show employers.

funds doctoral students to spend time overseas working in one of our partner universities which currently includes Hong Kong University, National University of Singapore, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, JNU Delhi, University of Sao Paulo, Renmin University China and University of California, San Francisco. We are also developing joint and dual doctoral degrees with some of these partners.

We also host the College’s two Royal Literary Fund Writing Fellows who offer one-to-one advice on how best to write your thesis. And we are one of the few universities in the UK to have dedicated postgraduate careers advice provision. An additional element of the Researcher Development Unit’s provision is our Open Competition that allows groups of students to bid for funding for development initiatives. Our Law students, for example, won funds to organise a European conference for Law postgraduates and publish the proceedings.

Supervisory excellence

Conferences and overseas study

For doctoral students who wish to pursue an academic career, many Schools offer the option of undertaking some teaching. King’s Learning Institute offers a training programme that gives you the skills to teach at university level.

Because academic networking is so important the Graduate School has a competition to allow doctoral students to bid for funds to deliver papers at conferences. We also operate a scheme that

Wherever your programme is based, you will receive the same high standards of help and support.

The Graduate School also has responsibility for the quality of research supervision you receive. We already have high doctoral submission rates but we want to improve further so we have organised conferences, training and discussion groups for King’s academics to make sure they are excellent supervisors as well as world-class researchers. Supervisory Excellence Awards have been introduced to reward outstanding supervisors.

Teaching experience

need to know

Fees & funding Further details about all of the issues in this section can be found on our website at www.kcl.ac.uk/gradfunding

the compass, strand campus

Fees Fees vary from programme to programme and are subject to revision each year. Fees for 2011 entry ranged from around £4,000-£10,000 for ‘home/EU’ full-time master’s per year or £12,000 to £30,000 for overseas full-time master’s. Fees for research programmes also vary depending on the nature of the subject studied. Full-time ‘home/EU’ students paid from £3,750-£6,085 per year in 2011. Overseas full-time researchers paid between £13,050-£30,750. Fees for all taught and research programmes can be found listed alongside individual programmes on the online prospectus (www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus).

Equivalent or lower level qualifications The UK government has changed arrangements for home/EU students who are seeking to obtain an equivalent or lower level qualification (known as ELQ) than they already hold. This means that if a student has already studied for a qualification of an equal or higher level the College does not receive any public funding (there are some exemptions, notably teacher training qualifications). Students who think they fall into this category are advised to contact the admissions office for their programme for advice on how this might affect their tuition fees.

Instalments and deposits You can pay tuition fees in two equal instalments, and if you are

self-financing and pay in full by the stipulated date you will receive a two per cent early settlement refund. For certain programmes, a fee deposit scheme is in operation. When you are offered a place to study on one of our programmes, you will be advised whether you are required to pay a deposit (likely to be around 10 per cent of the fee).

Funding When applying for postgraduate study it is important to consider availability of finances for both tuition fees and living costs. Sources of finance are wide-ranging and vary for individual students. The majority of students on taught or research programmes pay their tuition fees through private sources, whether by industrial sponsorship, borrowed money, or scholarships from agencies and charities. However, King’s administers and provides an extensive range of funding opportunities throughout the year.

Funding through King’s There are many excellent opportunities to help fund your postgraduate studies at King’s. The King’s Graduate School offers a package of 200-plus postgraduate studentships and bursaries. The College website is regularly updated via the funding web pages with studentships and other funding opportunities that become available centrally and through our Schools and departments. Some of this funding may be one-off studentships at either master’s or research level, and may be tied to a project or programme funded by

a Research Council or other major funding body, or may be aimed at students from specific countries. For details of all funding opportunities available across the College please search our funding web pages at www.kcl.ac.uk/ study/pg/funding/fees.aspx

Other sources of financial support Research Councils The principal sources of funding (UK/EU students only) are: • Arts & Humanities Research Council (AHRC, www.ahrc.ac.uk) • Biotechnology & Biological Sciences Research Council (BBSRC, www.bbsrc.ac.uk) • Economic & Social Research Council (ESRC, www.esrc.ac.uk) • Engineering & Physical Sciences Research Council (EPSRC, www.epsrc.ac.uk) • Medical Research Council (MRC, www.mrc.ac.uk) • Natural Environment Research Council (NERC, www.nerc.ac.uk) •S cience & Technology Facilities Council (STFC, www.scitech.ac.uk) Awards can be available for both taught programmes and research. Applications are usually made through the College. Programmes with funding are listed on our funding website database and on our online prospectus.

‘There are plenty of opportunities to receive funding both from King’s and your home country government. In my particular case, King’s Santander Award and Colfuturo Scholarshiploan program have been very useful in covering my tuition and living expenses. Plus the city offers a lot of diverse job opportunities for students; so don’t let budgeting stop you.’ Natalia Mantilla International Conflict Studies MA

www.kcl.ac.uk

Other sources of funding for overseas fee status students If you are a student who requires a student visa to study in the UK you must have sufficient funds to cover both fees and maintenance (for both yourself and any dependants in the UK) for your study. This is a condition of your student visa (more information can be found by contacting the College’s Student Advice and International Student Support Service, www.kcl.ac.uk/advice). Aside from the funding available through King’s Graduate School sources of finance for overseas students may include: funding by your government or sponsorship by your employer; private sources – a student’s own savings or funds borrowed from family; scholarships and bursaries offered by private agencies and charities. Contact your nearest British Council Office or education department for advice on scholarships from your country. Additionally, some students obtain funding through scholarships and funding provided by the British Government.

Other sources of funding for home fee status students Some of the possible sources of funding for students of home fee status are: private sources; part-time work; the support of their employer; scholarships and bursaries offered by private agencies and charities; and loans. Student loans are not available

for postgraduate students, but preferential rates may be obtained through some professional organisations, eg the Law Society. Career Development Loans are available for vocational programmes. Please see www.kcl.ac.uk/gradfunding Availability of such loans for EU students depends on an individual’s circumstances.

Hardship funds The following funds are for students who have unexpected financial difficulties after joining the College. These funds are limited and therefore it is not possible to guarantee that all cases of hardship can be addressed. Access to Learning Fund

This fund is available for distribution to those students who can demonstrate their financial hardship with documentary evidence. Full-time and some parttime postgraduate ‘home’ registered students can apply. Please note that the Access to Learning Fund cannot be used to assist students to pay their tuition fees. International Hardship Fund

The College has established a hardship fund to which international and EU fee status students can apply. Applications are accepted from those students who encounter unexpected financial hardship after joining their course of study. Contact the Student Funding Office for further details (funding@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/funding).

Choral and organ scholarships The College offers about nine choral scholarships and one organ scholarship each year to students from all departments, each currently worth £350 (auditions are held between January and March). Please contact David Trendell, College Organist, for more details at david.trendell@kcl.ac.uk

Finance Living expenses Your living expenses will depend on your commitments (eg if you have children) and the lifestyle that you have. King’s provides more detailed guidance about costs and planning your money during the application process but for further guidance you can visit the following websites: www.studentcalculator.org.uk or especially for international students go to the Living in the UK section at www.educationuk.org

International students All students requiring a visa to study in the UK are required by the UK Border Agency to demonstrate that they have access to at least £800 per calendar month to cover living costs. We therefore advise all EU/overseas students to budget this amount as a minimum. It is your responsibility to ensure that you have sufficient funds to cover all your expenses once you arrive.

Estimated living expenses International postgraduate student 2012-13. Single student: £12,503 Couple: £19,419

Paid work Many students take up paid work during vacation periods and/or work part-time during the academic year. King’s Careers Service advertises vacancies via their online jobs database JobOnline, and provides support throughout the job hunting process from CV writing to interview technique. A wide range of work is available in the Students’ Union. Other departments of the College also offer work opportunities. The British government has introduced legislation to make it easier for international students to gain part-time employment. Unless your visa specifically prohibits you from working, you should be permitted to work up to 20 hours per week in term-time and full-time during your official College vacations. In the case of programmes that include a work placement, this will normally be extended. The majority of international students who have successfully completed and obtained an undergraduate or postgraduate degree or a PhD in the UK can apply to be allowed to work for up to two years after completion of their studies. More information can be found by contacting the College’s Student Advice and International Student Support Service www.kcl.ac.uk/advice

need to know

Accommodation King’s offers a range of accommodation options as well as advice about renting privately. Wherever you decide to live, you’ll be part of a thriving London-based student community.

Great Dover Street Apartments

A limited quota of places in King’s, university and nominated residences is allocated to postgraduate students; priority for places is given to new international students who have never lived or studied in the UK before and who apply before the deadline. Most postgraduates with a home address in the UK will find accommodation in the private rented sector. General accommodation enquiries are handled at the Compass student centre or, for specialist matters, applicants may book an appointment to talk with an Accommodation Services Advisor. Applicants should use the online accommodation application facilities. Full details will be provided with your offer of an academic place.

College, nominated and University accommodation Prospective full-time postgraduates can apply to live in a designated King’s, University of London intercollegiate hall or nominated residence. If you are offered a place on one of our programmes you will be able to view the My accommodation brochure online which provides full details of how to apply. There is a variety of accommodation on offer, including catered and self-catered, en-suite apartments, studios and traditional halls. Lillian Penson Hall and the Rectory are reserved for postgraduate and mature students only. There is accommodation at the College and intercollegiate residences for couples; families with children may apply directly to International Hall which is one of the intercollegiate residences. Students are strongly advised not to bring dependants with them to London until they have found somewhere suitable for them to live. For current details of the accommodation, please check our website at www.kcl.ac.uk/accomm

International students The College recognises how important it is for international students to secure accommodation; therefore priority is given to those who have not lived or studied in the UK before. Those who apply by 30 June and are holding an

Hampstead Residence

unconditional firm offer with King’s will be included in the first round of allocations. Due to the limited number of places in our residences, it may not be possible to offer accommodation to postgraduates attending the College on a non-degree/ exchange programme applying from a partner university within the EU; such applicants are unlikely to be considered prior to the start of session. These applicants are advised to check the Accommodation Services and University of London Housing Services web pages for details of alternative private housing options and should not assume that College/Intercollegiate accommodation will be available for the period of their stay.

Privately rented accommodation Most students will live in privately rented accommodation at some time during their studies and this provides a great opportunity to gain experience of living in London. London offers an enormous range of accommodation; you will need to think about the options and plan well in advance, but finding a place to live outside the College/ University residences need not be a daunting task. Here are a few pointers:

• General guidance: The London Student Housing Guide is produced by the University of London Housing Services and is packed full of useful information and helpful tips.

king’s college hall

‘I stayed in Stamford Street Apartments just across from the Waterloo Campus and about seven minutes walk to the Strand Campus. The apartment is flanked by Waterloo Station, London Eye, National Theatre, IMAX Cinema and many other interesting spots. One of the things I found most exciting is the diversity and bonding in my flat of nine students representing six different countries from four continents.’ Adeniyi Asiyanbi Environment & Development MA

www.kcl.ac.uk

Stamford Street Apartments

Their website also offers helpful guidance on a number of housing related topics and issues (www.housing.london.ac.uk). • Database of available properties: The University of London Housing Services manages a comprehensive database of privately let accommodation. The database is password protected; the password is available from the King’s Accommodation Services or the University of London Housing Services by clearly identifying yourself as a prospective student of the College. • Useful talks: During the spring and summer, the College and University of London arrange a number of useful talks for students who are planning to look for accommodation in the private rented sector; for further details on dates and venues, please visit the Accommodation Services web pages for regular updates www.kcl.ac.uk/accomm • Independent hostels and private halls: See www.ish.org.uk for more information. Lists of hostels and information on private halls are also available from the College or University Accommodation Services. The University of London Housing Services website also provides comprehensive details of independent hostels and private halls with approximate costs and links to their websites. See www.housing.london.ac.uk • London also has a number of private halls which are not linked to a particular college or

The Rectory

university and are provided for students; such accommodation may be more expensive but these halls are generally built to a high standard and can offer an opportunity to live with a diverse range of young people. • Finding someone to share with: The University of London Housing Services also holds a list of students who wish to share a house or flat with other students, outside the College or University accommodation. • Temporary summer and interview accommodation: A place in a College residence is usually available during the summer vacation if you need a base to look for somewhere to live and/or if attending an interview at King’s (contact King’s Conference and Timetabling Services). • Good planning will help prevent difficulties: The London Student Housing Guide provides lots of advice on what to do when you have found somewhere to live to ensure things don’t go wrong.

For further information • Accommodation Services: King’s College London, Strand Campus, London WC2R 2LS, tel +44(0)20 7848 2759 fax +(0)20 7848 2724 Website: www.kcl.ac.uk/accomm •T he Compass (see page 28) email thecompass@kcl.ac.uk www.kcl.ac.uk/thecompass

Wolfson House

• University of London Housing Services, Fourth Floor, ULU Building, Malet Street, London WC1E 7HY, tel 020 7862 8880. • King’s Conference & Timetabling Services (for temporary accommodation during the summer vacation), tel +44(0)20 7848 1700, fax +44(0)20 7848 1717. • Prospective students can also contact our Student Advice & International Student support team for advice (see page 29).

Example accommodation costs Type of residence rent range:

(Based on 2011-12 costs, 40 week let). Self-catered residences/apartments

£4,328.80 single room £6,045.20 single en-suite Catered residences

£6,028.75 (Commonwealth) single room £8,612.50 (College/Connaught) single en-suite Liberty studios

From £9,480 to £10,380 single studio Lillian Penson Hall (Postgraduates only):

£4,340 share of twin room £8,400 single en-suite Up to £10,220 double room (with living room and kitchen)

king’s residence

need to know

King’s campuses King’s is at the heart of London: one of the world’s most exciting cities. With four Thames-side campuses between the Houses of Parliament and London Bridge, King’s is London’s most central university.

guy’s campus

Guy’s Campus School of Biomedical Sciences (also at Waterloo), Dental Institute, School of Medicine, some teaching in the Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery

Location

What’s on site?

Close to London Bridge on the south bank of the Thames, next to Guy’s Hospital, this is a fashionable area, with many bars, restaurants, markets and creative businesses. Nearby are two halls of residence (Great Dover Street Apartments and Wolfson House), Hay’s Galleria and Borough Market, as well as Southwark Cathedral, Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre and Tate Modern.

Guy’s Campus is a mix of old and new, from atmospheric colonnades to the remodelled and refurbished students’ union and New Hunt’s House, opened in 2000, with its state-of-the-art lecture theatres, seminar rooms, library, laboratories and IT services. In addition to teaching facilities, you’ll find:

E RE ST RD BA TA T

AD RO

T EE STR

TA BA RD G A RDEN S W LA

Great Dover Street Apartments

LA NE

BRID GE R OAD

DR U

TOW ER

ES AG RIM G L PI

WESTON ST

T ST

RP HA

ER DOV AT

GH OU

LON G

Wolfson House

REET Y ST DSE MON

E GR

R BO

GH HI

SNOWSFIE S LD

BER

D AR TAB

BOROUGH

N ST

ROW

NE WC OM E

CROSBY

Campus

UNIO N ST MA RS HA RO LSE A AD

GREAT MA ZE P ON D R D

RIV TOO ER New Hunt’s House SOUT THA LEY HWARK & Library ME STREET ST ST S R LONDON TH EE T OM BRIDGE A SS Guy’s T

ABBEY ST

OL DK EN TR

• The Compass: student centre providing enquiry and support services to students, as well as facilitating access to specialist support • KCLSU Student Centre (information and advice, student activity membership, academic advice, NUS Extra cards, events tickets) • Guy’s Bar (bar, coffee and food throughout the day) • Refectory • Student Advice & International Student Support • Chapel and chaplaincy • Gym and swimming pool • New Hunt’s House Library • IT facilities including 24/7 Student computing rooms • Flexible study spaces • Keats Room and Wills Library • Gordon Pathology Museum • Museum of Life Sciences • Graduate Lounge (social space for postgraduate students) • Health Schools Admissions Centre.

‘I am based at Guy’s Campus. Its proximity to London Bridge station makes life easier in terms of travel. The student discounts in the cafés and restaurants on campus are reasonable. Having access to the different King’s libraries across London is a great advantage. OneSpace and the online Global Desktop are useful tools when studying from home, and the graduate lounge is a valued retreat when on campus.’ Amanda Wall Pain: Science & Society MSc

www.kcl.ac.uk

strand campus

Strand Campus School of Arts & Humanities, School of Law, School of Natural & Mathematical Sciences, School of Social Science & Public Policy (also at Waterloo)

Location

What’s on site?

Most buildings directly overlook the Thames, midway between the Houses of Parliament and St Paul’s Cathedral, next door to Somerset House, almost opposite the Royal Courts of Justice. Within five minutes’ walk of the Strand are Covent Garden, many West End theatres, and Trafalgar Square, home to the National Gallery and the National Portrait Gallery.

An historic site, originally opened in 1831, the Strand has seen the first phase of a major redevelopment, restoring many of the original elegant features and creating new and improved teaching and social space. A short walk away is King’s magnificent Maughan Library, one of London’s most distinguished Victorian buildings, formerly the Public Record Office. In addition to teaching facilities, you’ll find:

ALD

ER UPP

Waterloo Campus

UND GRO Franklin-Wilkins Building & Library T D S FOR M STA

WATERLOO

Stamford Street Apartments

O LO

YO RK RO AD

E RD

M E S H A

SOUTH BANK COMPLEX

ROYAL FESTIVAL HALL

EM BA NK ME

R TE WA

EHALL WHIT

R I V E

T YS

CHARING CROSS NORT HUM EMBANKMENT B AVENERLAND UE

TEMPLE

OO RL TE WA E IDG BR

ND RA ST

FLE

The Maughan EET Library R T TS

EL ND

E RR SU

ND RA ST

Strand Campus

LEICESTER SQUARE

VICTO RIA

ARU

ON GT LIN

CH WY

BELV EDER

AN E

COVENT GARDEN

TRAFALGAR SQUARE

ERY CHANC NE LA

ANE ST MARTINS L

DR UR YL

Y WA GS

KIN

English Language Centre

•T he Compass: student centre providing enquiry and support services to students, as well as facilitating access to specialist support •K CLSU Student Centre (information and advice, student activity membership, NUS Extra cards, events tickets) •T he Maughan Library at Chancery Lane incorporating library, IT and study facilities, with dedicated work space for postgraduates • Careers Office he Waterfront (bar, coffee and •T food throughout the day) •T utu’s (nightclub and gig venue) •C hapters café/restaurant •A ccommodation Office • Counselling, Welfare and Health Clinic •C hapel and chaplaincy • English Language Centre (Drury Lane building) •M odern Language Centre and Open Learning Centre raduate Lounge (social space •G for postgraduate students) • Centre for Arts & Sciences Admissions Office.

‘I am based at the Strand Campus and could not ask for a better location. There is easy access to everything. All of the facilities that you might need are either on Strand or Waterloo Campuses, both of which are a 5-10 minute walk away from each other. The advantages of being in London are endless; from study and work experience to social life, to meeting people from around the globe, it is definitely the best experience to be had for time spent at university.’ Emily Caligiuri Geopolitics, Territory & Security MA

need to know

King’s campuses

waterloo campus

Waterloo Campus School of Biomedical Sciences (also at Guy’s), School of Nursing & Midwifery, School of Social Science & Public Policy (also at Strand), LonDEC (London Dental Education Centre), part of the Dental Institute

Location

What’s on site?

This campus is next to London’s South Bank arts and cultural quarter which includes the National Film Theatre and BFI Southbank, the Royal Festival Hall, the Hayward Gallery and the Royal National Theatre. Three minutes’ walk away is Waterloo Station. Just down the road the Young Vic and Old Vic theatres add to the choice of theatre venues in this part of London.

Waterloo Campus has three main buildings, across the road from each other. The Franklin-Wilkins Building is one of London’s largest university buildings. Over the road are the Stamford Street Apartments, with en-suite accommodation for over 550 students, while the Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery, the Principal and College administration are based in the James Clerk Maxwell Building. The Graduate School

S A M E T H Franklin-Wilkins SOUTH Building BANK ST & Library RD

OO RL TE E WA IDG BR

COMPLEX

YOR K R D

R I V E R

WATERLOO

WE ST MIN

WESTMINSTER

PA L H

LAM BE T

LAMBETH BRIDGE

E TH

ST ER

T CU

The Rectory

LAM

H BET

Brian Creamer House

LAMBETH NORTH BRIDGE RD

ST GE OR GE ’S RD D A RO

RD TON NING

NK MILLBA

ST SHAM

St Thomas’ House Library

Waterloo Campus

KEN

MA R

A C E RD

BRIDGE

St Thomas’ Campus

HORSEFERRY RD

Stamford Street Apartments

AD RO

HOUSES OF PARLIAMENT

O MF STA

OO RL TE WA

LL TEHA WHI

GUAR DS RD HORSE

WESTMINSTER

ROYAL FESTIVAL HALL

BLACKFRIARS ROAD

EMBANKMENT

SOUTHWARK

ND RA ST VICTORIA E MBAN KME NT

CHARING CROSS

OO K

D RI

offices are based on the Waterloo Campus, in the Waterloo Bridge Wing of the Franklin-Wilkins Building. In addition to teaching facilities, you’ll find: • The Compass: student centre providing enquiry and support services to students, as well as facilitating access to specialist support • KCLSU Student Centre (information and advice, student activity membership, academic advice, NUS Extra cards, events tickets) • Kinetic Fitness Club • Café and bar • Franklin-Wilkins Library – newly modernised and technology rich, providing flexible study and a dedicated Graduate Zone • IT facilities, including a 24/7 student computing room • Chaplaincy • Student Funding Office • Disability & Dyslexia Support Service • Stamford Street Apartments • Graduate Lounge (social space for postgraduate students) • Academic Services, including Examinations and Student Registration Offices.

‘Living and studying in London has been an amazing experience and I’m glad I decided to further my graduate studies here in the UK. I am studying at Waterloo Campus which is in a great location and is very convenient.’ Naa Kwarley Quartey Health Promotion MSc

www.kcl.ac.uk

st thomas’ campus

denmark hill campus

St Thomas’ & Denmark Hill Campuses Institute of Psychiatry (Denmark Hill), some programmes and teaching in the School of Medicine (St Thomas’ and Denmark Hill), Dental Institute (Denmark Hill), School of Biomedical Sciences (St Thomas’)

the Thames opposite the Houses of Parliament. The Rectory and Brian Creamer House halls are located nearby.

Location These campuses provide contrasting environments for King’s medical and dental students. Denmark Hill Campus (a few minutes’ walk from Denmark Hill station) in south London is close to the Dulwich Picture Gallery (the oldest purpose-built public art gallery in England), the Horniman Museum and Crystal Palace National Sports Centre, an international venue for athletics meetings. The St Thomas’ Campus overlooks

What’s on site? The Weston Education Centre, which opened in 1997, and the world-renowned Institute of Psychiatry are at Denmark Hill. King’s College Hall is a short walk away. On site at St Thomas’ is a museum dedicated to Florence Nightingale, founder of the School of Nursing & Midwifery now at King’s. St Thomas’ is five

CAL

Denmark Hill Campus RK H ILL

FER N

HIL

King’s College Hall

N PIO AM CH

AD RO

DEN MA

LA OU R RB HA

Maudsley Hospital

R U SKI N PA R K

DENMARK HILL STATION RK N PA MPIO A H C

Denmark Hill: • On-call student residences building for students on medical rotation •S tudent access to the King’s College Hospital staff bar and social club •S tudent/staff refectory with patio and garden quadrangle area •L ibrary, IT and study facilities including a coffee lounge •G raduate Lounge (social space for postgraduate students).

•L ibrary and IT services.

ANE VE L

RD ER SEM BES

minutes’ walk along the river from the Waterloo Campus. In addition to teaching facilities, you’ll find:

St Thomas’:

IGNY

GRO

King’s College Hospital

R HE

Cicely Saunders Institute

HILL

Dental Institute

BE OM

P RES DE C

D TR

C CUT

Weston Education Centre & Library

K PAR Institute of Psychiatry LK WA R SO IND

K MAR DEN

O DEC

James Black Centre Rayne Institute

NH PIO AM CH

ILL

See map on page 26 for St Thomas’ Campus.

CAMPUS INVESTMENT King’s massive investment in its estate (over £550 million in the last decade) has reached a new stage with the College’s acquisition in 2009 of the East Wing of Somerset House, as an extension to the Strand Campus. This will give the College access to one of London’s most beautiful and iconic buildings and provide stylish new accommodation for the King’s School of Law, space for arts and cultural activities and continuing education, and a learning centre. King’s will work together with the Somerset House Trust to create a new cultural hub for Londoners in a building which will bridge the worlds of higher education, policy and the arts.

Viewing the campuses There are a number of open days and events throughout the year that provide an opportunity to visit the College, view the facilities and meet with academics. Information on open days, events and self-guided tours can be found on our website: www.kcl.ac.uk/study/pg/ openday Alternatively, you can contact individual Schools’ offices to find out when you can visit the relevant department.

need to know

Facilities & services At King’s, you will enjoy a comprehensive range of facilities and services to help support your studies and make the most of your time at the College.

maughan library

The Compass The Compass student support centres, situated on the Strand, Waterloo and Guy’s campuses, help students with enquiries relating to their living and learning experience. Students can also access the service remotely 24 hours a day by logging into Compass Online, which has a databank of frequently asked questions and a letter/student card request facility. When students require more specialised support, Compass staff liaise with colleagues across the College and make referrals where necessary. The Compass centres also host drop-in sessions with specialised student support teams on a regular basis. The Compass at the Strand offers a comfortable study space for quiet study between lectures. King’s students can contact The Compass via Compass Online, email, telephone or just drop in and speak to a member of the Compass support team. For more information and contact details, refer to www.kcl.ac.uk/thecompass

Library Services The Library Services department manages the College libraries, archives and special collections and provides access to the key services and resources that support research and learning. These include: • A huge multidisciplinary print and electronic information resource base that includes over two million books and thousands of journals. • An extensive portfolio of remotely accessible electronic resources: bibliographic and full text

databases, electronic journals, international library catalogues, internet resource discovery tools, subject gateways, data sets, multimedia resources, e-books and online research support services. •A ccess to a team of subject Information Specialists. •P rint and electronic document delivery services. • I ndividual and group study spaces. • Excellent information retrieval and IT training opportunities, including free programmes and consultancy services. Postgraduate students also have access to the wealth of specialist libraries, archives and collections in and around London, including the University of London and the British Library. Within each library are enquiry desks where qualified staff can offer advice and assistance.

IT Services •A network of over 1,200 student PC workstations with access to software, email, internet resources, printing, data storage and remote login facilities. Some computer rooms are open 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Internet and PC access, including wireless, is available at all College residences. •A ccess to specialist departmental software and personal files from any PC/ laptop with an internet/ wireless connection via the Global Desktop.

•S oftware advice and distribution services, including discounted software deals. Find out more about Library and IT services on the College website www.kcl.ac.uk, ‘About King’s’ For a comprehensive list of Library and IT services, download the booklet Library and IT for…Postgraduates from the Library Services webpages, which can be found at www.kcl.ac.uk/campuslife

Careers service The Careers Service at King’s supports students in every aspect of their career planning, from exploring options and developing employability skills to writing good applications and performing well at interview. There is a Careers Adviser post dedicated to work with research postgraduate students. Skill training sessions are delivered by this adviser as part of the Researcher Development Unit programme. The RDU underpins and promotes the research activity of the college by developing skilled professional research students. For all postgraduate students in all of our academic disciplines, Careers has knowledgeable advisers who will guide students, bring employers in to College and publish the latest labour market information on all the major social network platforms and communication channels. For more information visit the Careers Service website at www.kcl.ac.uk/careers

‘King’s has offered a lot more than I have ever expected. In particular, the Institute of Psychiatry at the Maudsley is a unique place to learn the subject for whoever wishes to have the best experience in the field. The library at the Institute of Psychiatry has one of the largest resources in the world where self-learning has the best chance without limits. ’ Htun Myint Hlaing Child & Adolescent Mental Health MSc

www.kcl.ac.uk

Student advice, international student support and counselling Student Advisers support students (current and prospective) across all campuses, offering free and confidential advice. They have expertise in a range of subjects including immigration, finance, welfare benefits, housing rights, legal issues and many other practical matters. Advisers are experienced in helping international students with specific concerns relating to matters such as their immigration status, dependants and employment in the UK both during and after their studies. For further information and contact details, please visit www.kcl.ac.uk/advice The Students’ Union is available to help with academic issues such as exam results, disciplinary hearings and mitigating circumstances. Confidential counselling on personal problems is offered through the Student Counselling Service. The team includes professionally trained counsellors, psychologists, psychotherapists, group analysts and a consultant psychiatrist.

Childcare Childcare support and guidance for student parents (including advice on funding childcare) is provided by the Student Advice & International Support Service. If you would like to talk more about your childcare needs, please contact a Student Adviser. Student Advisers offer advice

via email, telephone and through one-to-one appointments. Further information about childcare for student parents is available on the Student Support webpage: www.kcl.ac.uk/campuslife/ services/student-advice-support

Health and dental care King’s has a comprehensive Student Health Centre at the Strand Campus. This is a National Health Service (NHS) General Practice service run by nurses and doctors. Full- and part-time students are entitled to NHS healthcare. For international students, full access to the NHS is available if you are following a programme lasting more than six months, but if your country does not have a reciprocal health agreement with the UK, it is essential that you take out health insurance. Dental care is available at two sites associated with the College’s Dental Institute. Student dentists give free supervised treatment to suitable cases.

disabled Students There is a wide range of support available for students with disabilities or specific learning difficulties such as dyslexia or dyspraxia. Disabled students from the UK can apply for funding towards extra disability-related costs they may incur on their programme. Eligibility rules differ depending on the funding body. Overall, the Disabled Students’ Allowance (DSA), or its equivalent, is available

for full- and part-time students incurring disability-related costs. There is a dedicated King’s fund for international and EU disabled students. In addition, King’s can provide dyslexia workshops, assistive software and training, dedicated IT and Library facilities, one-to-one tuition, advice and guidance. For more information or a copy of the College’s Disability and Dyslexia Guide contact the Disability and Dyslexia Service, 020 7848 3398, disability@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/disability

Equality and Diversity The College’s Equality & Diversity Unit is open to all students for information and advice on any equalities-related issue. Some examples are listed below: • i nformation on the College’s equality and diversity policies, strategies and initiatives; • a dvice and support for personal issues concerning inequality, harassment or discrimination and College procedures for addressing these matters; • g uidance about equality and diversity legislation. Students should contact the Disability & Dyslexia Service for disability support and resources. For more information contact 020 7848 3830, equality@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/equal-opps

Religious provision and pastoral care The Dean of the College, the Reverend Professor Richard Burridge, is responsible for ensuring that the religious and spiritual aims of the College are met. The major world faiths are represented, and the rights and views of students of all beliefs and backgrounds are fully respected. Provision is made for people to practise their faith; the College has two chapels, one at the Strand Campus and one at Guy’s Campus, in which prayers are held daily and the internationally known Chapel Choir sing. There is also a quiet room at the Waterloo Campus, and all three are open to everyone for private prayers and reflection. There are also dedicated Muslim prayer rooms on the main campuses. The Dean and the Chaplaincy are part of the College’s pastoral provision. Details of the chaplains, chapel services and other activities are available at www.kcl.ac.uk/chaplaincy. The Rabbi to Jewish students in London works with the Chaplaincy, and visits King’s regularly. There are also religious student societies. For more information contact the Dean’s Office on 020 7848 2333 or dean@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/dean

need to know

Applying to King’s You can apply online for our postgraduate programmes. Before completing our application form, please check the application procedure for your particular programme on our online prospectus.

Online application Our online postgraduate application form makes applying easier and quicker for you, and means we can receive your application faster and more securely. Your referees can also use our online ‘Referee Portal’ to submit your references. To complete the online application form, please see our website, where full instructions are given. We do not normally accept paper applications. However, if you are unable to access or complete our online application form please contact the relevant Admissions Office at King’s for assistance. Before completing our online application form, please check the application procedure and deadlines for your particular programme on our online prospectus www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus We aim to fulfil the response times listed in the programme entries, but cannot do so if applications are incomplete.

Online portal Applicants to King’s have access to an applicant online portal called ‘myApplication’. This allows you to track the status of your application, view information on King’s, and respond to an offer of a place all via your own King’s web page.

Qualifying for King’s King’s welcomes students with a range of qualifications from all over the world. Entry requirements vary for each programme of study, and the minimum requirements for entry are included within each programme listing. You should make sure that you fulfil all the entrance requirements for the programme to which you are applying, including English language requirements if relevant. Please note that competition for places on some programmes is extremely high, and that the minimum requirement given may not be sufficient to secure an offer. Please check the details given for your programme of interest and if you are unsure about what is required, contact the relevant office. Depending on your subject, there may be additional requirements for entry onto our programmes. These could include occupational health, Criminal Records Bureau or Academic Technology Approval Scheme (ATAS) clearance. ATAS applies to students who require Entry Clearance to study in the UK, and are intending to undertake study in certain science, engineering or technology subjects (please see our website or visit www.fco.gov.uk for more details).

Research degrees There are three main routes for entry to a research degree: in the sciences and health sciences, supervisors usually devise projects, win funding for them and then advertise them. In this case you should contact the named individual advertising the project, copying your correspondence to the relevant Admissions Office. In the arts, humanities and social sciences you are often expected to devise your own research project. This is best done in conjunction with a potential supervisor so you should ensure that staff at King’s are undertaking research in the field that interests you. You can do this by viewing potential supervisors on our website where you will find a ‘staff & groups’ tab within each research entry on our online prospectus www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus. If you are sure they are the right person to supervise you, contact them directly, copying your correspondence to the relevant Admissions Office. If you need help in devising a research project but are unsure who might be the best person to supervise it, then contact the Admissions Office, explaining your broad area of interest and give them the names of people who you think might be potential supervisors. They will then contact the relevant department, seek advice and put you in

touch with the most relevant supervisor. For all three routes, and having identified a project and a supervisor, you should then submit a formal application via our online application form (see Online Application section).

Disabled students We welcome applications from disabled students. Disclosing a health condition, specific learning difficulty or disability will not affect the academic assessment of any application. It is helpful to know about the nature of any disability so we can seek to address students’ specific needs and ascertain whether facilities are available. Disabled students are asked to complete the relevant sections of the application form, and are encouraged to contact the Disability Adviser in the relevant School prior to applying to seek advice, and ideally pay an information visit. This will enable you to make a personal and realistic assessment of facilities and provision in relation to your disability, so you can decide whether the College provides you with a suitable environment in which to study. Departments may be able to provide: adjustments to seating, handouts and book lists in advance, extended book loans, rearranged timetables, extra time for examinations, and consideration with coursework.

www.kcl.ac.uk

Additional funding is available to home and international disabled students to assist and support their learning while at King’s. For more information see the College’s Disability and Dyslexia Guide The Disability & Dyslexia Service (tel 020 7848 3398, disability@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/disability) provides information and advice on the breadth of disability and dyslexia issues. The service has a number of useful web pages providing up-to-date information on College support, funding opportunities, and study skills sessions.

The English Language Centre (ELC) The ELC offers a number of programmes to help students reach their required language and academic skills level for

English language qualification

entry onto our postgraduate programmes. Successful completion of an ELC programme at the required level fulfils any linguistic entry condition. Pre-master’s programmes available include the twoyear international master’s programmes, which guarantee conditional offers for your chosen master’s and are run in collaboration with King’s Schools. These programmes form the first year of your twoyear master’s degree and are currently available for a range of master’s programmes in Social Science & Public Policy (see page 114), Arts & Humanities (see page 43) and Biomedical Sciences (see page 57). A general pre-master’s programme is also available, with September and January entry points, aimed at those areas not covered by the two-year programmes. Summer pre-sessional programmes are

available for those who already hold conditional degree offers but whose English is not yet at the required entry level. These programmes run throughout the summer, have different English language entry points and help you achieve the language and skills levels required for postgraduate entry. Students holding unconditional offers are also welcome to apply for the short pre-sessional. The table below shows the minimum entry requirements for our postgraduate programmes. King’s accepts a range of English language qualifications; IELTS and TOEFL scores are given as an example, but full details of alternative qualifications can be found on our website. For entry onto any of the English Language Centre programmes outlined above, please refer to details given on their website www.kcl.ac.uk/elc. Even if you

meet the minimum standards listed in the table, you are still welcome to apply for an English language course as they help you improve your English language and study skills and get used to your new academic and social environment. Once you start your degree, the ELC offers free parttime in-sessional and study skills courses throughout the academic year. These courses are designed to support you further in your studies and are open to all students, including native speakers. The Centre also offers advanced English language courses for students wishing to sit the Cambridge Proficiency or Cambridge Advanced Examinations or to improve their linguistic skills further. Tel +44 (0)20 7848 1600, elc@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/elc

King’s School/department (please check which School/department offers your programme of interest)

Nursing & Midwifery, Natural & Mathematical Sciences (excluding MSc in Computing, IT Law & Management)

Biomedical & Health Sciences, Dentistry, Medicine, Psychiatry, MSc in Computing, IT Law & Management

Arts & Humanities (excluding MA Culture & Creative Industries and MA/MSc Creative Cities)

Social Science & Public Policy (excluding Gerontology, Management) and MA Culture & Creative Industries and MA/MSc Creative Cities

Law, Management, Gerontology

IELTS

6.5 overall; minimum 5.5 in all skills (minimum 6.0 in all skills for Nursing & Midwifery)

7.0 overall; minimum 6.0 in all skills

7.0 overall; minimum 6.5 in Writing & Reading, 6.0 in Listening & Speaking

7.0 overall; minimum 7.0 in Writing & Reading, 6.5 in Listening & Speaking

7.0 overall; minimum 7.0 in all four skills

TOEFL (internet)

93 + minimum 21 in Listening and Writing, 22 in Reading, 23 in Speaking

100 + minimum 21 in Listening and Writing, 22 in Reading, 23 in Speaking

100 + minimum 21 in Listening, 22 in Writing & Reading and 23 in Speaking

100 + minimum 22 in Listening, 23 in Speaking, 24 in Writing & Reading

100 + minimum 24 in all skills

Schools Global Institutes

Arts & Humanities

Biomedical Sciences

Dental Institute

Law

Medicine

Natural & Mathematical Sciences

Nursing & Midwifery

Institute of Psychiatry

Social Science & Public Policy

108

Kingâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Learning Institute

122

English Language Centre

123

Institute for Contemporary History

124

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

Global Institutes

our Global Institutes have been established at King’s since 2008 – the Brazil Institute, the China Institute, the India Institute and the Institute for North American Studies. Each Institute provides a focal point for interest in these countries, across a range of academic disciplines, and collaborates with colleagues in a number of King’s Schools. The Institutes co-ordinate and develop innovative teaching and research at King’s, while also building links with relevant organisations in education, the cultural and creative sectors, business and government. Through these activities, and as part of the College’s broader internationalisation strategy, the Institutes aim to contribute to a growing interdisciplinary interest in and understanding of specific nations/regions among both students and academics at King’s.

Induction & training

Facilities

Each Institute runs a tailored induction programme for new students, and students have access to a wide range of training programmes, services and resources provided by the College including the Graduate School induction and Research Development Programme. This includes language support – in academic English, for those for whom English is not their native language, and in foreign languages, as part of a wider commitment to foster an international outlook amongst students and staff.

The Global Institutes are based at the College’s Strand Campus, in the heart of central London. The College’s Maughan Library provides impressive teaching and learning facilities, and the China Institute has its own China Reading Room, housing an extensive collection of publications from China. A range of social facilities, including bars and restaurants, are provided on campus, and the College’s location in the cultural and social heart of London offers students the opportunity to explore art galleries, theatres, museums and markets.

All the Institutes attract speakers and visitors from prestigious academic institutions, governments, business and cultural institutions, and organise a wide range of events, ranging from research seminars to international conferences. For students with research interests in the social sciences, King’s Interdisciplinary Social Science Doctoral Training Centre (KISS-DTC) has recently been awarded more than £5.2 million, by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC), to support postgraduate studentships and training in the social sciences (see page 111 for more details).

Location Strand Campus Address King’s College London Strand London WC2R 2LS contact Centre for Arts and Science Admissions tel 020 7848 7210/2574 (taught programmes) 020 7848 7208/2555 (research programmes) Email nms-pgadmissions@kcl.ac.uk (taught programmes) casa_pgr@kcl.ac.uk (research programmes) Website www.kcl.ac.uk/aboutkings/worldwide/global

Funding In addition to the wide range of funding opportunities available through the Graduate School (see www.kcl.ac.uk/study/pg/funding/ sources), a number of dedicated studentships are available for PhD programmes in the Institutes. Please check individual programme entries for more specific funding opportunities.

global institutes

Research opportunities The Global Institutes offer a unique and exciting environment for the in-depth study of their respective regions: North America; Brazil; China, Hong Kong, Taiwan and Singapore; and India. The Institutes are able to draw on academic expertise in a range of disciplinary departments across the College, and supervision may be provided from within the Institute or jointly with other staff of the College. Each Institute offers a lively and thought-provoking programme of seminars, workshops and colloquia, all of which encourage interaction between graduate students, research staff and a wider audience. The Institutes also regularly host internationally renowned Visiting Fellows who add an important dimension to our stimulating academic environment.

American Studies Research MPhil/PhD

Head of Programme Professor Anthony Pereira, Director, King’s Brazil Institute.

Staff research interests include: examinations of American art, literature and history 16th21st centuries; relations between poetry and trends in phenomenology and aesthetics; new ways of conceptualising queer cultural history; the incarceration of Japanese Americans in the context of race discourse and the built environment; Native and European American relations in the colonial period; visual culture and photographic theory, history, and practice; the dialectic of the section and the nation, with particular attention to constructions of the West and the South; literatures of migration, mining, extraction, and strike action; transatlantic studies and the Caribbean South; 19th-century discourses of the domestic, the home, and gender; the reception of 20th-century European thought in the United States; US religious history and the history of American sports.

Entry requirements A master’s degree or, in exceptional circumstances, only a first class or good 2:1 honours degree from a UK university, or an equivalent qualification from a university outside the UK.

Head of Programme Dr Uta Balbier, Co-ordinator, Institute of North American Studies. Entry requirements A first class or good 2:1 BA degree and/or taught MA qualification or overseas equivalents. Degrees do not have to be in American Studies but some demonstrable knowledge of American culture, history or literature is required.

Chinese Studies Research MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with HKU or NUS Staff research interests include: comparative ethics; Confucianism and Chinese religions; contemporary Chinese culture and identity; China’s international relations; the social anthropology of contemporary China; business, social and political entrepreneurship; local governance and local public finance. The degree may be taken as a joint degree with the University of Hong Kong or the National University of Singapore (subject to approval at time of publication – please see the China Institute webpages for details). Head of Programme Professor Xinzhong Yao, Director, King’s China Institute. Entry requirements A master’s degree or, in exceptional circumstances only, a first class or good 2:1 honours degree from a UK university, or an equivalent qualification from a university outside the UK.

Brazilian Studies Research MPhil/PhD

Contemporary India Research MPhil/PhD

Staff research interests include: the history of thinking about economic development in Brazil; the relationship between access to education and labour markets in Brazil; regional inequality and economic development in Brazil; social networks and knowledge in developing countries city-regions (India and Brazil); governance in favelas in Brazil; religiosity and churches in poor communities in Brazil; the landless workers movement; globalisation and Brazil; Brazilian cinema in the 1920s and 1930s; social and cultural theory in Brazil; the military regime in Brazil; democratisation and the struggle for human rights in Brazil; new institutions of accountability in Brazilian public security.

Staff research interests include: the history and politics of modern India; the law in contemporary India; science and technology; politics and development. Head of Programme Professor Sunil Khilnani, Director, King’s India Institute. Entry requirements A master’s degree or, in exceptional circumstances only, a first class or good 2:1 honours degree from a UK University, or an equivalent qualification from a university outside the UK.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

Taught programmes The Global Institutes offer master’s programmes with a strong focus on contemporary issues, allowing students to examine the recent social, cultural, economic and political development of specific nations/regions. All our programmes are interdisciplinary in nature, allowing students to deepen their understanding in a range of subject areas; they also allow students to gain a comparative perspective and to relate fundamental problems in one nation to those in another, by taking modules offered in other Institutes. Programmes in the Brazil, China and India Institutes also offer students the opportunity to study a relevant language.

American Studies MA

Modern India MA

A master’s in American Studies enables students to gain a full appreciation and understanding of American culture, politics and society within an interdisciplinary framework. Ideal foundations for research or careers in North American institutions, teaching, public relations, media and publishing or the financial sector.

Provides a comprehensive framework for the study of modern India and the development of expertise in one of a number of disciplinary and professional fields. Equips students to deal with the conceptual challenges relating to work in and on India and to analyse the fundamental problems of contemporary India in relation to global concerns.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 honours degree or equivalent in an appropriate discipline (eg American Studies, English, History, Social Sciences).

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree or an equivalent qualification from a British or overseas university.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Applicants from good Indian universities normally require a 60 or above in an Arts, Humanities or Social Science subjects. Professional qualifications and experience may be taken into account.

Location Strand Campus.

Brazil in Global Perspective MA Brazil in Global Perspective offers a distinctive approach to understanding recent changes in Brazil and the causes and impacts of its social, cultural, economic and political development. Equips students with conceptual and research tools for the critical analysis of contemporary issues in Brazil and allows them to study Brazil in global and comparative perspective. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree or an equivalent qualification from a British or overseas university. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus; some projects may take place on non-campus locations.

China & Globalisation MSc China and Globalisation offers an introduction to the causes and consequences of China’s rise from comparative and global perspectives. It equips students with conceptual and research tools for the critical analysis of China’s social and economic trends, enabling understanding of Chinese public policies, business strategies and modes of international co-operation. Ideal for those with career interests related to China. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in or an equivalent qualification from a British or overseas university. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September Location Strand Campus; some projects may take place on non-campus locations.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus; some projects may take place on non-campus locations.

School of Arts & Humanities Situated in the geographic and cultural heart of London, the School has created links with Londonâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s premier creative institutions in order to provide new perspectives on the arts and humanities.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

• Staff in 13 departments in top six nationally for research judged as world-leading and internationally excellent (RAE, 2008). • Extensive module choice, small seminar classes, teaching by internationally renowned academics. • I deally located between Parliament, the City of London, the South Bank and the West End. •G rowing number of research and teaching partnerships with major London national cultural institutions including The British Library, Tate Modern, the National Gallery, Victoria and Albert Museum, The British Museum. • Opportunities to collaborate with fellow postgraduate students with prestigious international partners, eg through joint postgraduate colloquia.

School of ARTs & humanities

he School is situated in the geographic, political and cultural heart of London, and our links with the capital’s premier cultural institutions enable us to provide new perspectives on the arts and humanities. Our traditional disciplinary roots provide the bedrock of knowledge which allows us to think about interdisciplinarity in pioneering ways: for example, we are an international leader in the use of digital tools for the study of the humanities. And our deep awareness of the complexities of global cultural interaction allows us to shed new light on conflict and political instability in many different areas of the world, from Europe and Latin America to South Asia and the Middle East.

The School of Arts & Humanities has the most prestigious and diverse cluster of subjects of its kind in London, and one of the best globally. Ranked 26th among all faculties of Arts and Humanities globally (QS World University Rankings 2010), the Guardian Good University Guide 2010 ranked all of the School’s departments and interdisciplinary programmes in the top ten nationally. Our global and national reputation for research and teaching, and our thriving links to leading academic and cultural institutions in London and around the globe ensure that our students have excellent career prospects. Universities and employers worldwide recognise our students as individuals who are able to analyse complex problems with particular vision, clarity and creativity.

Induction & training

Location Strand Campus Address Centre for Arts & Sciences Admissions King’s College London Strand Campus Strand London WC2R 2LS Contact artshums-graduateadmissions@kcl.ac.uk (taught programmes) casa_pgr@kcl.ac.uk (research programmes) Tel 020 7848 2232/7232/2765 (taught programmes) 020 7848 7208/2736 (research programmes) Website www.kcl.ac.uk/artshums

Owing to our reputation, and to our central location in the heart of a major capital city, we attract speakers from the most prestigious academic institutions, from governments, from cultural institutions, and the world of art and literature. We also host a range of research centres, from the Jean Monnet Centre of Excellence to the Centre for the Humanities and Health, which host ground-breaking interdisciplinary lectures, workshops and public events. In addition we have a thriving intellectual environment in which we encourage participation by our postgraduate students. During the year, the School offers a variety of workshops including research methods, preparing studentship applications, writing skills, completing your thesis, and applying for jobs. We also provide specialist training in a wide variety of areas, from bibliography and palaeography to the most advanced aspects of information technology. Most departments offer teaching opportunities and a full programme of training and support is provided by Kings for those considering an academic career. We also provide full language support in academic English for those for whom English is not their native tongue and in foreign languages as part of a wider commitment to foster an international outlook amongst students and staff. This support will assist your academic work, and it also provides invaluable transferable skills. The Graduate School also runs an induction programme and a Research Development Programme.

Funding Beyond the range of scholarships available through the Graduate School (see www.kcl.ac.uk/gradfunding), we have been particularly successful in recent years at securing awards from the Arts and Humanities Research Council (AHRC), through the individual studentships and through collaborative doctoral awards. Students in the School of Arts & Humanities are the main beneficiaries of the College’s successful Block Grant Partnership award of around 36 awards for doctoral and research masters students per year for the next three years. Our international students have also been extremely successful at securing funding and at receiving distinguished scholarships from their countries of citizenship. In addition, we offer a number of humanities studentships, open to all applicants for postgraduate degrees within the School. Full details of how to apply are published annually on our website. We also offer many opportunities for students to hold teaching fellowships during their period of study.

Facilities There are dedicated postgraduate facilities at the College’s Maughan Library and Information Services Centre at Chancery Lane. The collections at the Maughan Library are particularly strong in the humanities, and these are complemented by outstanding special collections, for instance in Holocaust Studies, the history of the Cold War, and the rich collections of the Foreign and Commonwealth Office library. We provide a growing number of dedicated study and social spaces for research students within the School. With one of the country’s largest populations of research students, we do everything we can to integrate them into the wider College community both intellectually and socially, to facilitate interaction and collaboration with fellow students and academic staff.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

student Profile

Research opportunities

‘For me personally, King’s represented expertise and a genuine interest in faith and scripture-based knowledge. These are two things I valued as I wanted to pursue a PhD in Theology & Religious Studies. My goal is to become an academic with an interest in Shi’a Islamic Studies and Western philosophy and King’s has opened up a window of opportunities for me. My supervisors have been helpful and the department has aided me financially. My humble advice for postgraduate students is to engage with your supervisors, present papers and attend conferences – this gives vitality to your PhD and opens up employment opportunities. In summary, I can only say that King’s combines its heritage of classical knowledge with dynamism for new ideas.’ Imranali Panjwani Theology & Religious Studies Research MPhil/PhD

We have one of the UK’s largest populations of postgraduate research students in the country, a proven track record of outstanding completion rates, and an impressive history of placing our graduates in excellent careers. Admission is highly selective. You will benefit from a wide range of subject-specific and interdisciplinary research seminars both at King’s and within the University of London. There are a growing number of joint PhD panels with faculty from our strategic partner institutions worldwide (such as Hong Kong University and the National University of Singapore), so you will have unique access to expertise and networks across the world. Our departments have rapidly expanded the number of Graduate Teaching Fellowships available, providing unprecedented opportunities to gain teaching experience during your time at King’s. For students with research interests in the social sciences, King’s Interdisciplinary Social Science Doctoral Training Centre (KISS-DTC) has recently been awarded more than £5.2 million, by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC), to support postgraduate studentships and training in the social sciences (see page 111 for more details).

Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies Research MPhil/PhD We offer an outstanding range of research expertise, attracting research students from across the world. Research areas include Greek literature (especially fiction) since the 12th century; Byzantine history; Greek history in the 19th and 20th centuries; Discourse analysis and sociolinguistics of modern Greek; Byzantium and the West; Archaeology, architecture and economic history of Byzantium and the Levant from late antiquity to the late medieval period; Material culture of Cyprus in the Byzantine period. Students have opportunities to present and discuss their work at weekly Modern Greek Studies seminars, intercollegiate meetings at the Institute of Classical Studies and regular Greek linguistics seminars at King’s. We have strong links with cultural institutions in London, including the British Museum and the Hellenic Centre. We attract research grants from the AHRC, Leverhulme Trust, ESRC, charitable institutions in Greece and Cyprus and other funding bodies. You can also take a PhD in Digital Hellenic Studies. Head of Programme Professor David Ricks. Entry requirements MA (or equivalent) in a closely related subject, with a dissertation element.

Classics Research MPhil/PhD We supervise research across an exceptionally wide range of topics in Greek, Roman and Near Eastern history, archaeology and art, as well as Greek and Latin language, literature and thought, late antique and Byzantine studies, and reception studies. Areas of expertise strengthened by recent staff appointments include Medieval Latin, Roman mosaics and mosaicists, and ancient Persia. We regularly attract research funding, and recent grants from the AHRC, the British Academy and the Leverhulme Trust have funded major projects on the digitisation of Greek inscriptions, the economy of Greek and Roman Egypt, freedmen in the Roman

world, Classical Greek poetic style, ancient pantomime and philosophy under the Roman Empire. Students attend and present their work at regular departmental research seminars and intercollegiate meetings at the Institute of Classical Studies. We collaborate closely with the British Museum and the Centre for Hellenic Studies at King’s. You can also take a PhD in Digital Classical Studies. You can also take a PhD in Digital Hellenic Studies. Head of Programme Dr Hugh Bowden. Entry requirements Normally an MA in Classics or a closely related subject and a first or 2:1 BA first degree, or overseas equivalents.

Comparative Literature Research MPhil/PhD We welcome applications from students with research interests in any area of modern or medieval and classical literature in the western European languages. Special research focuses include: the classical tradition, postcolonial literatures; and relations between modern literature and the visual arts. Current PhD topics include: space in the 19th-century European novel; terror in English and French novels of the city; metonymy in ancient Greek and German poetry. Current staff research projects include: Theory of poetic language; prison writing; European surrealism; the tradition of melancholy, from antiquity to 1800; legacies of French theory since 1968; verse translation; religion and literature; history of the novel since antiquity; the concept of literature in the late medieval and early modern periods; the apocalypse in European literature. Head of programme Professor Matthew Bell. Entry requirements An MA at Distinction level (or equivalent) in a subject in which the study of literature plays a significant part; a good reading knowledge of one of the European languages offered in a department at King’s.

School of ARTs & humanities

Culture, Media & Creative Industries Research MPhil/PhD CMCI carries out world-leading research across the field of culture, media and the analysis of particular creative industries. Specialisms include cultural work, creative cities, visual cultures, popular culture, cultural and creative industries policy, cultural management, entrepreneurship and cultural production, cultural regeneration, cultural history, culture and identity, and intersectionality and culture. Our approach is international in perspective and is characterised by a productive engagement of the theoretical and empirical. We work in an inter-disciplinary mode: although we are based in the School of Arts & Humanities, much of our research has roots in the social sciences. You can also take a PhD in Digital Culture Research. Head of Programme Dr Joanne Entwistle. Entry requirements Applicants will normally have a strong first degree, ideally a first class or high 2:1 UK honours degree (or equivalent). Applicants should also hold a UK Masters degree (or equivalent) in a field relevant to the proposed research. Applicants with relevant work/life experience who do not strictly meet the academic entry requirements may also be considered. See web for further details.

Digital Humanities Research MPhil/PhD Research is methodological, interdisciplinary, and collaboratively supervised. It focuses on the intersection of digital tools and methods with one or more artefacts or processes studied in the humanities or interpretative social sciences. It varies in emphasis on practical, experimental and theoretical work. Modelling may be used to raise the epistemological question (how we know what we somehow know), to explore implications of evidence too abundant, fragmentary, elusive or complex for other approaches or to develop entirely new views of a subject. Theoretical models may be developed for poorly understood or emergent digital phenomena. Examples include reconstruction of historical persons from scattered evidence; imagining of diasporic communities online; modelling of literary context; exploration of the relationship between verbal description and visual representation; or formation of identity in online games. It is also possible to combine Digital Humanities with other subjects, see web for details. Head of Programme Professor Andrew Prescott. Entry requirements An MA degree in the humanities or social sciences, with a mark of Distinction or high Merit, or an overseas equivalent. In exceptional circumstances, applicants holding a first class or good upper second class Honours degree (or overseas equivalent) may be admitted.

Applicants must demonstrate mastery of the academic background deemed relevant to the research proposed.

Divided Societies Research MPhil/PhD (subject to approval) The Centre for the Study of Divided Societies offers three new research degrees at MPhil and PhD levels in Leadership Ethics, Poverty Research and Social Ethics. The range of specialisations for each include: Leadership Ethics: leadership and religious tradition; human development and personal growth; conflict settlement and conflict management; leadership values: integrity, authenticity, honesty; management ethics and business ethics; issues of culture and cross cultural communication; ethics of institutions. Poverty Research: poverty and capabilities; conflict settlement and social exclusion; poverty and conflicts and globalisation; investments and poverty alleviation; social exclusion and social justice. Social Ethics: conflict; conflict settlement and reconciliation; issues of leadership ethics; management ethics; business ethics; social justice; environmental ethics; poverty research; globalisation; European identity; values and pluralism; religion and culture. Head of Programme Professor Clemens Sedmak. Entry Requirements A good first degree, ideally first class honours (or equivalent) and at least a 2:1. Applicants are normally expected to have a distinction at master’s degree level, in a field relevant to the proposed research.

English Research, MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with HKU/NUS King’s is a vibrant critical environment within which to undertake literary, critical and performance studies in English, across all historical periods. We have long established strengths in the study of literature in sociocultural contexts, in addition to international expertise in such areas as: Anglo-Saxon and medieval studies; Shakespearean studies; theatre and performance; gender and sexuality; the theory and practice of biography, letterwriting and life-writing; postcolonialism; Irish studies; the Fin de siècle; literature and visual cultures; Modernism; literature and media; literature and medicine. You can also take a PhD in Digital English & American Studies. Head of Programme Professor Josephine McDonagh. Entry requirements First class honours degree in English; or an MA in English with an overall grade of 65% or above; or overseas equivalents. Those applying for one of the joint degrees are encouraged to contact an academic at King’s to develop research links with the partner institution.

European Studies Research MPhil/PhD We offer research supervision for MPhil and PhD dissertations on a variety of areas within European Studies. Specialisations include European and national identities; Europeanisation; European and national political thought; EU foreign and security policy; democratisation and state-building; modern social theory; contemporary European and world history; globalisation; international political economy; migration; social movements; the politics of culture. Head of Programme Dr Christoph Meyer. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BA or equivalent and an MA in a relevant subject area.

Film Studies Research MPhil/PhD The Film Studies Department is the leading centre for the study of cinema in London, a position it has consolidated through recent appointments and our unique facilities for film research. We have research strengths in the following areas: European cinema, cultural approaches, film theory, world cinema and film philosophy. Staff publications and research encompass national cinemas together with popular European genres and stars, art cinema, documentary and the avant-garde. Cultural approaches extend to a wider range of films (American and Asian as well as European), including the representation of the city, national and transnational identity in film, popular Asian cinema, gender and ethnicity, the relationship between film and new media and special effects. Work in the area of film theory addresses the relationship between film studies and other disciplines, such as philosophy, psychoanalysis, geography, music and art history. You can also take a PhD in Digital Film Studies. head of programme Dr Sarah Cooper. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree or overseas equivalent and an MA. A degree in film studies, or a subject in which film or media plays a significant part, is an advantage, although candidates from other disciplines and those returning to study will be considered on their own merits.

French Research MPhil/PhD Ranked second nationally in the Research Assessment Exercise 2008, our department offers research strengths in all periods of French literature, modern French history and politics, Francophone literature and French thought. There are several active research seminars and reading groups in which staff and research students participate. We provide training and individual guidance on research

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

methods, writing research proposals, applying for funding and presenting research papers. In conjunction with the Modern Language Centre, we have recently been developing a pioneering programme of specialist training in advanced French language and pedagogy for graduate students, to help them prepare to teach French at university level and to publish their research in French. You can also take a PhD in Digital French studies. Current students are working on topics across the whole range of French literary studies, and many of our recent PhD graduates have gone on successfully to academic posts or postdoctoral fellowships. Head of Programme Dr Johanna Malt. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in French or in a combined honours degree including French, followed by a taught master’s degree. Applications from candidates with other qualifications may be considered if relevant experience or equivalent qualifications can be demonstrated.

German Research MPhil/PhD Our current PhD students are working mainly in the areas of literary studies from the early modern period to the present day; historical and contemporary linguistics; film studies; literary theory and the history of ideas, but the department has internationally recognised strengths in most areas. Applications are also invited from students wishing to pursue doctoral research on German constitutional history and theory. The department provides an important focus on the Imperial Constitution, the Weimar Constitution, the Basic Law of the Federal Republic, and other relevant legal-political issues. Research in German and Comparative Literature can be conducted at MA, MRes, MPhil or PhD level. Head of Programme Professor Erica Carter. Entry requirements Normally a first or 2:1 first degree in German or a relevant subject and preferably also a taught MA programme. Students applying from Germany would be expected to have completed six semesters of study.

History Research MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with HKU/NUS We have a long and distinguished tradition in world-leading, cutting-edge research and our staff and research students are fully engaged in original historical scholarship, ranging from antiquity to the present day. We have consistently received very high ratings in the government’s research assessment exercises (RAE) and regularly attract funding from the AHRC, Leverhulme Trust, British Academy and Wellcome Trust. We have strong links across the College, including with

the King’s Institute for Contemporary History, incorporating the Centre for Contemporary British History and History & Policy, and the Department of Digital Humanities (we offer a PhD in Digital Historical Studies). Research students are encouraged to attend and present their work at regular seminars in the department and at the Institute of Historical Research (IHR). We also offer opportunities for our students to acquire paid teaching experience within the department, with full training provided. Head of Programme Dr Paul Readman. Entry requirements First or 2:1 honours degree or overseas equivalent and an MA in a related subject. This need not be history but students without history degrees will be expected to show advanced skills of analysis and historical research which their potential supervisor considers necessary. Those applying for the joint degree are encouraged to contact an academic at King’s to develop research links with the partner institution.

Medieval Studies MPhil/PhD King’s College London has a long tradition of supporting Medieval Studies, and over the years it has been home for some of this country’s leading medievalists. Today, Medieval Studies at King’s includes experts in a rich array of fields: late antique and Byzantine studies, all the major medieval languages and literatures, visual culture, palaeography and codicology, medieval history, music, philosophy, and theology. Research can be conducted in all these fields, and we also offer a PhD in Digital Medieval Studies. The intellectual vitality of contemporary Medieval Studies is fully reflected in the diversity of the theoretical and methodological approaches practised by King’s medievalists, for whom the School’s Centre for Late Antique & Medieval Studies (CLAMS) provides a space and catalyst for the critical exchange of ideas. Chair of CLAMS Professor Clare Lees.

Menzies Centre for Australian Studies MPhil/PhD The Centre offers research degrees at MPhil and PhD levels in Australian history, politics, literature and film. We offer access to a number of libraries which together constitute the best resources on Australian subjects in Europe. These include our own Maughan Library, the Institute of Commonwealth Studies Library, which holds one of the largest collections of social science materials relating to Australia, and the extensive Australia House Collection (at the University of London’s Senate House Library). Head of Programme Professor Carl Bridge. Entry requirements Normally an MA in an appropriate subject area and a first or 2:1 BA first degree or overseas equivalent.

School of ARTs & humanities

Middle East & Mediterranean Studies Research MPhil/PhD Our research programme offers a unique and exciting environment for the in-depth study of the varied aspects of the Mediterranean and Middle East. The programme has attracted students from all over the Middle East and Mediterranean (including Egypt, Israel, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Turkey), as well as Europe, Japan, Canada and the United States who are carrying out research in areas as diverse as the Great Power Intervention in the Contemporary Middle East; Comparative Politics of the Middle East; International Relations of the Middle East; ArabIsraeli Conflict; Political Economy of the Middle East; Intangible Infrastructure of the Gulf and Wider Middle East; and Conflict Resolution. Head of Programme Professor Rory Miller. Entry requirements A first or 2:1 first degree in a subject appropriate to the course. Equivalent overseas qualifications are acceptable. Students are urged to consider taking one of our MA programmes before undertaking research work.

Music Research MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with HKU The department has a long-established international reputation for research in music history and musical analysis, covering music from the Middle Ages to the present day. We are particularly strong in opera studies, performance studies, music theory, historiography, 18th- and 19th-century music, the early 20th-century (including jazz) and composition. A new area of research being opened up by staff at King’s is the study of music on record, especially historical recordings and their implications for performance. We also offer a PhD in Digital Musicology. Head of Programme Director of Graduate Research and PhD Musicology contact: Dr Andy Fry. PhD in Composition contact: Professor Silvina Milstein. Entry requirements A first or high 2:1 first degree in Music; a master’s degree is normally required. Equivalent qualifications or experience may be considered. Those applying for the joint degree are encouraged to contact an academic at King’s to develop research links with the partner institution.

Palaeography & Manuscript Studies MPhil/PhD Palaeography is taught in most departments across the School of Arts & Humanities and students wishing to carry out research in Palaeography should approach the relevant department. Current specialists work in areas of study such as Classics, Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies, English, French, History (especially medieval history), Spanish and Digital Humanities.

Head of Programme To be confirmed. Entry requirements All students for MPhil/PhD entry will be expected to have an MA or equivalent. The department in which you will be registered may have other requirements – please see their entries for details.

Philosophy Research MPhilStud or MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with NUS The department is strong in all areas of analytic philosophy, with particular strengths in the history of philosophy, philosophy of mind & psychology, metaphysics and philosophy of science, ethics & politics, and philosophy of language & linguistics. Co-operation with other philosophy departments in London, via the Institute of Philosophy, gives us access to a wide range of further specialisations. The Department offers two kinds of research degree: Master of Philosophical Studies (MPhilStud) and PhD. The MPhilStud is a two-year research degree: students work on three topics (producing 2 x 5,000 word essays for each) and write a 30,000-word dissertation. The general MPhilStud offers a wide range of options to choose from, one of which must be historical. We also offer specialised MPhilStuds in Ancient Philosophy and in Philosophy of Psychology. Candidates who already have a Masters degree can apply directly for our PhDs in Philosophy or Linguistics. Head of Programme Professor Peter Adamson. Entry requirements MPhilStud: a first class degree (or equivalent classification) in which philosophy was the major component is normally expected but particularly strong candidates with a very good 2:1 (or equivalent) classification are also eligible. Entry requirements for MPhil/PhD: Master’s degree in Philosophy (or in Linguistics for those intending to complete Linguistics Research); a distinction (or equivalent first class classification) is normally expected but particularly strong candidates with a merit (or equivalent) classification are also eligible.

Spanish, Portuguese & Latin American Studies Research MPhil/PhD Spanish was first taught at King’s College London in 1831, only two years after the College’s foundation and the teaching of Portuguese in British universities was pioneered by King’s in the 1860s. Since the establishment of the Cervantes Chair in 1916 and the Camoens Chair in 1919, the College has become a world-leading centre for Spanish and Portuguese studies and the creation of the new Department of Spanish, Portuguese and Latin American Studies continues this tradition of innovation and research strength.

The department offers a wide range of research supervision with opportunities for crossdisciplinary supervision. Our commitment to all areas of Spain, Portugal, Brazil, Lusophone Africa and Latin America combined with the wide-ranging teaching and research interests of the staff, means that we are able to offer an unrivalled variety of choice of supervision topics for postgraduate study. Head of Programme Professor Catherine Boyle. Entry requirements Normally a master’s qualification or equivalent in a relevant subject/ disciplinary area.

Theology & Religious Studies Research MPhil/PhD The lively research-orientated atmosphere of our department offers a stimulating environment for graduate research. The department represents a broad range of overlapping research areas. Students can pursue traditional areas of study through Theology (Systematics; Philosophical Theology; Patristics and Medieval Theology; History of Christianity in the reformation and modern period; Biblical Theology, Ethics, Business Ethics, and Christianity and the Arts) and Biblical Studies (literary, ideological and theological approaches to the Hebrew Bible; Second Temple Judaism, gender and the Dead Sea Scrolls; New Testament studies, including biography, genre, environment and ethics). Central to our department too is the social scientific study of religion (anthropology, sociology, history and politics), together with philosophy of religion, medieval and modern Jewish religion, culture and history, contemporary Islamic thought, and Chinese religions. We also offer a degree in Digital Theology & Religious Studies. Head of Programme Professor Paul Janz. Entry requirements Students who wish to read for a research degree should normally have obtained (a) an MA or, in exceptional circumstances, a first class or good upper second class honours degree at a British university, or (b) an equivalent qualification. In both cases, their previous studies should normally have included a dissertation, or equivalent, demonstrating their ability to present the result of independent study and research.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

Student Profile

Taught programmes

‘London is one of the centres of Philosophy and Humanities making King’s a natural choice for me, because of its unbeatable reputation, outstanding lecturers, and fantastic surrounding environment. Lecturers at King’s spend time with students offering invaluable advice about assignments, exam preparation, and dissertations. Rather than simply telling you what to do, they focus on teaching you the skills required for finding your own answers and correcting problems in your work.’ Felix Chan Philosophy MA

We provide ground-breaking insights through new approaches into the Arts, Humanities, and Social Sciences. In addition many of our programmes provide new perspectives on the Arts and Humanities through thriving partnerships with prominent partners, including the Foreign and Commonwealth Office, Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre, the National Gallery, the British Museum, and the British Library. We provide innovative approaches to traditional subjects ranging from ancient history to philosophy, but we also push interdisciplinary boundaries in programmes like Conflict Resolution in Divided Societies, Literature & Medicine, Eighteenth-Century Studies, Cultural & Creative Industries, Digital Culture & Society, and International Political Economy. TWO-YEAR INTERNATIONAL MASTER’S PROGRAMME

Humanities & Academic English Grad Dip Humanities & Academic English is for international students who do not yet qualify for direct MA entry. Helps students achieve the academic and linguistic skills required for successful postgraduate study. Improves overall skills through a unique combination of language and academic subject input. Direct progression into all MA programmes in year two. Entry requirements An honours degree, typically a first or upper second, although not necessarily in a humanities background. The GPA required is dependent on the requirements of the humanities MA to be studied. If approved by the department and relevant supervisor, the Graduate Diploma can contribute to a suitably qualified student’s application for a PhD programme. Students must also provide certification to show that they possess a minimum standard of English, defined as an IELTS score of 6.0 (with no skill below 5.5) or TOEFL 80 iBT (no skill below 18 and with a minimum of 19 in speaking). Duration One year FT, September to June, for Graduate Diploma, followed by one/two years FT/PT, September to September, for master’s degree. Location Strand Campus.

CULTURE & CREATIVITY

Advanced Musical Studies PG Cert Advanced Musical Studies allows students to meet individual goals to pursue a particular interest in musicology or composition. Ideal as a step into further research or to develop skills in the media, arts and other related bodies. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in music, but admission may also be possible for students debarred from registering as internal candidates for the MMus, MPhil or PhD. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Creative Cities MA/MSc Creative Cities is an innovative joint programme between Culture, Media and Creative Industries and Urban Geography that critically examines the ideas, practices and policies of creative cities. The focus is on the intersections of culture and the city, and the economic, social and cultural consequences. The programme has an international scope and draws on interdisciplinary foundations. Entry requirements An undergraduate degree at 2:1 (GPA 3.3, USA) standard or equivalent in a relevant subject, for example arts, humanities, social sciences or business. Relevant work experience will strengthen your application but is not a requirement. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Cultural & Creative Industries MA Cultural and Creative Industries is a unique interdisciplinary programme that draws on cultural studies, sociology and cultural management and makes use of London arts and media links including Tate Modern and the British Film Institute. Leads to careers in major cultural and creative organisations and smaller creative businesses. Entry requirements An undergraduate degree at 2:1 (GPA 3.3, USA) standard or equivalent in a relevant subject, for example arts, humanities, social sciences or business. Relevant work experience will strengthen your application but is not a requirement. Further guidance is available in the “Applying, fees & funding” section of this website. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus; occasionally other London locations.

Digital Asset Management MA Study at the Department of Digital Humanities, the largest most prestigious department in its field. Access to: unrivalled expertise in creation, management and preservation of digital materials; the world’s most important cultural institutions. For careers in cultural heritage institutions or commercial organisations.

School of ARTs & humanities

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree or overseas equivalent in any discipline and/or substantial work experience in the cultural heritage sector or involving the creation and/or management of digital resources. A written personal statement will be required. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Digital Culture & Society (formerly Digital Culture & Technology) MA A unique opportunity to explore the many forms of digital culture and their profound effects on society from various angles. Graduates of this programme will have gained the analytical tools required for understanding how digitisation and internet technologies shape modern culture. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree or overseas equivalent in any discipline. For those returning to study, evidence of appropriate experience will be required. A written personal statement, emphasising both qualifying background and reasons for selecting this programme will be required. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Digital Humanities MA Study at the Department of Digital Humanities, the largest, most prestigious department in its field. Learn application of digital tools and methods to the textual, visual and material data of the humanities. Leads to advanced research, or careers in cultural sector, civil service and business. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree or overseas equivalent in any arts or humanities subject; familiarity with basic computer use, including email and word processing. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Film Studies MA Study at the leading centre for Film studies in London. Extensive range of options covering all aspects of film style, representation and spectatorship. Perfect location close to the BFI, South Bank and Tate Modern. Ideal for careers in the Media Arts and related Culture Industries, or preparation for further study. A Film and Philosophy pathway is proposed, please check online for updates. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree (or overseas equivalent) in film studies or a subject in which film or media plays a significant part (candidates from other disciplines may be considered). Two academic references, 4,000 word writing sample on a relevant topic. An academic transcript of your first degree. Duration One year FT, two years PT, mid-September to mid-September. Location Strand Campus.

Music MMus

Life Writing MA

Specialise in either Musicology or Composition by selecting from a wide range of modules inside and outside the department. Ideal as a foundation for further research or composition at doctoral level or to build on existing skills.

Combine study of the theory and history of Life writing from the 18th century to the present, with the possibility of researching and writing a practical exercise in biography. Receive training in research and writing skills for the completion of a large research project.

Entry requirements Minimum high 2:1 in Music or equivalent from overseas students. USA: Minimum 3.5 GPA overall, with higher result expected in Music. Applicants with equivalent qualifications or experience seriously considered. You may be asked to submit a sample of recent work in musicology or composition (please clearly specify which, we do not offer performance). Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

ENGLISH LITERATURE & PERFORMANCE

Early Modern English Literature: Text & Transmission MA Early Modern English Literature taught with the British Library; a unique opportunity to study early modern literary works, including Shakespeare, in light of recent critical approaches and as print and manuscript material artefacts. Ideal foundation for doctoral work and careers in the arts, education, curatorship and broadcasting. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BA honours degree or equivalent in English or in a subject in which English plays a significant part; other wellqualified candidates may be considered.

Entry requirements Minimum good 2:1 first degree in English, or a subject in which English plays a significant part; other disciplines may be considered. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Medieval English: Sex, Gender & Culture MA Explore medieval literature and language from three inter-connected perspectives: gender and sexuality studies; cultural studies (especially cultural approaches to the study of medieval religious texts); and the relation between verbal and visual artefacts, complementing the department’s strengths in manuscript, lexical, and source studies. Entry requirements Minimum good 2:1 first degree in English, or a subject in which English plays a significant part; other disciplines may be considered. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Nineteenth-Century Studies MA See page 51.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Shakespeare Studies MA

Location Strand Campus and British Library.

Taught with Globe Education, Shakespeare’s Globe. Advanced critical and textual study of the plays of Shakespeare and his contemporaries through this unique collaboration. Optional modules cover Sixteenth-century English literature, Shakespeare and the screen, global Shakespeare; plus training in methodologies and editing. Destinations: PhD and academic work, theatre and the arts, arts administration, publishing.

Eighteenth-Century Studies MA See page 50.

English: 1850-Present MA English 1850-Present explores a range of topics and texts from the mid-19th century to the present. Students receive training in research and writing skills in preparation for the completion of a large-scale research project within a research environment which values scholarly inquiry and independence of thought. Entry requirements Minimum good 2:1 first degree in English, or a subject in which English plays a significant part; other disciplines may be considered. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in English, Drama or an equivalent subject, or an overseas equivalent. You will be required to submit a sample of your written work on a relevant topic. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus and Shakespeare’s Globe.

Theatre & Performance Studies MA Unique opportunity to pursue interests in Theatre and Performance Studies in the heart of London. Rigorous theoretical inquiry complemented by the opportunity to engage hands-on in performance, archival and curatorial practice through self-directed research and internship programmes. Ideal basis for a PhD in the field or further work in the arts.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

Entry requirements First or 2:1 BA degree in Theatre, Performance Studies, English or related fields, or equivalent overseas degree (minimum 3.3 GPA, USA), strong interest and/or engagement in performance practice an asset. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus. Some projects may take place on non-campus locations.

GLOBAL POLITICS

Conflict Resolution in Divided Societies MA Conflict Resolution in Divided Societies is a Research-led master’s and offers comprehensive comparative study on the causes and consequences of revolution, civil war, conflict regulation and truth and reconciliation in divided societies from the Middle East to South East Asia and beyond. Broad choice of modules. Possible careers include the UN, EU, diplomacy, journalism and the City.

International Political Economy MA Explore main theoretical assumptions, methods and research areas of International Political Economy as a discipline. Intellectual and practical skills developed through core and optional modules which include research design, economics, migration and welfare studies and data analysis. Entry requirements A relevant UK honours degree of 2:1 standard or overseas equivalent. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Middle East & Mediterranean Studies MA Expert interdisciplinary research-led teaching in the contemporary history, international relations, security, culture, languages and politics of the Mediterranean and Middle East. Broad choice of modules. Possible future careers include working in the United Nations, EU, diplomacy, journalism and the City.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree, or overseas equivalent, in an appropriate subject, such as in history, politics, international relations or languages.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Location Strand Campus.

European Public Policy MA

Political Economy of the Middle East (subject to approval) MA

The programme provides conceptual and research tools for the critical analysis of public policy and a broad political and historical approach to European Studies. This programme attracts high-profile people to lead seminars. Ideal for employment in the EU, business, public service, research and teaching. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree or equivalent, in a subject relevant to the intended area of study (mainly European studies, public policy, politics, sociology, law, economics and history). Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

European Studies MA This programme aims to deepen graduates understanding of contemporary European politics, history and society. As an interdisciplinary programme, it draws on the expertise of five highly ranked departments at King’s and a vibrant research community, designated as a Jean Monnet Centre of Excellence. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree or equivalent, in a subject relevant to the intended area of study (mainly European studies, politics, history, social sciences, law and modern languages). Students wishing to follow a country-based path must be fluent in either French or German. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus; French/German Pathways study in Paris or Berlin in the second semester.

Designed to attract high calibre students by offering an in-depth analysis of major scholarly debates in the political economy of the Middle East and North Africa (MENA) region, this unique interdisciplinary programme aims to improve students’ understanding of the political systems and regimes and their approaches to economic development. Taught within an expert interdisciplinary researchled teaching institution. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree, or overseas equivalent, in an appropriate subject, such as political economy, economics, business, development studies, history, politics, international relations or languages. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

LANGUAGES, LITERATURES & CULTURE

Classical Art & Archaeology MA Advanced study of Greek and Roman art and archaeology, with unique opportunity to acquire technical skills provided by optional modules in papyrology, epigraphy and palaeography. Intercollegiate programme with options taught at King’s, UCL and Royal Holloway, with close links to the Institute of Classical Studies. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors.

School of ARTs & humanities

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BA degree in Classics, Classical Studies, Ancient History, Classical Archaeology or a closely related subject, or an overseas equivalent. Some knowledge of Latin, Greek or another ancient language is a prerequisite. If you do not have a formal qualification in any ancient language you may still be considered if you take at least a basic course before the start of your MA studies.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree. in a modern language, Classics, English or another subject involving the study of literature. Good reading knowledge of a relevant European language other than English essential (not required for Literature across Cultures pathway). US applicants should have GPA 3.3 or above.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Location Strand Campus.

Location Strand Campus, other University of London institutions.

Classical Studies Grad Dip Ideal as a bridge to study at MA level or beyond if you are new to Classics and Ancient History. Choose from over 40 optional modules on wide range of topics, including Greek & Roman Literature, Greek & Roman History, Classical Art & Archaeology and Late Antique & Byzantine Studies, as well as ancient Greek & Latin languages. Leads to MA study or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors. Entry requirements A BA degree in a subject other than Classics, Classical Studies, Ancient History or Classical Archaeology. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to June. Location Strand Campus.

Classics MA Advanced study of the classical world with a focus on Greek and Latin language and literature. Intercollegiate programme with options taught at Kingâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s, UCL and Royal Holloway, with close links to the Institute of Classical Studies. Compulsory colloquium: Undertaking Research in Classics. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BA degree in Classics, Classical Studies, Ancient History, Classical Archaeology or a closely related subject, or an overseas equivalent. Candidates must be able to use authors and sources in one or more relevant ancient languages. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus, other University of London institutions.

Comparative Literature MA Comparative Literature studies literatures in the western Europe languages from antiquity to modernity, in Europe and its former colonies worldwide. A second pathway focuses on crosscultural literature (literature across cultures). Tailored courses on comparative methodology and theory. Ideal foundation for research and careers in teaching, journalism and the arts.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Critical Methodologies MA Critical Methodologies is a unique interdisciplinary taught programme focused on the study and applications of critical theory. Wide range of optional modules across humanities and social science disciplines. For students with humanities degrees to further knowledge and/or prepare for PhD study or careers in teaching, journalism, the media, arts. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 degree in a humanities discipline, or equivalent. We may consider other qualifications if you can demonstrate relevant experience. The programme is run by the Department of French, but does not require any knowledge of French. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

French Literature & Culture MA French Literature & Culture provides teaching based on research culture. Research methodology and critical theory plus a wide choice of optional modules from Medieval Occitan to Contemporary French Writing on the Visual & Cinema. Ideal preparation for research or careers in teaching, journalism, cultural management, financial sector and the EU. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree (or equivalent) in French or in a combined honours degree including French. US applicants should have GPA 3.3 or above. We may consider other relevant experience or qualifications where appropriate. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

German & Comparative Literature MRes Deepen and broaden your knowledge of German literature as an academic subject within a European context. Taught by internationally renowned scholars within the UKâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s second highest ranked German department. Provides an ideal foundation for further academic study, research and a career in academia. Entry requirements A 2:1 BA honours degree or equivalent in German (in exceptional cases a very high proficiency of German reading knowledge may be acceptable). Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Greek Tradition MA Advanced study of the Greek-speaking world, from the second millennium BC to the modern day. Large number of staff with relevant expertise provides an exceptional range of research-led options in language, literature, culture, history and thought. Compulsory modules: Perceptions of the past & Poetic geography. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors. Entry requirements A first class or good 2:1 degree (or equivalent) in a relevant subject at BA level is a minimum requirement. Graduates of universities in Greece or Cyprus should have a GPA in the BA of 7.5. The programme does not require prior knowledge of Greek, but offers the opportunity to acquire the language (Ancient or Modern). Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Language & Cognition MA See page 48.

Language & Cultural Diversity MA

Location Strand Campus.

See page 116.

German & Comparative Literature MA

Languages of the Wider World: Arabic/Mandarin (Chinese) Grad Dip

This programme is designed for Humanities and Liberal Arts undergraduates from all around the world, but particularly the UK, the German-speaking countries, Eastern Europe, the United States, Canada, Australia, India, and Asia, who wish to study German literature as an academic subject within a European context and in an English-speaking environment.

Acquire the ability to communicate and work in multilingual and multicultural settings and obtain a high level of proficiency in a language of the wider world (Arabic, Farsi and Chinese Mandarin), as well as intercultural training. Leads to international careers in a range of fields.

Entry requirements A 2:1 BA honours degree or equivalent in German (in exceptional cases a very high proficiency of German reading knowledge may be acceptable).

Entry requirements An honours degree (first or upper second) or equivalent, not necessarily in a Humanities background.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Location Strand Campus.

Duration One year FT, two years PT.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

Late Antique & Byzantine Studies Grad Dip Ideal as a bridge to study at MA level or beyond if you are new to the field of Late Antique & Byzantine Studies. Compulsory modules: The Byzantine Empire, 600-1453 and an ancient language (Greek or Latin). Optional modules include Medicine & Society in the Ancient & Medieval World and Medieval Cyprus: Art & Architecture. Leads to MA study or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in a humanities subject. Graduates of universities in Greece or Cyprus should have a GPA in the BA of 7.5. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus, other University of London institutions.

Late Antique & Byzantine Studies MA Advanced study of the history and culture of the Eastern Mediterranean world, from the foundation of Constantinople in 330 to the fall of the Byzantine empire in 1453. Wide range of modules in research skills (languages, palaeography, epigraphy, papyrology) and history, literature, culture, philosophy and theology. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in a humanities subject with a significant element relating to classical antiquity or the Middle Ages. Graduates of Greek/Cypriot universities should have a GPA in the BA of 7.5. If you do not have a formal qualification in any ancient language you may still be considered if you take at least a basic course before the start of your MA studies. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus, other University of London institutions.

Modern Greek Studies (Interdisciplinary) MA Advanced study of literature and sociolinguistics of Greece and the Greek-speaking world, focusing on the last two centuries. The Centre for Hellenic Studies at King’s provides an unrivalled research environment for aspiring students and our library houses the premier collection of Greek publications in the UK. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in a humanities subject. A competent working knowledge (equivalent to A grade at A-level) in Modern Greek. Graduates of universities in Greece or Cyprus should have a GPA of at least 7.5. Applicants from Cyprus should note that GCE ‘O’ level English is not an acceptable qualification for study at this level. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

School of ARTs & humanities

Modern Greek Studies (Literature) MA Advanced study of literature with specific reference to Greece and the Greek-speaking world, focusing on the last two centuries. The Centre for Hellenic Studies at King’s provides an unrivalled research environment for aspiring students and our library houses the premier collection of Greek publications in the UK. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors. Entry requirements You must possess an upper second degree from a UK university, or a GPA of 7.5 from a university in Greece or Cyprus, or an equivalent qualification, in Modern Greek Studies, English Literature, Comparative Literature, or Modern Languages. For all students, a competent working knowledge of Modern Greek is required. Duration One year FT or two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Modern Greek Studies (Sociolinguistics) MA Advanced study of sociolinguistics with specific reference to Greece and the Greek-speaking world, focusing on the last two centuries. The Centre for Hellenic Studies at King’s provides an unrivalled research environment for aspiring students and our library houses the premier collection of Greek publications in the UK. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors. Entry requirements You must possess an upper second degree from a UK university, or a GPA of 7.5 from a university in Greece or Cyprus, or an equivalent qualification, in Modern Greek Studies or Linguistics. For all students, a competent working knowledge of Modern Greek is required. Duration One year FT or two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Spanish, Portuguese & Latin American Studies MA This MA enables students to deepen and broaden their understanding of the Hispanic and Lusophone world, while also providing the opportunity to concentrate on a disciplinary or country-specific focus of interest. The programme covers literature, language, history and culture from medieval times to the present and covers Spain, Portugal, Brazil, Lusaphone Africa and Latin America. Entry requirements Normally a BA degree qualification with 2:1 or equivalent in a relevant subject/disciplinary area. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

PHILOSOPHY

History of Philosophy MA The department’s expertise in the history of philosophy provides a broad range of options, spanning two and a half millennia of the subject, alongside a compulsory seminar in the methodology of history of philosophy. You will also normally take a course in a relevant language, and write a dissertation, to build a foundation for further research. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 (or equivalent) undergraduate degree, in which philosophy will normally have been a major component. Duration One year FT, two years PT. September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Language & Cognition MA The degree focuses on issues at the interface of Philosophy of Language, Cognitive Science, Philosophy of Mind, Philosophy of Psychology, Formal and Computational Linguistics, and Logic. It offers a choice of modules in these areas, in conjunction with two core modules in the Theory of Grammar, and the Theory of Meaning. Students write a dissertation over the summer. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 (or equivalent) undergraduate degree in Philosophy or any other field. Conversion students should show evidence of an interest in and aptitude for the subject. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Medical Humanities MSc This programme explores the links between the humanities and medicine from a humanities point of view. Among the questions it considers are: What can the humanities contribute to healthcare? How do they differ from the sciences? And what can they tell us about illness? Entry requirements A clinical qualification, eg in Medicine or Nursing or at least a 2:1 in a humanities or a science discipline. Another relevant degreelevel qualification. Duration One year FT, two years PT, SeptemberSeptember. Location Strand Campus.

Philosophy MA Our philosophy MA is suitable for both philosophy graduates, to consolidate and expand their philosophical grounding, and equally for conversion students, to introduce them to key concepts, arguments, texts and techniques from across the philosophical spectrum, while also bringing them up to a high level in selected specialist areas.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 (or equivalent) undergraduate degree in philosophy or any other field. Conversion students should show evidence of an interest in and aptitude for the subject. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Philosophy of Medicine MA Geared both to philosophy graduates, as a pathway into research in Philosophy of Medicine, and medical (and other) graduates, to introduce them to key concepts, arguments, texts and techniques in the Philosophy of Medicine. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 (or equivalent) undergraduate degree in philosophy or any other field (which may but need not be medicine). Conversion students should show evidence of an interest in and aptitude for the subject. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Philosophy of Mental Disorder MSc Philosophy of Mental Disorder is taught jointly by the Department of Philosophy and the Institute of Psychiatry. The focus is on a variety of issues in the Philosophy of Psychiatry and the Philosophy of Psychology. The dissertation must be on a topic in these areas. Also accessible if you have little philosophy at undergraduate level. Provides a solid knowledge base to progress to independent research. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 (or equivalent) undergraduate degree in philosophy, psychology, social sciences, medicine, psychiatry, nursing, or any other field. Conversion students should show evidence of an interest in and aptitude for the subject. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus and the Institute of Psychiatry, King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Philosophy of Psychology MA This specialised MA focuses study on Philosophy of Mind and Psychology through core taught modules, together with a dissertation which must be on a topic in this area. In addition, there is the opportunity to study one or two other specialist areas of Philosophy, or (for conversion students) to take an introductory General Philosophy course. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 (or equivalent) undergraduate degree in philosophy or any other field (which may but need not be psychology). Conversion students should show evidence of an interest in and aptitude for the subject. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

Theology, Religious Studies & Ethics

Biblical Studies, with pathways (Language and Literature; Theology) MA Biblical Studies provides an interdisciplinary approach to interpreting the Bible which allows for focus either in the study of biblical language and literature, with language component; or in theological interpretation and Christian theology. All students take the compulsory Interpreting the Bible, and write a dissertation, plus optional modules. Leads to careers in teaching, museums, media, charities, the church or other religious institutions. Entry requirements An undergraduate degree with 2:1 (or overseas equivalent) usually, but not necessarily in a humanities subject. We know that relevant background can be acquired by informal routes, and we are delighted to consider all applications. Applicants without experience in the field should consider our Graduate Diploma, especially designed to ease the transition to Theology & Religious Studies from another subject. Duration One year FT, two years PT. September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Christianity & the Arts MA Christianity & the Arts is taught in association with the National Gallery. Investigate how Christian scripture, beliefs and practices have found expression in art over 2,000 years; trace the idea of beauty in Western theological tradition; make use of examples in London. Leads to further research or careers in teaching, journalism or the church. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 undergraduate degree, usually, but not necessarily, in a humanities subject.

Jewish Studies MA Jewish Studies is a highly interdisciplinary MA programme, covering Bible, Rabbinics, the history of Jewish-Muslim and Jewish-Christian relations, Jews and secularism, contemporary Halakhah and modern Jewish Thought. You will find a vibrant, supportive, and intellectually inspiring framework in this exciting MA taught by Kingâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s in partnership with the London School of Jewish Studies and with Leo Baeck College. Entry requirements Successful candidates will have an undergraduate degree with 2:1 (or equivalent), usually, but not necessarily, in a humanities subject. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Religion in Contemporary Society MA The MA in Religion in Contemporary Society combines Sociology & Anthropology of Religion to focus on key issues, from religion in public life to globalisation, fundamentalism, and modern spirituality. Encourages research on major traditions (Christianity, Islam, Judaism, Buddhism) and new movements. Master skills and knowledge ideal for careers in public policy, journalism, academia, education, etc. Entry requirements An undergraduate degree with 2:1 (or equivalent), usually, but not necessarily, in a humanities subject. We know that relevant background can be acquired by informal routes, and we are delighted to consider all applications. Applicants without experience in the field should consider our Graduate Diploma, especially designed to ease the transition to Theology & Religious Studies from another subject. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Location Strand Campus.

Systematic Theology MA

Ethical Leadership MA

This MA offers the opportunity to think through the place of theology in the contemporary world based upon its traditional resources. We offer a wide range of courses from historical and biblical theology to doctrine and the arts. Compulsory module: Revelation & Reason. Leads to research in the Department of Theology or careers in teaching, journalism or the church.

This innovative and interdisciplinary MA programme deals with the personal and ethical challenges of leadership in our times. It is a practice-oriented programme taught by teams of academics and practitioners. It will combine state of the art research with classical traditions, theories with on the ground experience and case studies. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BA honours degree or equivalent in any relevant subject (theology, philosophy, social science, history), other well-qualified candidates may be considered. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 honours in theology, religious studies, related disciplines, or other relevant qualifications/experience. US applicants: GPA 3.3 or above. Applicants without experience in the field should consider our Graduate Diploma, especially designed to ease the transition from another subject. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

School of ARTs & humanities

Theology & Religious Studies Grad Dip Designed to ease the transition from another area of study. May be used as a qualifying programme for study at MA level. Flexible structure. Select modules from Theology, Religion in the Contemporary World and Religion, Philosophy & Ethics. Entry requirements Graduate or equivalent status in an area of study unrelated to Theology & Religious Studies. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

HISTORy

Ancient History MA Advanced study of Greek, Roman and near-Eastern history that develops skills in handling documentary evidence. Intercollegiate programme with a wide range of options taught at King’s, UCL and Royal Holloway, with close links to the Institute of Classical Studies. Compulsory module: Sources & Methods in Ancient History. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BA degree in Classics, Classical Studies, Ancient History, Classical Archaeology, History or a closely related subject, or an overseas equivalent. Some knowledge of Latin, Greek or another ancient language is a prerequisite. If you do not have a formal qualification in any ancient language you may still be considered if you take at least a basic course (eg a Summer School course) in an ancient language before the start of your MA studies. If you need to improve your knowledge of ancient language, you may take one language-learning course as part of the MA. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus, other University of London institutions.

Contemporary British History MA See page 125.

Early Modern History MA This MA bridges the conventional division between British and European history, c1500-1800. Students choose from a wide range of modules covering political, social and cultural history of the Early Modern period and take two compulsory taught modules: Approaches to Early Modern History & Advanced Skills for Historians. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors.

Entry requirements First or 2:1 honours degree or overseas equivalent in history or a related subject such as politics. Students without a history degree may be required to show relevant research and analysis skills in order to be accepted. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Eighteenth-Century Studies MA Eighteenth-Century Studies is taught with the British Museum and by teachers from eight departments in the School of Arts & Humanities. Explore constructions of the Enlightenment through race, gender, class, intellectual networks and material culture. Analyse ideas, objects, texts and arts. Access to unique, diverse and rich collections. Ideal foundation for PhD study. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BA honours degree or equivalent in any appropriate discipline (eg English literature, European literatures, history, music, philosophy, history of art, some social sciences). Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus; the British Museum; other museums and galleries in central London.

Global, International & Comparative History MA Two-year programme, joint with Georgetown University, focusing on connections and comparisons across different parts of the world in the early modern and modern eras. Students study for one year at both King’s and Georgetown, and choose from an exceptional range of options that cover all regions of the globe and a variety of transnational themes. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors. Entry requirements We welcome applicants with strong analytical, language, and writing skills who are seeking an MA programme offering integrated comparative historical perspectives. The programme will consider applicants who have completed a BA or equivalent degree in History, a social science, or literature and culture. In exceptional cases, we will consider strong applicants with majors in other fields. An undergraduate GPA (USA) above 3.3 is expected, and above 3.5 is encouraged. For applicants applying from the United Kingdom, the minimum requirement is a good upper second class BA degree in History or a cognate discipline. Completion of the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) will be required as a precondition for consideration. Non-native speakers of English will be required to meet either the Georgetown Graduate Schools minimum score on the TOEFL exam or the Kings College School of Arts & Humanities minimum English language requirements. Duration Two years FT. Location Strand Campus, King’s College London; Georgetown University (Washington, DC, USA).

History MRes The MRes is an advanced historical research programme, and students specialise in ancient, medieval, early modern or modern history. Students receive training in historiographical and technical skills necessary for doctoral study and develop their knowledge of the period they choose to focus on. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors. Entry requirements First or 2:1 honours degree or overseas equivalent in history or a related subject such as politics. Students without a history degree may be required to show relevant research skills in order to be accepted. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Medieval History MA King’s is internationally renowned for medieval history and our MA offers training in Latin, Palaeography and research skills, and a wide choice of options, from Magna Carta and medieval women to digital humanities. We have particular strengths in Anglo-Saxon England, Britain in the central Middle Ages and early medieval Europe. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors. Entry requirements First or 2:1 honours degree or overseas equivalent in history or a related subject such as politics. Students without a history degree may be required to show relevant research and analysis skills in order to be accepted. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Medieval Studies MA Unique opportunity for interdisciplinary and crosscultural study. Compulsory module Making the Middle Ages plus a choice from around 20 modules in medieval history, literatures, languages and philosophy, covering western and eastern Europe from late antiquity to the cusp of the renaissance. Entry requirements Normally a minimum 2:1 first degree (or GPA, USA of 3.3) in an Arts subject. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

Modern History MA This MA is focused on European and British history since the mid-18th century, and students are encouraged to think beyond the rigid confines of country, period and discipline. We offer a huge range of options taught by world-leading experts, including modules taught by the Institute for Contemporary History. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors. Entry requirements First or 2:1 honours degree or overseas equivalent in history or a related subject such as politics. Students without a history degree may be required to show relevant research and analysis skills in order to be accepted. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Nineteenth-Century Studies MA Interdisciplinary MA with internship opportunities in the heritage sector. Draws on staff expertise across departments at Kingâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s to engage with a range of methodologies and scholarly debates, and explore the society, culture, literature and history of the 19th century, focusing on the European and Anglophone experience. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors. Entry requirements A first class or good 2:1 degree (or equivalent) in a relevant subject. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

World History & Cultures MA Advanced study of modern global social, political and cultural interactions, focusing on the global and local and the relationship between worldwide empires and the regions of Asia, Africa and the Americas. Students choose from an exceptional range of options and take a compulsory module in Transnational History. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors. Entry requirements First or 2:1 honours degree or overseas equivalent in history or a related subject such as politics. Students without a history degree may be required to show relevant research skills in order to be accepted. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

School of Biomedical Sciences The School is one of the largest concentrations of biomedical research and teaching activity in Europe, with 150 academic staff, over 550 postgraduate students and 2,200 undergraduate students based on two campuses.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

• Research spanning the biosciences from developmental neurobiology to stem cell therapy. •M odern, well-funded laboratories. •B road range of programmes including a two-year international master’s in Biomedical Sciences & Scientific English for international students. •R ange of opportunities for industrial placements. • Exciting and diverse seminar series.

School of BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES

he School of Biomedical Sciences represents one of the largest concentrations of biomedical research and teaching activity in Europe. We have 150 academic staff, over 550 postgraduate students and 2,200 undergraduate students based on two central London campuses. Our research spans the biosciences, with particular strengths in: developmental neurobiology; biophysics and cell biology, including cell dysfunction in cancer and genetic diseases; pain and its treatment; the ageing process, from the molecular basis of disease through to the discovery of effective novel therapies; environmental effects on human development and health; and drug discovery, delivery, mode of action and detection. The prestigious Medical Research Council (MRC) funds centres of excellence led by, or involving, our School in Developmental Neurobiology; Asthma & Allergy; Environment & Health; and Neurodegeneration. King’s stem cell laboratory was the first in the UK to bank a human embryonic stem cell line.

We host a Wellcome Trust-funded Centre for Biomolecular Spectroscopy, operating at the interface between basic and clinical science. King’s Drug Control Centre is preparing to run the anti-doping facility for the London 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games, alongside the global pharmaceutical company GlaxoSmithKline. We encourage entrepreneurship and collaboration with industry, with demonstrable successes including our award-winning spin-out company Proximagen. King’s will be a partner in the newly re-named Francis Crick Institute (formerly The UK Centre for Medical Research and Innovation (UKCMRI)). The Institute is being built at St Pancras and its vision is to create a world-leading centre for medical science and innovation in London. For students with research interests in the social sciences, King’s Interdisciplinary Social Science Doctoral Training Centre (KISS-DTC) has recently been awarded more than £5.2 million, by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC), to support postgraduate studentships and training in the social sciences (see page 111 for more details).

Induction and training

Facilities

On joining the School, all postgraduate students complete a comprehensive induction programme, specific to their research or taught programme. Students also benefit from transferable skills training offered as part of the Graduate School Researcher Development Programme. Both research and taught master’s students undertake tailored scientific and career development programmes.

Our modern, well-funded laboratories cater for the full range of research on offer. Our work is also supported by a range of state-of-the-art core research facilities including mass spectrometry, genomics and imaging units. 2012 will see the opening of the Nikon Imaging Centre at King’s, to include ten state-of-the-art microscope systems. Dedicated study and social spaces for postgraduate students include the newly refurbished lounges on Guy’s and Waterloo Campuses. As part of a large multi faculty university, we have excellent social and sporting facilities, but a key attraction is our central London location, with our three campuses along the River Thames being located in the cultural and social heart of the city.

Funding Location Guy’s and Waterloo Campuses Address Health Schools Admissions Centre Postgraduate Admissions Henriette Raphael House King’s College London Guy’s Campus London SE1 1UL Contact Health Schools Admissions Centre Tel 020 7848 8390 Email pg-healthadmissions@kcl.ac.uk Website www.kcl.ac.uk/biohealth

We offer a wide range of studentships, bursaries and scholarships funded by King’s Graduate School and many prestigious external sources including the UK Research Councils (MRC, BBSRC and EPSRC), charities such as the British Heart Foundation, Cancer Research UK and the Wellcome Trust, and our industrial collaborators.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

student Profile

Research opportunities

‘I decided to come to King’s because of its excellent world class reputation, especially in the field of my research interest to understand mechanisms underlying pain conditions. In addition to this, its high proportion of graduate students demonstrates to me King’s commitment to be a top research university across multiple disciplines. Studying at King’s has been an invaluable experience – being able to enjoy the lively culture in one of the metropolitan centres of the world while having the chance to learn alongside many of the most brilliant scientists in the world.’ Timothy Kaan Age-Related Diseases (Wolfson Centre for) MPhil/PhD, MD (Res)

Our vibrant postgraduate research community includes approximately 250 students. Our projects provide an excellent introduction to modern research, with an emphasis now on four-year multidisciplinary programmes. Students develop advanced research skills through a wide range of courses and workshops. Complementary courses focus on post-PhD research and career development, including entrepreneurial and business skills, and tutored introduction to teaching. Approximately half of our research degrees are jointly supervised by UK companies and include an industrial placement, providing a strong business ethos to complement the pure research, medical or clinical focus of other student projects. Further training and networking opportunities are offered. King’s is also actively developing joint PhD programmes with partner institutions. Within the School of Biomedical Sciences there are opportunities with Hong Kong University. Potential research areas include chemical biology, imaging chemistry, earth and biological sciences. Interested students are encouraged to contact an academic at King’s to develop research links with the partner institution.

Age-Related Diseases (Wolfson Centre for) MPhil/PhD, MD (Res) There have been tremendous advances in our understanding of the molecules and principles that govern the functioning of the nervous system. Great progress has been made to understand the molecular basis of disease states and pain, and the molecular mechanisms that limit regeneration. These advances enable innovative neuroscience and the opportunity to translate new knowledge into clinical benefits. Our mission is to: further understand the causes of neuropathic disease, identify new drug targets, develop treatments and monitor outcomes; study synaptic receptors and neuronal signalling mechanisms to promote symptomatic relief from the pain and dysfunction associated with a damaged nervous system; and develop and test strategies aimed at restoring function to the damaged nervous system by promoting cell survival and forming new synaptic connections or neurons. Head of division Professor Patrick Doherty.

Analytical & Environmental Sciences MPhil/PhD Includes toxicology, forensic science and atmospheric science. Chemistry is fundamental to all three activities and particular strengths exist in the separation sciences, mass spectrometry and novel analytical methods. Specific examples include improvements to aid detection of drugfacilitated sexual assaults, use of nanoparticles for forensic purposes and toxicology of ambient particulate matter. Our Drug Control Centre is the UK World Anti-Doping Agency accredited laboratory and will play a key role in the 2012 Olympics anti-doping screening programme. Environmental Science activity, focuses on air quality, including monitoring, modelling and toxicology research. The group operates the London Air Quality Network as well as several county air quality networks. We have a strong science policy team which supports government activity. Head of division Professor Frank J Kelly.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BSc first degree in science, medicine or dentistry, or an overseas equivalent. Relevant experience may also be acceptable. Please speak to your preferred supervisor before applying.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in environmental science, chemistry, molecular life science or biomedical science, although further graduate study or appropriate work experience may also be taken into account. Equivalent qualifications from overseas candidates are acceptable.

Research groups

Bioinformatics Research group leader: Dr Gareth Williams.

Drug Control Centre Research group leader: Professor David Cowan.

Drug Discovery Unit Research group leader: Dr Jonathan Corcoran.

Environmental Research Research group leader: Professor Frank Kelly.

Neurodegeneration Research group leader: Professor Clive Ballard.

Forensic Science Research group leaders: Dr Barbara Daniel and Dr Leon Barron.

Neurogenesis Research group leader: Professor Pat Doherty. Pain Research group leader: Professor Stephen McMahon. Receptors, Channels & Signalling Research group leader: Professor Stuart Bevan. Regeneration Research group leader: Please check the website.

MRC-HPA Centre for Environment & Health Research group leader: Professor Frank Kelly. Toxicogenomics Research group leader: Dr Stephen Sturzenbaum.

School of BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES

Cell & Molecular Biophysics (Randall Division of) MPhil/PhD, MD(Res) The Randall Division of Cell & Molecular Biophysics continues the tradition of biophysics at King’s established by Sir John Randall, which produced the famous studies of the structure of DNA by Rosalind Franklin and Maurice Wilkins. Many of our research groups operate at the interface between the health, biomedical and physical sciences, developing new techniques for application in biology and medicine. Based at Guy’s Campus, we have strong collaborative links with other biomedical and clinical researchers within King’s Health Schools. Head of division Professor Malcolm Irving FRS. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BSc or high grade MSc/MRes qualification in science, medicine or dentistry, or overseas equivalent. Relevant experience may also be acceptable. Please do not complete an application form until you have spoken to your preferred supervisor. Research groups Allergy & Asthma Research group leader: Professor Brian Sutton. Cell Imaging Research group leader: Professor Tony Ng. Cell Motility & Cytoskeleton Research group leader: Professor Gareth Jones. Muscle Biophysics Research group leader: Professor Malcolm Irving. Muscle Signalling & Development Research group leader: Professor Mathias Gautel. Structural Biology Research group leader: Professor Brian Sutton.

Human & Aerospace Physiological Sciences, Centre of (CHAPS) MPhil/PhD Our research is focused on human physiology in its broadest sense. Our expertise spans basic science and clinically-related fields including: human ageing, skeletal muscle function, plasticity and growth. Our work in multisystems neuroscience explores our interactions with the environment, investigating issues such as how our movement and balance control our sensory and cardiorespiratory physiology. Our research also investigates how such systems respond to novel environments where challenges such as hypoxia, acceleration (high G) and microgravity are faced. We have close links with numerous related external bodies including the RAF Centre of Aviation Medicine and the Crew Medical Support Office (European Space Agency).

Head of division Professor Stephen Harridge. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BSc degree, or overseas equivalent, in a relevant subject. Relevant experience may also be acceptable. Please do not complete an application form until you have spoken to your preferred supervisor. Research groups Aerospace & Extreme Environment Adaptation Research group leader: Dr David A Green. Sensory-Motor Control & Pain Research group leader: Dr Marousa Pavlou. Skeletal Muscle & Ageing Research group leader: Professor Di Newham.

MRC Centre for Developmental Neurobiology MPhil/PhD Our overall aim is to understand the early events during brain development, and subsequently the mechanisms that lead to malformation and limit regeneration in the human nervous system. Our mission is to advance this understanding through collaborative multidisciplinary studies using a variety of model organisms. We approach the key issues in early brain development by combining gene discovery studies with functional analyses at molecular, biochemical, cell biological, anatomical and physiological levels. Our major research themes are: genetic, molecular and cellular bases of neural tube regionalisation; regulation of neural crest and placode development; patterning and specification of cranial motor neurons; axon guidance and targeting; molecular mechanisms of axon growth and regeneration; mechanisms of gene regulation in the nervous system; synapse formation and function; and visual system development and plasticity. Head of division Professor Andrew Lumsden FRS. Entry requirements First or 2:1 first degree or higher degree in molecular or cellular biology, with some previous experience of developmental and/ or neurobiology. The successful candidates will be of the calibre expected of MRC and Wellcome Research students. Please do not complete an application form until you have spoken to your preferred supervisor.

Pharmaceutical Science (Institute of) MPhil/PhD, DHC Pharmaceutical Science is concerned with a detailed understanding of the human pathological state and using this knowledge to discover, design, develop and deliver drugs to the patient with a view to treating or managing disease. Our mission is to advance this interdisciplinary field through research in the areas of cellular biology, pharmacology, molecular biophysics, pharmaceutics, drug delivery and chemical biology including

medicinal chemistry. We are developing new methodologies to enable accelerated drug discovery, enhanced identification of drug targets for drug development, improved therapeutic agents, and efficient drug delivery systems. In addition, our work in clinical practice and medication use is expanding rapidly, drawing on components of pharmacy practice in the Pharmaceutical Sciences Clinical Academic Group of King’s Health Partners. Head of division Professor Peter Hylands. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in pharmacy, chemistry, molecular life science or biomedical science, although further graduate study or appropriate work experience may also be taken into account. Equivalent qualifications from overseas candidates are acceptable. Research groups Chemical Biology Research group leader: Dr Gerd Wagner. Clinical Practice & Medication Use Research group leader: Professor Graham Davies. Drug Delivery Research group leader: Dr Ben Forbes. Pharmaceutical Biophysics Research group leader: Professor Jayne Lawrence. Pharmacology & Therapeutics Research group leader: Dr Dom Spina.

Doctorate in Healthcare (Pharmacy) DHC Offers well-qualified pharmacists the opportunity to develop high-level research, enquiry and organisational change management skills and an understanding of the nature of professionalism in the public sector. Includes taught modules plus a research-based thesis. Leads to roles as expert practitioners in public and private health services. Entry requirements Master’s degree, minimum of two years’ professional experience in healthcare following registration. Portfolio of career-long learning. Duration Taught as a series of two/three, two day blocks in a term over the first two years. Support for the research proposal is provided as an introduction to the course followed by action learning sets led by the course and pharmacy pathway leaders. Support for the research-based thesis (final years) is provided by individual supervision and timetabled seminars. Location Waterloo Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

student Profile

Taught programmes Our master’s programmes are based upon our research strengths and are designed to provide outstanding postgraduates with more specialised knowledge and skills required for specific clinical, scientific or industrial careers. Several programmes, such as the Analytical Science for Industry MSc, are designed and run in partnership with the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries. They include industrial placements and content is designed to address specific skills shortages in a rapidly changing and competitive international marketplace. In other programmes, students can change fields entirely, such as the Molecular Biophysics MRes which enables conversion from the physical to biological sciences. MASTER’S BY RESEARCH

‘What a learning experience it has been for me at King’s! Whether it was the teaching delivered by the finest brains in the world, or interacting with students from different parts of the world, the experience has been an enriching one. Academics are extremely supportive. They not only encourage you to read widely, to research thoroughly and to question what you learn at every opportunity but they constantly push you to achieve your best and still go beyond.’ Arjun Channi Pharmaceutical Technology MSc

Forensic Science MRes See page 58.

Molecular Biophysics MRes Taught modules in biophysics and molecular biology, bioinformatics options and an extensive research project. Leading laboratory within a centre that has been at the forefront of biophysics research for over 60 years. Excellent preparation for PhD or foundation for high level entry into industry. Entry requirements Minimum good 2:1 first degree in physics, chemistry or biomedical science (with a substantial biophysics or biophysical chemistry component) or an equivalent overseas qualification. Duration One year FT. Location Guy’s Campus.

TWO-YEAR INTERNATIONAL MASTER’S

Biomedical Sciences & Scientific English Grad Dip Biomedical Sciences & Scientific English provides a unique structured pathway into taught and researchbased science master’s level programmes for international students. Combines study of science topics with the development of Scientific English, critical thinking and study skills. Direct progression into chosen master’s degree for those who meet the required standard. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree, or an overseas equivalent, in a biomedical science-related subject or chemistry as appropriate to the desired MSc programme. If approved by the Department and relevant supervisors, the Graduate Diploma can contribute to a suitably qualified student’s application for a PhD programme. Students must also provide certification to show that they possess a minimum standard of English, defined as an IELTS 5.5 (with a minimum of 5.5 in reading and writing and 5.0 in all other skills) or TOEFL 69 iBT (no skill below 14, with a minimum of 17 in writing and a minimum of 19 in speaking). Progression to an MSc programme depends on students achieving a Merit grade (or better) in the Graduate Diploma programme. Duration Graduate Diploma, one year FT, September to June. MSc, one additional year FT, September to September. Location Strand, Waterloo and Guy’s Campuses.

MASTER’S & PG DIP/PG CERT

Analytical Science for Industry MSc Provides a thorough grounding in all aspects of separation science and mass spectrometry plus a three-month internship. Modules include: Principles of Analytical Science; Advanced Separation Science; Advanced Mass Spectrometry; Novel & Emerging Technologies; and Research Project. Leads to PhD study, laboratory-based research or other sciencerelated careers. Entry requirements Minimum upper second class degree (or equivalent) in chemistry, biochemistry, pharmacy or a related discipline. Equivalent qualifications from graduates of overseas universities or equivalent institutions are also accepted subject to ratification. Duration One year FT, September to September, two years PT September to September. Location Waterloo Campus; some projects may take place on non-campus locations.

Analytical Toxicology MSc Gain detailed knowledge and understanding of the theory and practice of analytical toxicology and its application. Modules include: Principles of analytical toxicology; Laboratory techniques; Practical classes; Clinical toxicology; Forensic toxicology. Expected careers include analytical and supervisory roles within government and private institutions. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in biochemistry, chemistry, pharmacy, forensic science or related discipline. Overseas applicants with an equivalent qualification are encouraged to apply. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus. The research project may be undertaken in the UK or overseas.

School of BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES

Aviation Medicine MSc

Accreditation Some modules are accredited by the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Medicine

Provides physicians with comprehensive theoretical and practical instruction in advanced aviation physiology, psychology, pathology, clinical and operational medicine and the knowledge and skills required to conduct research in aviation medicine. Entry requirements Medical degree from an approved university. Registered medical practitioner.

Entry requirements Our minimum entry requirements are normally a medical degree (MBBS or equivalent) or a 2:1 first degree in pharmacy, pharmacology, biology, biochemistry, chemistry or related subject, or overseas equivalent. Applicants without a degree but with relevant experience will be considered on an individual basis.

Duration One year FT, September to September, or individual modules FT over two to three years.

Duration Two to four years PT, rolling enrolment throughout the year.

Location Guy’s Campus and aviation medicine centres in the UK and possibly overseas.

Location Waterloo, Guy’s and Strand Campuses.

Biomedical & Molecular Sciences Research MSc Incorporates a lecture-based module (Genetics, Biochemistry, Molecular Biology, Neuroscience, Cardiovascular Sciences), practical classes in Molecular Biology and Biochemistry, numerous generalist workshops (statistics, bioinformatics patenting etc), a choice of over 20 specialist Bioscience workshops (eg qPCR, microarray, forensics) and an extensive (six-month) Research Project in a research-active laboratory. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in a biological, molecular biological or biomedical sciences-related subject or an overseas equivalent. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Guy’s and Waterloo Campuses.

Biopharmaceuticals MSc Provides pharmacists and other chemical and life science graduates with scientific knowledge and expertise in the areas of biopharmaceutical discovery and development required for a career in the pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical industry, research institutes or regulatory authorities. Four taught modules and a research project. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in pharmacy, chemistry, biochemistry, pharmacology or a related discipline or an overseas equivalent. Duration One year FT, two years PT (one day per week), September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

Clinical Pharmacology MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert See page 79.

Drug Development Science MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Gain the skills to evaluate, plan and execute the studies involved in taking a new medicine from the exploratory clinical development phase through to the point of applying for marketing approval, including regulatory processes. One of three modular programmes in Pharmaceutical Medicine designed for working physicians, clinical scientists and allied health professionals.

Drug Discovery Skills MSc Run by the Department of Pharmacology & Therapeutics in conjunction with the pharmaceutical industry. The programme consists of five main taught modules and an industry-based research project. Leads mainly to careers in the pharmaceutical industry or further study for a PhD. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BSc first degree in biomedical/life sciences or an overseas equivalent, with evidence of significant knowledge of pharmacology. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Guy’s Campus and five/six months in industry.

Forensic Science MSc/MRes Delivered by internationally leading researchers, this is the longest running programme of its type in England. Gain knowledge and understanding of the forensic process and of the analytical techniques used in crime investigation. Leads to further study for a PhD or careers in forensic science. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree (or approved equivalent qualification) in chemistry, analytical chemistry, pharmacology, toxicology, biochemistry, molecular biology, or a combination thereof. A-level passes in chemistry and biology are required. Overseas applicants require equivalent qualifications. Duration MSc, one year FT, September to September. MRes, 15 months, September to February. Location Waterloo Campus for the first two terms, the third term usually outside the College.

Human & Applied Physiology MSc Gain a theoretical and practical understanding of the functioning of the muscular, respiratory and cardiovascular systems at rest and during exercise, including the effects of extreme environmental conditions on whole body physiology. Leads to careers in teaching and research, medicine, physiotherapy, health services and physical education. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 (or overseas equivalent) in a biomedical or sport science related subject.

Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Guy’s Campus; some projects may take place on non-campus locations.

Pharmaceutical Analysis & Quality Control MSc Science-based programme for pharmacists and other chemical graduates, concerned with the quality assurance and quality control of products as molecular entities. Well-equipped laboratories for ‘hands-on’ time with a range of modern techniques and instruments. Leads to further research, work in R&D laboratories and regulatory agencies. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in pharmacy, biochemistry, chemistry or related discipline, or an overseas equivalent. Duration One year FT, two years PT (one day per week), September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

Pharmaceutical Technology MSc Provides an excellent grounding in pharmaceutical sciences, followed by specialisation in the design and development of drug delivery systems. Ideal for pharmacists, chemists, chemical engineers and science graduates contemplating a career or employed in the pharmaceutical industry, health service, research institutes, regulatory authorities or preparation for PhD. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in pharmacy, chemical engineering, chemistry, materials or other relevant subject or an overseas equivalent. Alternative qualifications will be assessed for equivalence to a UK 2:1 level. Duration One year FT; two years PT (one day per week), September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

Pharmacology MSc Provides training in the design and execution of practical approaches to the mechanisms by which drugs act. Includes taught modules that provide a comprehensive knowledge base and project based elements. Leads to further study for PhD or careers in the pharmaceutical or research-related industries. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BSc degree in a wide range of subjects (eg physiology, biochemistry, applied biology, molecular biology, biomedical science and similar) or a first degree in medicine, pharmacy or veterinary science or an overseas equivalent. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Guy’s and St Thomas’ Campuses; inflammation course either at University College London or Guy’s Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

Pharmacy Practice MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Offers qualified pharmacists an opportunity to further develop knowledge and skills to enhance their practice in the changing healthcare environment. Modules may be selected according to professional interests or service needs, for continuing professional development and revalidation with the General Pharmaceutical Council. Accreditation Practice Certificate in Independent Prescribing (accredited by the General Pharmaceutical Council) is an option in this programme. Entry requirements Current registration with the General Pharmaceutical Council or the Pharmaceutical Society of Northern Ireland and one year of work experience as a registered pharmacist. Duration Independent Prescribing PG Cert: PT, minimum six months, starts Sept or Jan; Pharmacy Practice PG Cert: PT, 12 months, starts Sept or Jan; Pharmacy Practice PG Dip: PT, 24 months, starts Sept or Jan; Pharmacy Practice (Prescribing) PG Dip: PT, 24 months, starts Sept or Jan; Pharmacy Practice MSc: PT, 36 months, starts Sept or Jan. Location Waterloo Campus, Guyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Campus (for Independent Prescribing only).

Space Physiology & Health MSc This unique programme provides training for biomedical scientists and physicians delivered by experts. Graduates will be equipped to serve current and future manned space expeditions. The programme includes RAF and Space Agency visits where lectures, practical experience and demonstrations of space science and operations take place. Individual research projects are conducted in space agencies and universities worldwide. Entry requirements Normally minimum 2:1 first degree or equivalent in related subject (Physiology, Biomedical / Biological Sciences, Sports & Exercise Science and Physiotherapy, Medicine). Duration One year FT. Location Guyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Campus; some projects may take place on non-campus locations.

Translational Medicine MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert See page 80.

Dental Institute The Dental Institute is one of the top five centres of excellence for dental education, research and oral healthcare provision in the world, and is the premier place to study dentistry in the UK.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

• 70 per cent of our research output is judged as internationally excellent in the most recent Research Assessment Exercise. • The largest critical mass of principal investigators in dental and oral health sciences in the UK. • High success rate for PhD students. • Superb clinical facilities spread over four campuses. • Six flexible learning master’s programmes. • Master’s, extended master’s and diploma programmes in clinical dentistry, many leading to specialist registration.

DENTAL INSTITUTE

odern dental research and practice covers topics at the forefront of basic and clinical science. The Dental Institute is a leading international centre of excellence for teaching and research with an internationally renowned faculty providing a full range of postgraduate taught and research programmes. We offer programmes that lead to specialist registration, extended master’s programmes (MClinDent) and MSc programmes that give the postgraduate specialist skills in clinical dentistry. All the programmes offer friendly small group teaching. The King’s College London Dental Institute has pioneered flexible (distance) learning in dentistry, providing teaching for postgraduate students from many different countries, including the UK for nearly two decades. This is the perfect solution if you choose to stay at home but want to further your learning and gain a higher qualification. Overall costs are kept to a minimum and are considerably lower than studying full-time in London. You can learn anywhere and choose where you are assessed. World-renowned research activities underpin our teaching and specialist clinical care and keep us at the forefront of developments in dental and oral science. There are strong links with industry for research and development and technology transfer. The latest research technology and facilities are used to encourage the multidisciplinary collaboration between clinical and basic scientists at the Dental Institute. The last (2008) UK Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) confirmed that King’s College London Dental Institute, with more than 70 principal investigators, has one of the largest, most influential teams of researchers in dental and oral health sciences in the world. With more than 70 per cent of the Institute’s research output being judged as internationally excellent, the Institute has made and continues to make highly significant contributions to global advances in oral health sciences, which are impacting on innovative developments in the clinical practice of dentistry.

Location Guy’s Campus, with some departments based at King’s Denmark Hill Campus Address King’s College London Guy’s Campus London Bridge London SE1 1UL tel 020 7848 8252 Email pg-healthadmissions@kcl.ac.uk Website www.kcl.ac.uk/dentistry

We are located on the Guy’s and King’s Denmark Hill Campuses, and benefit from association with the Guy’s and St Thomas’ NHS Foundation Trust, and King’s College Hospital NHS Foundation Trust as part of the King’s Health Partners Academic Health Sciences Centre.

Induction & training Students on taught programmes attend a comprehensive generic induction programme of five days spread over the first five weeks that introduces them to clinical governance in the UK and teaches them how to approach their master’s studies and dental research. Master’s students in the restorative dentistry disciplines come together one day per week in their first year for didactic and hands-on training to ensure cross-fertilisation of ideas. Research students undergo annual induction and training with the other health Schools and have access to the Graduate School Researcher Development Programme throughout the year. The Institute also runs its own structured postgraduate programme consisting of a tutorial course in cell and developmental biology, a techniques course and a high profile seminar series tailored to students needs. The students organise their own science club and a monthly journal club.

Funding The Dental Institute funds some PhD students and also has funding from Research Councils, charities and specific awards for overseas students. Funding is also available through the Graduate School. Many students are selffunding or obtain personal scholarships.

Facilities The Institute has excellent research and clinical facilities funded by an ongoing programme of development from competitive outside sources. Each research group offers a wide range of modern techniques with access to appropriate equipment and facilities. There are numerous computer points to access online information services and systems that offer a wide range of printed, electronic and multimedia material.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

staff Profile

Research opportunities

‘The unique feature of the MSc programme in Maxillofacial and Craniofacial Technology is that it permits students to attend multi-disciplinary team meetings and attend followup sessions, including theatre and clinical rehabilitation of the patient. It utilises the combined services of Guy’s and St Thomas’ NHS Foundation Trust and King’s College Hospital NHS Foundation Trust, providing an ideal clinical base that offers excellent educational opportunities covering a wide range of treatments for students to experience. External speakers, expert in their field of knowledge, regularly contribute to the educational experience of the programme.’ Dr Trevor Coward Maxillofacial & Craniofacial Technology MSc

The range of subjects studied at the Dental Institute is very wide, ranging from basic oral and related sciences, through laboratory studies using patient samples, to clinical investigations on human subjects, including clinical trials. Most non-clinical PhD students will carry out their research in a laboratory, working alongside other PhD students and post-doctoral fellows using similar experimental approaches. Many projects use relevant model systems that can help to explain complex biology; other projects analyse clinical samples to help us understand complex disease. Some projects use questionnaires, surveys and other techniques of social science to help to understand and improve the patient experience. Some clinically qualified students will carry out clinical research where much of the work of the PhD takes place in the clinic with direct interactions with patients. Research students belong to one of 12 cohesive groups which provide interaction with post-doctoral and other academic staff. For students with research interests in the social sciences, King’s Interdisciplinary Social Science Doctoral Training Centre (KISS-DTC) has recently been awarded more than £5.2 million, by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC), to support postgraduate studentships and training in the social sciences (see page 111 for more details).

Dentistry & Oral Science (Research Division) MPhil/PhD

Research groups

King’s College London Dental Institute is one of the world’s leading dental research centres. 70 per cent of the Institute’s research output was judged as internationally excellent and the Institute was responsible for over a third of the internationally excellent dental research in the UK (RAE 2008).

Cariology & Endodontics Research group leader: Professor Avijit Banerjee.

Director of research Professor Tim Watson. Entry requirements A minimum 2:1 first degree, or an overseas equivalent.

Biomaterials, Tissue Engineering & Imaging Research group leader: Professor Lucy Di Silvio.

Craniofacial Development & Stem Cell Biology Research group leader: Professor Paul Sharpe. Dental Public Health Research group leader: Dr Jenny Gallagher. Education Research group leader: Dr Mark Woolford. Microbiology Research group leader: Professor William Wade Challacombe. Mucosal Immunology & Oral Medicine Research group leader: Professor Charles Kelly. Oral Cancer Research group leader: Professor Mahvash Tavassoli. Oro-facial Pain Research group leader: Professor Tara Renton. Periodontology Research group leader: Professor Francis Hughes. Saliva Research group leader: Professor Gordon Proctor. Social & Behavioural Science (Dentistry) Research group leader: Professor Tim Newton.

DENTAL INSTITUTE

student Profile

Taught programmes The Dental Institute offers a wide range of programmes at MSc, MClinDent and Diploma level, many appropriate for specialist training. The majority of the programmes are delivered at Guy’s Campus although some are taught at King’s Denmark Hill Campus and our innovative blended learning programmes allow you to study from home. Clinical facilities are excellent as are the research laboratories for undertaking clinically-related projects. Programmes are based on small group teaching. There is personal contact with excellent clinical teachers and recognised experts in their field. MCLINDENT PROGRAMMES

Endodontology MClinDent

‘I decided to undertake the fouryear MClinDent programme as it allowed me to work parttime, which has enabled me to fund the course and expenses incurred whilst living in London. When searching for advanced training in periodontology, I wanted to gain broad-based restorative exposure with a detailed scientific and evidence-based approach to understanding the biological and clinical principles in the discipline. The King’s programme incorporates these features very well.’ Rajan Nansi Periodontology MClinDent

Endodontology balances academic, clinical skills and research. Subjects include the pathology of apical periodontitis and strategies to manage it effectively. Dynamic interaction with other postgraduate students specialising in prosthodontics, implantology and periodontology. Develops skills in understanding and analysing the research bases for clinical care. Accreditation The Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh has approved the programme for award of the MRD diploma after completion of specialist training. Entry requirements All applicants: a dental qualification plus at least two years post-qualification experience. EU applicants will normally need to satisfy any additional specialist training requirements and acquire a NTN before programme commences. For UK applicants FDS, MFDS or MJDF is desirable. Duration Three years five days per week, four years three days per week, October to September. Location Guy’s and King’s Denmark Hill Campuses.

Periodontology MClinDent First complete specialist training programme in periodontology in the UK. Outstanding educational experience through exceptional calibre of teachers. Huge variety of expertise available to give thorough practical education in advanced clinical periodontology, including aesthetics, implants and contemporary surgical methods.

MSC & PG DIP PROGRAMMES

Conscious Sedation for Dentistry, PG Dip Creates a better understanding of the processes involved in conscious sedation through knowledge of the basic sciences; teaches basic techniques, explores principles of selection, assessment, and treatment planning, provides clinical experience by treating patients under sedation in supervised sessions; introduction to advanced sedation techniques where required. Entry requirements A dental qualification with eligibility for registration with the GDC. Applicants should demonstrate a focused interest in conscious sedation and be able to practise sedation in the place of work. Duration Nine months FT, January to September. Location Guy’s Campus.

Dental Public Health MSc The MSc progamme in Dental Public Health provides individuals with a population perspective on health and health services in preparation to become professional leaders, health promoters, strategic planners and managers of services. With a multidisciplinary team of academic tutors, well respected in their fields, it is a programme designed to develop key, transferable knowledge and skills. The programme involves six core modules with written assignments and a research dissertation often to publishable standard.

Entry requirements See Endodontology MClinDent entry.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 in a relevant subject plus an interest in the following: dental public health, community dentistry, preventive programmes, health promotion, special needs care. Evidence of experience of research, report writing or relevant knowledge desirable.

Duration Three years five days per week, four years three days per week, October to September.

Duration One year five days per week, or two years three days per week, October to September.

Location Guy’s Campus.

Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Prosthodontics MClinDent

Maxillofacial & Craniofacial Technology MSc

Accreditation The Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh has approved the programme for award of the MRD diploma after completion of specialist training.

Sixty per cent of the programme is dedicated to clinical experience in fixed, removable and implant prosthodontics. Teaching styles include close mentoring, chair-side guidance and small group work that emphasises the importance of the evidence base in literature and creates new research opportunities. Accreditation The Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh has approved the programme for award of the MRD diploma after completion of specialist training. Entry requirements See Endodontology MClinDent entry. Duration Three years five days per week or four years three days per week, October to September. Location Guy’s Campus; also St Thomas’ Campus.

Ground-breaking programme open to both dental technicians and dentists. Teaches clinical and technical aspects of facial prostheses; ocular prostheses; orbital and skull cranioplasties and obturators. Covers: recognising oral disease; infections; skin lesions related to intra- and extra-oral prostheses; core modules in all restorative disciplines. Entry requirements UK applicants: Diploma in Professional Studies (Maxillofacial Prosthetics & Technology) or a degree in Dental Technology with two years’ post-qualification technical experience. Overseas applicants: a dental technology qualification and at least two years’ graduate experience. Overseas

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

applicants will not be expected to have completed the Diploma in Professional Studies (Maxillofacial Prosthetics & Technology) but must have a focused interest in maxillofacial and craniofacial technology. Duration Two years (one day flexible learning, two days at College). Location Principally at King’s Denmark Hill Campus; also Guy’s Campus.

Orthodontics MSc Academic and practical teaching covering all aspects of orthodontic diagnosis and care including normal development; growth modifications; fixed appliances and the biological principles of orthodontic tooth movement. Participation in related research programmes, including: laboratory materials investigations; clinical studies and biological investigations. There is a University of Malta joint degree option. Students also have access to King’s Learning Institute to develop teaching skills. Accreditation The Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh and the Inter-Collegiate Board of the English and Glasgow Royal Surgical Colleges have approved the programme for award of the MOrth diploma after completion of specialist training. Entry requirements See Endodontology MClinDent. Duration Three years FT, October to September

Duration Two years, two/three days per week, October to September. Location Guy’s Campus.

FLEXIBLE PROGRAMMES

Advanced General Dental Practice MSc Advanced General Dental Practice is designed for newly qualified and established dental practitioners who wish to enhance their academic and clinical skills for professional development, expanding on BDS-level knowledge. There is a module on practice management and personal development to assist in the setting up and running of a successful practice. This programme will also provide support and guidance for dentists who plan to take the FFGDP, MJDF, MFDS, MFD or ORE examinations. Entry requirements A dental qualification. Access to patients is required to facilitate completion of clinical work, so you must be employed as a dentist in a dental practice, dental school, hospital or community dental services environment and have access to appropriate library facilities, email and internet. A computing specification applies to this programme. Duration Two to three years, January to December.

Location Guy’s and King’s Denmark Hill Campuses. University of Malta for joint degree candidates.

Location Study at home using flexible learning materials; attend compulsory intensive face-to-face course in first and second years in the UK.

Paediatric Dentistry MSc

Aesthetic Dentistry MSc

Didactic core modules in all aspects of paediatric dentistry and a hands-on laboratory module in operative dentistry for children. Includes: diagnosis; treatment planning and delivery of care requiring non-pharmacological behaviour management strategies and those requiring oral rehabilitation under sedation or general anaesthesia. An additional year (year 3) can be offered following successful completion of the master’s degree. This PG Certificate in advanced clinical training is to enable students to enter the Membership of Paediatric Dentistry, a Royal College of Surgeons examination.

An innovative programme offering dental practitioners the necessary skills and knowledge to provide high quality functional dental restorations with optimal aesthetic value. Focused on providing dental care where there is a clinical need to restore oral health and function, the course also covers cosmetic and facial techniques.

Entry requirements See Endodontology MClinDent entry. Duration Two years FT, five days per week, October to September. Location Guy’s Campus with some sessions also at Denmark Hill Campus.

Special Care Dentistry MSc The MSc in Special Care Dentistry (SCD) provides a theoretical foundation and develops appropriate clinical skills for the care of patients needing special care with particular emphasis on the use of behaviour management techniques, analgesia, sedation and general anaesthesia. Also covers training in research methods and their practical application. The course is based on the Specialty Training Curriculum as defined by the Specialist Advisory Committee for SCD (2009). Accreditation For selected candidates the two-year MSc programme is recognised by the Specialist Advisory Committee for Special Care Dentistry as partially contributing towards the three year specialist training programme in Special Care Dentistry. Entry requirements See Endodontology MClinDent.

Entry requirements See Advanced General Dental Practice entry. Duration Three years, January to December. Location Study at home using flexible learning materials; compulsory intensive face-to-face course in first and second years, a choice of London or Sydney (January 2012 entry only).

Dental Public Health MSc This programme is intended to provide an overview of dentistry for those who are not necessarily qualified dentists. Focused on developing an understanding of dental public health, community health problems and the provision of health services. It is especially relevant for those who intend to become health planners, managers of health services, epidemiologists, health promoters and teachers of public health dental subjects. Entry requirements A second class honours degree or the equivalent, from a university or other institution acceptable to King’s, in a discipline which has, in the opinion of the College, included suitable preliminary training, and access to local medical/ dental library facilities. Duration Modular over three years, January to December. Location Study at home using flexible learning materials.

Endodontics (subject to approval) MSc Offered in response to unprecedented demand for endodontically trained professionals within the UK and abroad, this unique and comprehensive programme is aimed at dentists who would like to enhance their existing clinical abilities in endodontics and acquire advanced skills at a specialist level whilst remaining at their original work place. Entry requirements See Advanced General Dental Practice entry. Duration Three years, flexible learning, January to December. Location Study at home using flexible learning materials; attend compulsory intensive face-to-face course in first and second years in London.

Fixed & Removable Prosthodontics MClinDent Blended learning programme for dental practitioners wishing to enhance knowledge of restorative dentistry for general practice with an emphasis on fixed and removable prosthodontics. The programme trains general practitioners to perform a high standard of work across a wide range of procedures. Beneficial to dentists who routinely treat adult patients in need of restorative care. Entry requirements See Advanced General Dental Practice entry. Duration Four years, January to December. Location At home using flexible learning materials; compulsory intensive face-to-face course in first and second years, a choice of London or Sydney (January 2012 entry only).

Maxillofacial Prosthetic Rehabilitation MSc For Maxillofacial Prosthetists, Technologists, and Prosthodontists working in a hospital environment or similar clinical practice, to enhance knowledge of intra and extra oral prosthetic facial rehabilitation and their clinical and technical skills. The programme gives the opportunity to experience digital technology whilst working towards a higher standard of clinical practice. Entry requirements UK applicants: Diploma in Professional Studies (Maxillofacial Prosthetics & Technology) or a degree in Dental Technology with at least two years post-qualification technical experience. Overseas applicants: a dental technology qualification and at least two years postgraduate experience. You will not be expected to have completed the Diploma in Professional Studies (Maxillofacial Prosthetics & Technology) but must have a focused interest in Maxillofacial & Craniofacial Technology or a dental qualification and employed as a prosthodontist in a dental practice, dental school, hospital, or community dental services environment and have access to appropriate library facilities, email and internet. A computing specification applies to this programme. Duration Three years, January to December. Location Study is at home using specially prepared flexible learning materials. In years one and two, students attend a compulsory intensive face-to-face course in the UK or India.

School of Law Located at the heart of the British legal and political world and surrounded by major City law firms, the School of Law tempers its academic excellence in the fires of real world experience.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

• Recognised as one of the top ten law schools in the UK. • Unrivalled location in the heart of legal London, just minutes away from the Royal Courts of Justice, the Inns of Court and offices of major City law firms. • Teaching by internationally renowned, leading academics and practitioners. • Based at the newly-acquired East Wing of Somerset House, one of London’s most beautiful and iconic landmark buildings. • Pioneering research centres within the School, such as the renowned Centre of European Law, Centre of Medical Law & Ethics and Centre for Technology, Ethics & Law in Society (TELOS).

School of LAW

ocated at the heart of the British legal and political world and surrounded by major City law firms, the School of Law tempers its academic excellence in the fires of real world experience. Engagement will be at the forefront of your learning experience with the School. Researchers with international reputations will be delivering your lectures and leading your seminars, and you will engage with peers on your programme and with the wider academic and professional communities in London through our extensive programme of public and private lectures and international law firm and alumni sponsored events. Whether you undertake study in medical ethics, competition law, international commercial law, global ethics, construction law or criminal justice, you will find that London is the international centre for work in these fields and that the work carried out at King’s is at the cutting edge. Our renowned academics create a vibrant intellectual community that will include, inspire and challenge you. There are opportunities for you to collaborate closely with them on research and current issues and to engage in an informal sharing of ideas.

Induction & training

Facilities

Interaction with the community and preparation for work are the key features of induction and training at the School. We will train you in how to access learning materials provided electronically; we will train you in the use of modern information gathering and information management techniques. In addition, you will be invited to attend social events as well as events sponsored by the School or alumni, or City law firms as appropriate. Many of these events represent valuable opportunities for you in respect of establishing links with your peers and with a wider professional network. If deemed necessary, you will be able to undertake additional specialist training through the College. Research students also have access to the Graduate School Researcher Development Programme.

Digitisation of key texts is a priority for the School so that students can access learning materials from home. Our provision in this area supplements the expansion of e-resources and we are committed to training you to use these facilities; the same facilities which major law firms often employ. The College’s Maughan Library provides impressive teaching, learning and social facilities. It contains a comprehensive collection of the latest legal texts, reference materials, journals and datasets, and is equipped with online databases such as Westlaw UK, Lexis, Justis, PLC and KluwerArbitration. Other library spaces available to you include the Institute of Advanced Legal Studies, the British Library and Senate House, University of London. The East Wing of Somerset House will house master’s and PhD student common rooms, shared workspaces, social spaces, seminar rooms and a moot court room, as well as academic and departmental offices dedicated to the School of Law.

Funding

Location Strand Campus Address School of Law King’s College London Strand Campus, Strand London WC2R 2LS Contact Centre for Arts & Sciences Admissions Tel 020 7848 2097 (taught programmes) 020 7848 2555 (research programmes) Email law-graduateadmissions@kcl.ac.uk/ law-llmgraduateadmissions@kcl.ac.uk (taught programmes) casa_pgr@kcl.ac.uk (research programmes) Website www.kcl.ac.uk/law

Two Master of Laws (LLM) studentships are offered each year: one covering home/ EU fees and the other covering international student fees. Research scholarships for UK/ EU and overseas students are periodically available from the School and are advertised online. Students are also eligible for Arts & Humanities Research Council (AHRC) funding. Please see our website for the latest information on scholarships. Funding may also be available through the Graduate School.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

student profile

Research opportunities

‘The reasons for pursuing a PhD at King’s seem obvious. Personally, my decision boiled down to the fact that, at King’s, I would have the opportunity to work under the supervision of one the most eminent academics in my chosen field: EU and WTO law. My doctoral research, which is being funded by a scholarship from the Centre of European Law, focuses on the export of the rules of the EU’s internal market to the ACP Group of States. Having now had the chance to experience life as a PhD researcher at King’s, the programme has far exceeded my expectations.’ Billy Melo Araujo Law PhD

Our research-active staff ensure the learning we offer is closely connected to the latest developments in scholarship and innovations within the legal world. The School has a thriving research community with around 100 MPhil/PhD students. While postgraduate research opportunities are organised through the School of Law, you may well find that your work is related to research undertaken at one of the pioneering research centres associated with the School, such as the Centre of European Law, the Centre of Medical Law & Ethics, the Centre for Technology, Ethics & Law in Society and Centre of Construction Law & Dispute Resolution. For students with research interests in the social sciences, King’s Interdisciplinary Social Science Doctoral Training Centre (KISS-DTC) has recently been awarded more than £5.2 million, by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC), to support postgraduate studentships and training in the social sciences (see page 111 for more details).

Law Research MPhil/PhD

head of programme Dr Cian Murphy.

Research active staff are the norm within the School and the excellence of their research is recognised both nationally and internationally. Our pioneering research centres lead and inform public debate on pressing issues that affect the modern world, and the supervision and training of the next generation of legal scholars is of paramount importance at the School. We continue to build on our traditional strengths in European law, human rights and public law, competition law and state crime. We are also developing our community in fields such as intellectual property law and media law, criminal law and moral philosophy and private law. As part of the application process you will be asked to submit a short research proposal to accompany your online application. This proposal will either be sent to the member of staff you identified as a supervisor or will be circulated to members of the team working in the area in which you want to undertake research. This is so that we may establish whether we can provide the right support for what you want to do. You are advised to take a look at staff research interests listed on the School of Law webpages which will give you an indication of the areas which can be studied at the School.

Entry requirements The candidate should have achieved, or be expected to achieve, at least a strong merit in a master’s degree in law or a related discipline, with strong evidence of research and writing ability. This will normally involve achieving a strong merit in a dissertation component of the master’s degree. Candidates who do not meet these criteria will only be admitted if the prospective supervisor makes a case for admission based on the candidate’s broader work experience.

School of LAW

staff Profile

Taught programmes The School offers a rich portfolio of learning: those coming from a law background will find a number of specialist Master of Laws programmes; those from a more diverse background may well be interested in our broad range of specialised masters programmes. Most of our programmes can be taken part-time and many of our specialist Master of Laws programmes are taught outside normal working hours to assist those who are studying while in work. For those unable to study in London, we offer a number of distance learning master’s programmes which are supported by interactive sessions online.

LLM PROGRAMME

‘King’s has the foremost experts in criminal justice and criminal law reform, from transnational organised crime, political violence and corruption to policing, prosecution, sentencing and prisons. We are a stone’s throw from the Royal Courts of Justice and the Inns of Court, and some of the world’s most famous legal landmarks. Our student-led Criminology Society ensures that students get a rounded experience, organising guest lectures, film screenings and visits to the criminal courts and prisons.’

Master of Laws LLM Master of Laws designed for you to deepen or broaden your knowledge of law as an academic subject and to assist your development in the legal profession. A respected and desirable academic qualification recognised throughout the world and across all legal disciplines, with a long-standing teaching reputation, sought-after expertise, contemporary experience and connections with the wider London legal community. Comprehensive selection of modules. SPECIALIST AREAS Financial, Competition, European, IP and Regulation & Technology and Tax law Accreditation Law Society CPD points. Entry requirements The basic requirement for admission to the LLM programme is a recognised first degree in law (or a degree with at least 70% law content) of at least high upper second class honours standard or an equivalent overseas qualification. Exceptionally, you may be considered where a comparable academic level has been achieved through other graduate studies, or where work or experience has made you a suitable candidate for the LLM. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Professor Ben Bowling Criminology & Criminal Justice MA Criminal Law, Criminology & Criminal Justice LLM

MA PROGRAMMES

Criminology & Criminal Justice MA Provides a comprehensive understanding of crime and the criminal justice process drawing on interdisciplinary theory and criminological research. Based in the heart of the London legal quarter with internship opportunities in criminal justice research and policy. Entry requirements Ordinarily, applicants will have a recognised first degree of at least high upper second class honours (or overseas equivalent) in law, sociology, criminology or other relevant social science discipline. If you do not satisfy this requirement but you have relevant professional qualifications or work experience, you may also be admitted. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Global Ethics & Human Values MA Study the urgent ethical issues of our globalising world including climate change, war, terrorism, poverty, inequality, trade, justice and human rights. Based in the heart of London close to government, the Royal Courts of Justice, multinational corporate HQs and international NGOs. Entry requirements Ordinarily, applicants will have a first degree of at least upper second class honours (or equivalent overseas qualification) in a relevant discipline, such as philosophy, politics, law, economics, history, or social science; or a relevant professional qualification and experience. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Medical Ethics & Law MA Study in depth the ethical and legal questions raised in the context of medicine including genetics; assisted reproduction; abortion; assisted suicide and euthanasia; advance decisions; autism; psychiatric ethics and mental health law; medical research; organ donations and the allocation of scarce resources. Entry requirements The basic entry requirements are a recognised first degree of at least upper second class honours (or equivalent overseas qualification) in a relevant discipline, eg law, medicine, philosophy, theology, social science, one of the life sciences, dentistry or nursing studies. Evidence of achievement of an academic level comparable to at least upper second class honours standard through past studies, and where previous study, work or experience has made the applicant a suitable candidate, will also be considered. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

Tax Law MA Designed for those without a legal background to engage in a comprehensive study of domestic and international tax law. Offers modules of the LLM in Tax Law with additional skills training for non-lawyers. Opportunity to study for professional qualifications in tax awarded by the Chartered Institute of Taxation. Entry requirements Either 2:1 tax related degree (accountancy or tax), or 2:1 degree, plus at least 12 months experience working in the tax arena. Equivalent qualifications from overseas students will be considered. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

CONSTRUCTION LAW

Construction Law & Dispute Resolution MSc Taught to lawyer and experienced non-lawyer construction professional students over a series of intensive three-day sessions, facilitating PT study for students based far from London and also available as FT for overseas students. Academically-led and practice-informed, the programme provides a unique cross-professional perspective on this area of the law, with electronic access to teaching and reference materials plus physical access to many specialist books and journals held in the Maughan Library. Accreditation The MSc, together with an awardwriting examination, is currently recognised for the Fellowship qualification of the Chartered Institute of Arbitrators. It is also recognised for CPD by the Law Society, the ICE, the RICS and the General Council of the Bar. Entry requirements For non-lawyers, a good degree in engineering, architecture, surveying or other construction-related subject or, exceptionally, professional qualifications acceptable to the College, plus at least two yearsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; relevant postgraduate work experience. For lawyers, a degree plus professional legal qualifications. Duration Two years PT September to September; exceptionally one year FT September to September or one and a half years FT September to April. Location Strand Campus.

DISTANCE LEARNING PROGRAMMES

Economics for Competition Law MA/PG Dip For practising lawyers, regulators, academics or if you have a specific need for knowledge in this area. Gain an understanding of the increasingly important role that economics plays in competition law and when economic analysis is needed for a particular competition law case.

Entry requirements Applicants must normally hold a degree in law or in a related discipline, of a good second class honours standard (or equivalent in the case of degrees differently graded), or be a qualified barrister or solicitor. Applications from candidates who have achieved a comparable academic level through past studies and where previous study, work or experience has made the applicant a suitable candidate for admission may also be considered. Duration Two years PT (distance learning), October to October. Location Distance learning with two weekend seminars in central London.

EU Competition Law MA/PG Dip For practising lawyers, regulators, academics or if you have a specific need for knowledge in this area. Gain an understanding of the substantive rules of EU Competition Law and the procedural framework in which they operate. Modules updated annually to take account of new law. Accreditation CPD accredited by the Solicitors Regulation Authority and the Bar Standards Board. Entry requirements Applicants must normally hold a degree in law or in a related discipline, of a good second class honours standard (or equivalent in the case of degrees differently graded), or be a qualified barrister or solicitor. Applications from candidates who have achieved a comparable academic level through past studies and where previous study, work or experience has made the applicant a suitable candidate for admission may also be considered. Duration Two years PT (distance learning), October to October. Location Distance learning with two weekend seminars in central London.

European Union Law MA/PG Dip Study at one of the leading law schools in the UK from anywhere in the world. Gain an in-depth and up-to-date knowledge of the most important theoretical and practical aspects of EU law focusing on the Treaties of the European Union. Accreditation CPD accredited by Solicitors Regulation Authority and the Bar Standards Board. Entry requirements Applicants must normally hold a degree in law or in a related discipline, of a good second class honours standard (or equivalent in the case of degrees differently graded), or be a qualified barrister or solicitor. Applications from candidates who have achieved a comparable academic level through past studies and where previous study, work or experience has made the applicant a suitable candidate for admission may also be considered. Duration Two years PT (distance learning), October to October. Location Distance learning with two weekend seminars in central London.

UK, EU & US Copyright Law MA/PG Dip For practising lawyers, regulators, academics or if you have a specific need for knowledge in this area. Modules: UK Copyright Law I; UK Copyright Law II & US Copyright Law; French & German Copyright Law; EU & International Copyright Law. Accreditation CPD accredited by Solicitors Regulation Authority and the Bar Standards Board. Entry requirements Applicants must normally hold a degree in law or in a related discipline, of a good second class honours standard (or equivalent in the case of degrees differently graded), or be a qualified barrister or solicitor. Applications from candidates who have achieved a comparable academic level through past studies and where previous study, work or experience has made the applicant a suitable candidate for admission may also be considered. Duration Two years PT (distance learning), October to October. Location Distance learning with two/three weekend seminars in central London.

School of Medicine Our pioneering staff cross all fields including cancer, immunology, imaging sciences, transplantation and molecular medicine, following in the footsteps of Nobel Prize winners such as Professor Sir James Black.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

• Range of career-enhancing MSc programmes for healthcare professionals, clinicians and clinical scientists. • Research opportunities available in 11 research divisions incorporating specialist centres in asthma, transplantation and cardiovascular research. • £25 million recent investment in laboratories and research space. • Located on three world renowned hospital campuses – Guy’s, King’s College and St Thomas’ Hospitals. • Lively seminar series including annual student research showcase.

School of MEDICINE

he School of Medicine is one of the most prestigious schools of medicine in the world, with a pioneering history that can be traced back several centuries. Our staff cross basic and clinical sciences including cancer, immunology, nutritional sciences, transplantation and molecular medicine. The School offers a broad range of postgraduate study options including some unique and award winning programmes supporting career development for clinical scientists, clinicians, general practitioners, allied health professionals and health care policy makers and leaders. The School also has a vibrant graduate research student community of around 300 students across 11 research divisions. With the launch of King’s Health Partners in 2008, the School is working closer than ever before with its NHS partners in achieving excellence in research, teaching and clinical service.

King’s will be a partner in the newly re-named Francis Crick Institute (formerly The UK Centre for Medical Research and Innovation (UKCMRI). The Institute is being built at St Pancras and its vision is to create a world-leading centre for medical science and innovation in London.

Induction & training

Facilities

Research students undergo annual induction and training with the other Health Schools and have access to the Researcher Development Programme run by the Graduate School.

All new students have access to a critical mass of research expertise and facilities. There are seminars and annual research days, which provide opportunities for students to network and present their work. All students within the School are expected to take advantage of the extensive range of training courses. Library services comprise a wide range of printed, electronic and multimedia material including the networked Medline service. The online virtual campus provides a wealth of information relating to postgraduate study. Research students have access to two postgraduate common rooms; a social room and a room with computers and desks for quiet study. All new students are issued with a Postgraduate Student Handbook, which provides a wide range of practical information on how to access these and other facilities, plus other important information relevant to your studies.

Funding A number of research studentships, funded by a mixture of central College and external (for example, Research Councils) sources, are awarded to Divisions and then advertised on the Health Schools Studentships website and in academic journals such as Nature and New Scientist. Funding is also available through the Graduate School.

Location Guy’s, Waterloo, Denmark Hill and St Thomas’ Campuses Address King’s College London Guy’s Campus London SE1 1UL Contact Health Schools Admissions Centre Tel 020 7848 8393 Email pg-healthadmissions@kcl.ac.uk Website www.kcl.ac.uk/medicine

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

staff Profile

Research opportunities

‘The Division is at the forefront of research into the causes, treatment and prevention of respiratory diseases, including asthma, chronic obstructive lung disease and pulmonary vascular dysfunction. A major strength of the Division is the multidisciplinary mix of clinicians, physiologists, pharmacologists and molecular biologists, at all stages of their careers. The wide range of expertise and methodologies available, coupled with close contact with clinicians who are treating patients suffering from the disease under study, means that the Division is an ideal training ground for those who want to work at the cutting edge of medical research.’ Professor Jeremy Ward Asthma, Allergy & Lung Biology (AALB) (Research Division) MPhil/PhD/MD(Res)

Divisions cross traditional departmental boundaries and are closely aligned with the areas of clinical excellence of the School’s NHS Trust partners, ensuring that strong basic science is integrated with, and transforms into, improved clinical care. These groups include members from other Schools in the College such as Biomedical Sciences and the Dental Institute and are at the heart of the School’s vision of encouraging close interactions between clinical and biomedical scientists. King’s is also actively developing joint PhD programmes with partner institutions. Within the School of Medicine there are opportunities with Hong Kong University. Potential research areas include chemical biology, imaging chemistry and biological sciences. Interested students are encouraged to contact an academic at King’s to develop research links with the partner institution. For students with research interests in the social sciences, King’s Interdisciplinary Social Science Doctoral Training Centre (KISS-DTC) has recently been awarded more than £5.2 million, by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC), to support postgraduate studentships and training in the social sciences (see page 111 for more details).

Asthma, Allergy & Lung Biology (AALB) (Research Division), MPhil/PhD, MD(Res), option of joint PhD with Hong Kong University We are successfully engaging in basic, translational and clinical research in asthma, allergy and respiratory medicine that individually and collectively constitute a major health burden. The Government and funding bodies have recommended substantial investment in research and clinical provision in this area. We are committed to addressing these priority areas in health research. Close interactions between nonclinical and clinical scientists provide improved opportunities for novel ideas and for discoveries from gene to bedside to be fully exploited for the benefit of health care. Our main aims are to: advance the understanding of pathogenesis of asthma and allergy to inform the development of new and effective treatments and prevention; study the link between airway inflammation, proliferation and oncogenesis; be a training ground for future generations of researchers; and be a public voice for asthma and allergy research. Head of division Professor Tariq Sethi. Entry requirements A first class or 2:1 first degree in medicine, immunology, molecular biology, biochemistry, microbiology, genetics, physiology or pharmacology, or overseas equivalent. Research groups Airways Remodelling Research group leader: Professor Jeremy Ward. IgE Structure, Function & Regulation Research group leader: Professor Tariq Sethi. Prevention of Allergy, Asthma & Chronic Respiratory Morbidity Research group leader: Professor Tariq Sethi. Therapy including Immunomodulation Research group leader: Professor Tariq Sethi.

Cancer Studies (Research Division), MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with Hong Kong University The strategic objective of the Division is to foster a culture of innovation in cancer patient care through research excellence. To achieve this we are implementing a fully integrated cancer research pathway, breaking down traditional clinical/academic boundaries and drawing together members of the Division with our partner NHS Trusts. Our multidisciplinary research portfolio maps onto and spans the entire cancer patient journey. Our work reflects core strengths in haematooncology, breast cancer biology, epidemiology, cancer cell biology and palliative care, alongside unique resources such as the Bio-Bank and Thames Cancer Registry. Head of division Professor Peter Parker FRS. Entry requirements A first class or 2:1 first degree in an appropriate subject, or the overseas equivalent. Research groups Cancer Epidemiology Research group leader: Professor Henrik Møller. Cell Biology & Imaging Research group leader: Professor Tony Ng. Haemato-oncology Research group leader: Professor Ghulam Mufti. Molecular Haematology Research group leader: Professor Swee Lay Thein. Palliative Care, Policy & Rehabilitation Research group leader: Professor Irene Higginson. Research Oncology Research group leader: Professor Arnie Purushotham.

School of MEDICINE

Cardiovascular (Research Division) MPhil/PhD Our mission is to pursue internationally leading laboratory-to-bedside research that addresses the molecular, cellular and physiological mechanisms underlying normal and abnormal cardiovascular function. This work is linked to translational research to improve the prevention, diagnosis and treatment of human cardiovascular disease. We have excellent infrastructure and facilities and collaborate frequently with groups focused on imaging, structural biology and genetics. We have been designated a British Heart Foundation (BHF) Centre of Research Excellence, one of only four in the UK, in recognition of our research strengths and outstanding training provision for clinical and non-clinical scientists.

and skin disease; to understand the biology and pathophysiology of genes and proteins known to contribute to pulmonary vascular disease and neurogenetic diseases such as Huntington’s disease and motor neurone disease; to understand epigenetic effects such as imprinting, and control of gene expression; to develop novel analytical methodologies and approaches to study epistatic interactions between genes. St John’s Institute of Dermatology research targets cancer, genetics, immunology and photobiology as they affect the skin. The work of the Twin Research Unit focuses on complex genetic traits in the main categories of ageing, CVD, metabolic syndrome, and eyes, as well as on other areas such as skin disease, immunology, gastroenterology and behaviour.

Head of division Professor Ajay Shah.

Head of division Professor Gillian Bates.

Entry requirements A BSc degree awarded with first class honours or a 2:1, or an overseas equivalent. The division is generally only able to accept students on funded studentships, which are usually advertised and appointed competitively.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BSc first degree in biochemistry, genetics and related disciplines.

Diabetes & Nutritional Sciences (Research Division) MPhil/PhD The Division brings together basic scientists, clinicians and public health practitioners in the two disciplines to develop evidence-based strategies for prevention of diet-related and metabolic disease and to translate findings from basic science to improve their clinical management. Heads of division Professor Stephanie Amiel and Professor Tom Sanders. Entry requirements 2:1 degree or master’s in a biomedical science or a veterinary, medical or dental qualification. Research groups Diabetes Research Research group leaders: Professor Stephanie Amiel and Professor Peter Jones. Diet & Cardiovascular Health Research group leader: Professor Tom Sanders. Diet & Gastrointestinal Health Research group leaders: Professor Paul Ciclitira and Dr Kevin Whelan. Metal Metabolism Research group leaders: Professor Christer Hogstrand and Professor Andrew McKie.

Genetics & Molecular Medicine (Research Division) MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with Hong Kong University The Division’s research strategy aims to identify the genes, and variations therein, which contribute to common diseases such as breast cancer and inflammatory bowel

Research groups Dermatology Research group leader: Professor Jonathan Barker. Medical & Molecular Genetics Research group leader: Professor Christopher Mathew. Twin Studies Research group leader: Professor Tim Spector.

Health & Social Care (Research Division) MPhil/PhD, DHC The Division comprises the Departments of Primary Care & Public Health Sciences and Physiotherapy. It includes over 50 Principal Investigators College-wide, drawn from the Schools of Medicine, Nursing & Midwifery, and Social Science & Public Policy. Our work is interdisciplinary, with an exceptional academic range (from clinical strengths in primary care, public health, nursing and midwifery, to disciplinary expertise in management, health policy, gerontology, social work and social studies of science). We aim to improve service quality, delivery and organisation; health and social outcomes through research relating to individual clinical and social needs and wider social and policy contexts of care. Our work is underpinned by three core principles: engagement with patient and user perspectives; commitment to conceptual and methodological innovation; and attention to the policy relevance and practical application of our findings. head of division Professor Charles Wolfe. Entry requirements Normally a 2:1 first degree or higher in a relevant subject, or an overseas equivalent. A master’s level qualification or qualification and/ or experience as a health professional may also be required for some programmes.

Imaging Sciences & Biomedical Engineering (Research Division) MPhil/PhD Our research brings together physicists, chemists, biologists, mathematicians, computer scientists and clinicians working in medical imaging and biomedical engineering. We are keen to recruit PhD students from all these disciplines. All imaging modalities are studied including MR, X-ray, CT, ultrasound, PET and SPECT, as well as therapeutic nuclear medicine. Ongoing projects range from the development of new imaging agents and technology and computational image analysis and modelling, through to the clinical assessment of new imaging methods. We undertake a wide range of work, from studies of the basic science of imaging to research targeted at specific clinical problems such as cardiology, neuropsychiatry, oncology, radiotherapy and surgery. Our work is carried out in close collaboration with other groups within the School of Medicine and our major NHS partners. Head of division Professor Reza Razavi. Entry requirements Normally a first or 2:1 first degree in an appropriate subject, or the overseas equivalent. Research groups Biomedical Engineering (School of Medicine) Research group leader: Professor Nic Smith. Cancer & PET Imaging Centre Research group leader: Professor Michael O’Doherty. Cardiovascular Research group leader: Professor Eike Nagel. Chemistry/Biology Imaging Research group leader: Professor Phil Blower.

Immunology, Infection & Inflammatory Disease (DIIID) (Research Division) MPhil/PhD We use a range of techniques from molecular genetics and biochemistry to clinical trial design to undertake research in several areas. We seek a better understanding of the dynamic interplay between host defence mechanisms and viral and microbial determinants. These studies can expose the genetic basis of disease susceptibility and resistance. We examine what fails when host defence mechanisms mistakenly target uninfected tissues, causing autoimmune diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, type I diabetes, and lupus, and we ask whether such mechanisms can be usefully directed against tumours. We examine how immune responses are regulated, so as not to cause inflammatory disease, and whether such immunoregulation can limit transplant rejection. We actively consider practical approaches to enhancing

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

host responses to pathogens and to limiting autoimmunity, and we direct clinical trials in immunological diseases seeking novel biomarkers of disease course. Head of division Professor Adrian Hayday. Entry requirements A first or 2:1 first degree in an appropriate subject, or an overseas equivalent is mandatory. Research groups Academic Rheumatology Research group leader: Professor Andrew Cope. Immunobiology Research group leader: Professor Adrian Hayday. Infectious Diseases Research group leader: Professor Michael Malim. Molecular and Cellular Biology of Inflammation Research group leader: Professor Frederic Geissmann.

Medical Education (Research Division) MPhil/PhD Members of the Medical Education Division are involved in educational research linked to the delivery of the undergraduate medical degree curriculum. Staff research interests include the evaluation of various feedback and assessment mechanisms and processes, advances in elearning, the role of clinical simulation settings and other innovative elements of curriculum delivery. Complementary areas of interest focus on issues such as the relationship between personal and academic characteristics and levels of student attainment. Head of division Professor Janice Rymer. Entry requirements A first class or 2:1 first degree in an appropriate subject, or the overseas equivalent.

Transplantation Immunology & Mucosal Biology MPhil/PhD We have a strong interest in basic biological mechanisms that determine the balance between health and disease. Research programmes combine expertise in complement, clotting, immune regulation, immune tolerance, tissue repair and fibrosis and how loss of normal controls results in diseases of the kidney, liver and gastrointestinal tracts. The Division is home to the MRC Centre for Transplantation which brings together research across disciplines including genetics, protein and cell therapeutics, imaging science and stem cell biology. Its collaborative programmes apply to solid organ, tissue and cell transplantation. Trainee mentorship is a priority which together with opportunities in translational and basic science, and record of internationally competitive research, offer

distinctive features of the Division. Our broad programmes of work give exposure to communication skills, statistics and ethical regulation of research as well as innovative methods of treatment. Head of division Professor Steven Sacks. Entry requirements A first or 2:1 first degree in an appropriate subject, or an overseas equivalent is mandatory. Research groups Experimental Immunobiology Research group leader: Professor Graham Lord. Immunoregulation & Immune Intervention Research group leaders: Professor Giovanna Lombardi and Professor Randolphe Noelle. Innate Immunity Research group leader: Professor Anthony Dorling. Liver Sciences Research group leader: Professor Giorgina Mieli-Vergani. MRC Centre for Transplantation Research group leader: Professor Steven Sacks. Renal Sciences Research group leader: Professor Bruce Hendry.

Women’s Health (Research Division) MPhil/PhD, MD(Res) The Division’s research encompasses a wide range of themes spanning conception to the female menopause. Research areas include fertilisation, reproduction, pre-eclampsia and pre-term labour. The Division offers a unique research environment, using a wide range of experimental approaches in molecular, cellular, physiological, biochemical, clinical and translational themes combining science with clinical application. Head of division Professor Lucilla Poston. Entry requirements First or 2:1 first degree or overseas equivalent in an appropriate subject. Students from medical and scientific backgrounds will be considered. Research groups Each of our research groups are collaborative with no overall lead. Global Health Maternal Health Services & Policy Research Pregnancy, Fetal Well-being & Childbirth Reproductive Medicine Reproductive Neurobiology & Early Life Origins of Disease Urogynaecology & Menopause Women’s Mental Health

School of MEDICINE

Student Profile

Taught programmes We offer a range of high-quality taught postgraduate programmes, leading to master’s degrees or postgraduate certificates and diplomas. These specialist programmes combine rigorous academic content with training in clinical competencies, research and critical analysis. MASTER’S BY RESEARCH

Clinical Imaging Research MRes

‘This PG Cert programme enabled me to focus and improve my scanning skills. This has helped me progress in my career and scan with confidence. I was able to understand the physics behind operating an ultrasound machine due to the fantastic lectures. We had eminent lecturers like Trish Chudleigh and Jackie Ross talking to us about the different areas of ultrasound scanning. I would encourage any healthcare professional to enrol on this course as this is one of the best learning experiences I have had!’ Dr Srividya Seshadri Focused Ultrasound PG Cert

Enables medically-qualified students to start an academic career in radiology in a highly-rated research department, participating in cuttingedge research and development. Provides clinical research training as a foundation for starting a PhD or MD with an emphasis on medical imaging. For international students, the programme also provides a route to GMC registration. Accreditation GMC registration via sponsorship for international medical graduates subject to satisfactory progression to doctoral level clinical research. Entry requirements MBBS or BDS (or equivalents), plus one year’s previous postregistration clinical experience at house officer level (or equivalent) supported by at least two satisfactory structured references from consultant supervisors. Occupational Health Clearance. All offers of a place are made subject to satisfactory Criminal Records Bureau clearance, or police check. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Guy’s and St Thomas’ Campuses; some modules at King’s Denmark Hill Campus; some projects may take place on non-campus locations.

Medical Imaging Sciences MRes Aims to provide graduates of chemistry, physics, computing, mathematics, biology, pharmacy or medicine, with advanced training in the imaging field. Intended mainly as preparation for a PhD, but also serves as training for employment in hospitals and industry. Key components are two research projects, which may be linked around different aspects of a single research area in medical imaging. Entry requirements Students must have a first or high 2:1 BSc (honours) degree or overseas equivalent in a life sciences or physical sciences degree. MBBS students may also enter this programme interrupting their medical degree and therefore have already met their host institution’s entry requirements. MBBS students can be admitted at any time following the third year of their programme. Immediately post-year three: entry is based on year three performance. Advanced years (four to five): students must complete their current year of study. External students need to obtain permission from their own medical school and provide evidence of their exam performance in the pre-clinical examinations. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location St Thomas’ Campus. Research projects may take place at other locations.

Translational Cancer Medicine MRes Enables you to gain detailed knowledge and understanding of research methods applied to rational drug design, clinical study design, molecular and cell biology, tumour immunology, genetics and cancer imaging. Practical experience gained through two six-month laboratory rotations. Entry requirements First or high 2:1 BSc (honours) degree or overseas equivalent in biomolecular or physical sciences. MBBS students can be admitted at any time following the third year of their programme. Post-year three: entry is based on year three performance plus evidence of knowledge of the basic elements of translational research topics. Advanced years (four-five): students must complete their current year of study. External students need to obtain permission from their own medical school and provide evidence of their exam performance in the pre-clinical examinations. Duration One year FT, September to September; two year PT option also available for graduates with MBBS or equivalent qualification. Location Guy’s Campus and/or St Thomas’ Campus and/or King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMMES

Advanced Paediatrics MSc Multidisciplinary degree designed for doctors, nurses and allied health professionals. Content is research and evidence-based and will give students a detailed understanding of research methods and statistics applied to child health, the ability to conduct methodologically robust research projects and advanced knowledge of the management processes in modern NHS Trusts. Entry requirements A degree in medicine and MRCPCH exam for medical trainees. A degree in nursing or an allied health sciences subject and currently working as a band seven or equivalent. Duration Two years PT, September to September. Location Guy’s and King’s Denmark Hill Campuses.

Cardiovascular Research MSc Offers advanced theoretical and practical grounding in cardiovascular research, including specialist technical skills training, expert-led workshops and an in-depth laboratory-based project. Enables students to pursue further study (PhD) or employment in a research environment, with a view to a cardiovascular research career. Comprises a research project and three other modules.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in a biological, molecular biological or biomedical sciences-related subject, an overseas equivalent, or a medical qualification.

Accreditation Accredited by the UK Institute of Physics and Engineering in Medicine (IPEM). Some components approved by the Royal College of Radiology.

Duration One year FT, September to September.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 degree in a physical or engineering science or equivalent.

Location Waterloo Campus with projects taking place at other campuses.

Clinical Pharmacology MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Gain the knowledge and skills to evaluate the safety of new medicinal products for human studies, write a clinical protocol, and obtain appropriate ethical and legal approval. One of three modular programmes in Pharmaceutical Medicine designed for working physicians, clinical scientists and allied health professionals interested in the clinical development process. Accreditation Some modules are accredited by the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Medicine. Entry requirements Our minimum entry requirements are normally a medical degree (MBBS or equivalent) or a 2:1 first degree in pharmacy, pharmacology, biology, biochemistry, chemistry or related subject, or overseas equivalent. Applicants without a degree but with relevant experience will be considered on an individual basis. Duration Two to four years PT, rolling enrolment throughout the year. Location Waterloo, Guy’s and Strand Campuses.

Clinical Science (Clinical Engineering) MSc A new part-time programme designed for UK NHS clinical engineering trainees, in response to the NHS Modernising Scientific Careers plan. Topics include biomechanical and clinical measurements, and a choice of specialist modules linked to individual research projects. It is taught alongside the awardwinning Medical Engineering & Physics MSc, by leading academics and scientists at the vanguard of the profession. Accreditation Accredited by the UK Institute of Physics and Engineering in Medicine (IPEM). Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 degree in a physical or engineering science or equivalent. Duration Three (or two) years PT, September to September. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Clinical Science (Medical Physics) MSc A new part-time programme designed for UK NHS medical physics trainees, in response to the NHS Modernising Scientific Careers plan. Topics include radiation physics for imaging and radiotherapy, and a choice of specialist modules linked to individual research projects. It is taught alongside the awardwinning Medical Engineering & Physics MSc, by leading academics and scientists at the vanguard of the profession.

Duration Three (or two) years PT, September to September. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Some lectures at the Institute of Cancer Research.

Drug Development Science MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert See page 58.

Immunology MSc Enables students to gain an understanding of the structure and functioning of the immune system, at the cellular, molecular and genetic level, and its relation to health and disease. Ideal for scientists from clinical and non-clinical backgrounds as preparation for undertaking a PhD or other scientific research, as well as improving employment prospects. Entry requirements First or second class honours degree in a biological science or a degree in medicine, dentistry or veterinary medicine or other relevant subject awarded by a British university, or an overseas equivalent. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Guy’s Campus.

Medical Immunology MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Advanced training in basic and clinical immunology, including diagnostic technologies, laboratory management and research methodologies. For career development in laboratory settings such as in translational research; clinical practice as a Grade C clinical scientist; academia as a senior lecturer or professor, or as an NHS consultant. Accreditation Training and education is commensurate with requirements of Royal College of Pathologists, Joint Committee on Higher Medical Training, Deanery STC’s, Consortia/Confederations and the Health Professions Council registration authority. Recognised as component of training programme for Trainee Clinical Scientists in Immunology by the Association of Clinical Scientists in Immunology. Entry requirements A first or second class honours degree in the biological sciences, or a medicine, dentistry, veterinary studies, pharmacy or nursing qualification. Students pursuing the master’s qualification will need to be affiliated to a laboratory organisation in order to complete the required supervised research project; affiliation is also advised for Diploma and Certificate students but not obligatory. Suitable organisations include but are not limited to clinical immunology/tissue typing departments or equivalent organisations/ laboratories in hospitals, higher education establishments or industry. Overseas applicants must have obtained prior acceptance of affiliation with such a department before applying for the programme.

Medical Engineering & Physics MSc

Duration Two years PT, lectures one day per week,

Award-winning programme taught by leading scientists and academics central to the evolution of medical physics, medical engineering and clinical sciences. We offer in-depth instruction on physiological, analytical and fundamental aspects of the field. Our graduates are mostly employed in the NHS, others in leading academic institutions and industry. We also offer two related MSc programmes in Clinical Sciences.

Guy’s Campus.

Accreditation Accredited by the UK Institute of Physics and Engineering in Medicine (IPEM). Some components approved by the Royal College of Radiology. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 degree in a physical or engineering science or an overseas equivalent. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Some lectures at the Institute of Cancer Research.

September to September. Location Intercollegiate programme, primarily

Medical Ultrasound MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert For radiographers, doctors, midwives and others wishing to practice clinical ultrasound within their professional roles. Lectures are in block release, in conjunction with compulsory clinical placements. Core modules integrate underlying theory with practice ensuring performance of diagnostic ultrasound examinations (O&G; General Medical; Vascular; a student negotiated topic) in accordance with accepted good practice. Accreditation Accredited by the Consortium for the Accreditation of Sonographic Education (CASE). Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 UK honours degree or professional qualification in radiography, nursing, midwifery or medicine. Applicants must have a suitable clinical training placement for the duration of the programme. Entry is subject to satisfactory interview. Duration PG Cert: Nine months PT, January to September. PG Dip: 18 months PT, January to following June. MSc: 27 months PT, January to March. Location St Thomas’ Campus.

School of MEDICINE

Nutrition MSc/PG Dip

Public Health MPH/MSc

Intensive conversion programme primarily for graduates in biological sciences or medicine. Gain a broad knowledge and understanding of nutrition and develop your scientific skills to graduate level. Includes taught modules and a research project. Leads to careers in nutrition planning, health promotion, nutrition information, teaching or research.

For graduates or holders of a relevant professional qualification, who are working or intend to work in public health, an opportunity to gain the academic background for leadership roles. Core and optional modules delivered by leading experts in a mix of formats. For this year, subject to approval, the option to study for an MPH (Primary Care) is being introduced.

Accreditation Accredited by the Association for Nutrition, allowing graduates to apply for direct entry to the UK Voluntary Register of Nutritionists. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in biological science, including components of biochemistry and physiology, or a registrable qualification in medicine, dentistry or veterinary medicine. Equivalent overseas qualifications accepted. For more information regarding entry requirements, please refer to King’s online prospectus. Duration MSc: One year FT, September to September. PG Dip: Eight months FT, Sept to April. Location Waterloo Campus.

Pain: Science & Society MSc Designed to encourage innovation amongst interprofessional groups, including clinical and health psychologists, medical practitioners, nurses, occupational therapists and physiotherapists, in the area of pain management by enhancing an understanding of the theory and research-based evidence that underpins practice. Includes taught modules and a research project. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 in a healthrelated BSc honours degree, a postgraduate diploma or a professional qualification equivalent to an honours degree plus appropriate experience or an equivalent overseas qualification. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Guy’s Campus.

Palliative Care MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Develop the skills necessary to appraise evidencebased care and conduct high-quality research on issues of palliative care to inform clinical practice and service development. MSc: four required modules, two optional modules and research project. PG Dip: four required modules and two optional modules. PG Cert: two required modules and one optional module. Entry requirements A degree in medicine, nursing or dentistry or a 2:1 degree in life sciences or social sciences from a UK or overseas university. You must also have experience of working in palliative care or an associated area, eg clinical or social care research. Duration One year FT, two years PT, January to January. Location Cicely Saunders Institute, King’s Denmark Hill Campus; St Christopher’s Hospice, Sydenham.

Entry requirements Applicants should have a second class honours degree (or overseas equivalent) or a degree-level professional qualification in an appropriate subject, normally with some experience in the broad field of public health. For the Master of Public Health degree, rather than the Public Health MSc, students should normally be, or have been, employed in a public health agency. Full-time students can satisfy this requirement by undertaking their dissertation while on a short placement with a public health agency. Some full time students from overseas undertake their dissertation placement in their home country. Duration One year FT, two years (one day per week) PT, September to September. Part-time students attend every Thursday during the first year and every Monday during the second. Full-time students have lectures all day Monday and Thursday in term-time. Some optional modules will be delivered on Wednesdays. Location Mainly at Guy’s Campus; some specialist sessions take place off-campus.

Radiopharmaceutics & PET Radiochemistry MSc The training provided by the Radiopharmaceutics & PET Radiochemistry MSc programme will equip you to work as a radiopharmaceutical scientist in a PET radiochemistry centre (cyclotron unit) or a conventional radiopharmacy, to provide diagnostic and therapeutic radiopharmaceuticals to nuclear medicine centres, or to study for a PhD. Entry requirements At least a 2:2 degree (or equivalent) in chemistry, chemical engineering, physics, pharmacy or biochemistry; other related subjects such as physics, radiography or medicine may be considered, if appropriate graduate practical experience is demonstrated. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location St Thomas’ and Waterloo Campuses. Research projects and work placements may be at other locations.

Specialist Ultrasound Practice PG Cert Designed for health professionals, to award academic credit for a student-negotiated area of ultrasound practice that meets individual professional needs. Topics include Gynae & Early Pregnancy and Carotid Artery Ultrasound. Personalised work-based learning and lectures in underlying theoretical concepts will enable proficient performance of specified ultrasound examinations in accordance with accepted good practice. Accreditation Accredited by the Consortium for the Accreditation of Sonographic Education (CASE). Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 UK honours degree in a life science or professional qualification in radiography, nursing, midwifery or medicine. Applicants must have a work place mentor and a suitable handson clinical training placement for the duration of the programme. Entry is subject to satisfactory interview. Duration Nine months PT, January to September. Location St Thomas’ Campus.

Translational Medicine MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Learn to evaluate, plan and execute the studies needed to take a new medicine through exploratory clinical development, considering relevant target identification, pharmacology studies and the availability of appropriate biomarkers. One of three modular programmes in Pharmaceutical Medicine designed for working physicians, clinical scientists and allied health professionals. Accreditation Some modules are accredited by the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Medicine. Entry requirements Our minimum entry requirements are normally a medical degree (MBBS or equivalent) or a 2:1 first degree in pharmacy, pharmacology, biology, biochemistry, chemistry or related subject, or overseas equivalent. Applicants without a degree but with relevant experience will be considered on an individual basis. Duration Two to four years PT, rolling enrolment throughout the year. Location Waterloo, Guy’s and Strand Campuses.

Ultrasound in Emergency & Critical Care PG Cert For clinicians in A&E, acute medicine and intensivists wishing to incorporate focused ultrasound into their work. Three lecture blocks supported by work-based ultrasound practice. Students will gain knowledge in diagnostic focused ultrasound enabling integration of underlying theory with image acquisition and interpretation skills. Students may undertake additional modules to progress to the Medical Ultrasound PG Dip/MSc.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

Accreditation Accredited by the Consortium for the Accreditation of Sonographic Education (CASE).

Clinical Dermatology MSc

Entry requirements Candidates will normally be required to be accepted for registration by the General Medical Council. Applicants must have suitable clinical training placements and should have access to an ultrasound machine in the course of their work.

For medical graduates wishing to specialise in dermatology. Students will gain clinical skills and knowledge of the scientific basis of clinical dermatology. They will develop practical training in laboratory sciences relevant to skin disease. The programme also includes a critical evaluation of dermatological literature on a specialist subject.

Duration Nine months PT, from September. Location St Thomas’ Campus.

Vascular Ultrasound MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Vascular Ultrasound is for practising clinical scientists, technologists, sonographers and other health professionals wishing to work in this area. Lectures are delivered in block release in conjunction with compulsory clinical placements. Core modules integrate the underlying theoretical concepts with professional practice to ensure performance of vascular examinations in accordance with accepted good practice. Accreditation Accredited by the Consortium for the Accreditation of Sonographic Education (CASE). Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 UK honours degree or equivalent in a life science, radiography, nursing or medicine. Those with professional qualifications should usually have a minimum of two years’ relevant post-qualification experience. All applicants must have a suitable clinical training placement. Those with full SVT accreditation may be exempt from the first year. Qualified sonographers may take the Vascular Ultrasound module as a stand-alone module. Entry is subject to satisfactory interview. Duration PG Cert: nine months PT, January to September. PG Dip: 18 months PT, January to following June. MSc: 27 months PT, January to March. Location St Thomas’ Campus.

PROGRAMMES FOR QUALIFIED DOCTORS AND ALLIED HEALTH PROFESSIONALS

Advanced (Neuromusculoskeletal) Physiotherapy MSc Aims to facilitate development of the knowledge, research understanding, clinical, analytical and reasoning skills required for evidence-based physiotherapy in the management of patients with neuromusculoskeletal dysfunction. Includes a combination of formal taught sessions, seminars, prosections, practical sessions, clinical placements and self-directed learning. Accreditation Approved by the Manipulation Association of Chartered Physiotherapists (MACP). Entry requirements Minimum second class honours or equivalent degree in physiotherapy; for physiotherapists qualifying pre-1993, a Diploma in Physiotherapy. Two years’ experience managing musculoskeletal problems. Registered with the HPC. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Guy’s Campus.

Entry requirements A medical qualification from a recognised university, current clinical experience of either six to twelve months in dermatology or three to four years practising medicine postregistration, and proof of English language ability for non-UK students. Duration One year FT, October to September. Location St Thomas’, King’s Denmark Hill and Guy’s Campuses.

Physiotherapy (pre-registration) MSc Clinically-orientated programme, with over 1,000 hours of professional practice and rigorous academic content, for science graduates wishing to become physiotherapists. Accreditation Eligibility to apply for registration with the Health Professions Council and membership of the Chartered Society of Physiotherapy. Entry requirements Minimum high 2:1 first degree in biomedical sciences or relevant disciplines/equivalent overseas qualifications plus a good A-level or equivalent profile; plus experience in statistics, research methods and/or a dissertation at BSc level; able to critically evaluate material and study independently. Duration Two years FT, September to September.

Dietetics MSc/PG Dip

Location Guy’s Campus, with external professional clinical placements.

Gain the knowledge, skill and professional attitude necessary to practise as a state-registered dietitian. Includes modules, practical placements and a research project.

Rheumatology MSc/PG Dip

Accreditation Successful completion of examinations and placements will make you eligible to apply for registration by the HPC (Health Professions Council) as a dietitian in the UK. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in Nutrition or an MSc in Nutrition. Applicants must be eligible for home fees status. Enrolment is dependent on satisfactory CRB clearance at the enhanced level and an Occupational Health check. For more information regarding entry requirements, please refer to King’s online prospectus. Duration MSc: FT 22 months. PG Dip: FT 17 months. Both programmes include practical placements. Location Waterloo Campus; placements in London.

Nuclear Medicine: Science & Practice MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Develops skills for the provision of safe, high quality nuclear medicine services through training with a strong scientific and academic framework in an approved structured service environment. Suitable for doctors, scientists, technologists, radiographers or nurses. Entry requirements MSc: Doctors with a minimum of two years’ post-qualification clinical experience. Overseas doctors require temporary registration with the General Medical Council. Technologists and radiographers should have several years experience and be currently employed in a nuclear medicine environment. PG Dip, PG Cert: Graduates in medicine, physics, nursing, radiography or other medically-related subjects who have working experience in healthcare. Duration MSc and PG Dip: one year FT, two years PT, October to September, PG Cert: six months FT, 18 months PT: October to April. Location Primarily Guy’s Campus. Some components may take place off-campus.

Aims to develop students’ understanding of the scientific basis and clinical practice in Rheumatology. The programme develops the capacity to understand and critically evaluate research findings, enhances communication and management skills and fosters a multidisciplinary approach to rheumatological care. Students are encouraged to publish work in peerreviewed rheumatology journals. Entry requirements We invite applications from Specialist Registrars in rheumatology, GPs with a special interest, rheumatology specialty doctors, specialist nurses and other allied health professionals with appropriate and recognised qualifications/suitable experience. Duration Two years PT, September to July. The programme runs biennially. Location Guy’s Campus.

School of Natural & Mathematical Sciences The School delivers world-class research, teaching and innovation. Proud of our tradition of excellence, we offer our students the opportunity to learn from world-leading academics while benefiting from a vibrant research community.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

• Dedicated facilities for postgraduate students. • Opportunities to gain experience of teaching within your department and the chance to study for the Graduate Certificate in Academic Practice. • Central London location providing easy access to leading scientific societies and major research libraries. • Opportunities to carry out interdisciplinary work with a range of other centres across the College. • A chance to work within a friendly and vibrant research environment and learn from world-leading academics.

School of natural & mathematical sciences

he School of Natural & Mathematical Sciences delivers world-class research, education and innovation, whilst building on the significant presence of physics, chemistry and biology across the College and combining it with the School’s existing strengths in mathematics and informatics. Our work crosses traditional subject boundaries, creating cutting-edge research in non-traditional disciplines that contribute towards the College’s broad subject base. The School has strong interdisciplinary links, notably with the new biomedical engineering activity, the Randall Division and areas within King’s Health Partners. Staff exploit these opportunities to carry out multidisciplinary work with a range of other centres within the College and develop partnerships with external groups in industry. Each of our departments possesses as unique strengths and a distinguished network of scientists whose research and ideas inspire the teaching that contributes to the wide range of degree programmes offered by the School. We are very proud of our tradition of excellence within the School which includes a history of high levels of research funding. The School enjoys an international reputation with staff and students from all over the world. Amongst a friendly and vibrant research environment, students learn from world-leading academics, whilst benefiting from an open door policy and a wealth of support.

Induction & training

Facilities

The School holds an annual induction day for new research students, in conjunction with the School’s Research Day, in which third-year research students present their work. The Graduate School also provides a programme of training in transferable skills.

The School has a custom-built server farm, which was built at a cost of £2 million. It houses high performance computing clusters in addition to the School’s research data storage facility. Reflective of our commitment to continuing personal and professional development, all of our new students are invited to take part in seminars and research activities, providing excellent opportunities for networking and presenting and sharing work. There are also a great number of training courses available. Each department provides dedicated postgraduate only facilities. In addition, the College’s library at Chancery Lane has specific postgraduate facilities. Students benefit from our central location, providing easy access to some of the major research libraries and leading scientific societies. Social facilities, including bars and restaurants, are also provided on the campus.

Funding For UK students the major source of funding is the EPSRC. Overseas students have the opportunity to apply for a variety of King’s awards specifically for international students. Funding is also available through the Graduate School. We offer a small number of our own research studentships and there are also studentships available for some of our taught programmes.

Location Strand Campus Address Centre for Arts & Sciences Admissions Room K0.30 King’s College London King’s Building Strand London WC2R 2LS Contact Centre for Arts & Sciences Admissions Tel 020 7848 7210 (taught programmes) or 020 7848 2555 (research programmes) fax 020 7848 7200 Email nms-pgadmissions@kcl.ac.uk (taught programmes) casa-pgr@kcl.ac.uk (research programmes) Website www.kcl.ac.uk/nms

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

staff Profile

Research opportunities

‘The line of pioneering work in telecommunications at King’s College London stretches from the midnineteenth to the twenty-first century, with King’s Centre for Telecommunications Research (CTR) being an international leader in mobile communications technology. The postgraduate master’s programmes at King’s will help the students to obtain an in-depth understanding of pioneering technologies of existing and emerging mobile and wireless communications as well as the internet including analytical and simulation practices, and experimental work.’ Dr Fatin Said Senior Lecturer/Programme Organiser Centre for Telecommunications Research

Our research strengths have enabled us to form strong links within industry and commerce. Each department has well-established research programmes. There is also a strong commitment to interdisciplinary research: for example, physics has recently introduced a new research group in macro-molecular science which provides links to the Randall Division; other longstanding collaborations include engineering with medicine, pharmacy and geography; and computer science with philosophy and medicine. We encourage imaginative approaches to research; recent innovations include a series on engineering art (in conjunction with the Tate Modern) and the founding of a materials library. Alongside these more recent initiatives, established research programmes in pure mathematics, applied mathematics and the Centre for Telecommunications Research have continued to expand and further enhance their status.

Computer Science Research MPhil/PhD The scope of our research is defined by the interests of our research groups. Agents & Intelligent Systems investigates aspects of agent technologies and intelligent systems, and also covers multi-agent systems, AI and law, approximate and qualitative reasoning, argumentation, automated trading, and general AI. Bioinformatics & Algorithm Design develops and analyses algorithms for various computational problems, including pattern matching and recognition, graph searching, network optimisation, scheduling, classification of DNA and protein sequences, analysis of gene expression patterns, and uncovering protein-protein and proteinDNA interactions. Software Modelling & Applied Logic studies applications of logic and mathematics to computer science, software engineering and AI. It investigates various models of reasoning and computation, designing formal languages to describe problem domains and analysing their trustworthiness, correctness, security, expressive power and computational behaviour.

Mathematics Research MPhil/ PhD (Applied Mathematics, Pure Mathematics), option of joint PhD with Hong Kong University/Humboldt University Berlin Our department has a large number of active and internationally renowned researchers and postdoctoral research fellows. The research groups organise regular seminars, where top-ranking scientists from around the world present new results, which our research students can witness firsthand. The students also organise their own informal seminars and discussion groups. The lively environment and the exceptionally friendly atmosphere in our department contributes to the high success rate of our students. You can apply for supervision in all fields of interest of our staff members. There is enough flexibility to allow you to transfer to another supervisor should you become fascinated by an area you did not previously consider. The department holds several major grants, which enable PhD students to attend suitable schools and conferences during their studies.

Head of Programme Head of Department: Professor Michael Luck.

Head of Programme Professor Jurgen Berndt.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BSc Honours degree (or equivalent) in computer science or a closely related subject and a good background in the area of intended research.

Entry Requirements Financial Maths: First class or 2:1 first degree. Those applying for the joint degree are encouraged to contact an academic at King’s to develop research links with the partner institution. Candidates may also be interviewed.

Research groups Agents & Intelligent Systems Research group leader: Professor Peter McBurney. Bioinformatics & Algorithm Design Research group leader: Professor Costas Iliopoulos. Software Modelling & Applied Logic Research group leader: Professor Maribel Fernandez.

Disordered Systems: First class or 2:1 first degree. Those applying for the joint degree are encouraged to contact an academic at King’s to develop research links with the partner institution. Theoretical Physics: First class or 2:1 first degree. A good MMath, MSci or Master’s degree with high grades in modules that relate to the chosen research area will strengthen the application. Candidates may also be interviewed at the Department’s open day or afterwards. Those applying for the joint degree are strongly encouraged to contact an academic at King’s to develop research links with the partner institution.

School of natural & mathematical sciences

Pure Maths: A good MMath, MSci or Master’s degree with high grades in modules that relate to the chosen research area. Candidates may also be interviewed. Research groups Analysis Research group leader: Professor Adrian Constantin. Disordered Systems Research group leader: Professor Peter Sollich. Financial Mathematics Research group leader: Professor Damiano Brigo. Geometry Research group leader: Professor Simon Salamon. Number Theory Group Research group leader: Professor Fred Diamond. Theoretical Physics (Mathematics Department) Research group leader: Professor Peter West.

Physics Research MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with Hong Kong University Research in the Department encompasses biophysics, nanophotonics and plasmonics materials science, nanotechnology, and theoretical particle physics and cosmology. Activities in plasmonics are part of the UK EPSRC research programme on active plasmonics. Activities in biophysics enjoy strong links with the Randall Division for Cell and Molecular Biophysics in the School of Biomedical Sciences, and the molecular and materials modelling group is part of the London-based Thomas Young Centre for Theory and Simulations of Materials. Research in theoretical physics and cosmology has a particular focus on the interdisciplinary area of astro-particle physics and on LHC phenomenology, with strong links to CERN. Head of Programme Professor David Richards. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree (or equivalent) in physics or a related subject. Those applying for the joint degree are encouraged to contact an academic at King’s to develop research links with the partner institution. Research groups Experimental Biophysics & Nanotechnology Research group leader: Professor Anatoly Zayats. Materials & Molecular Modelling Research group leader: Professor Mark Van Schilfgaarde. Theoretical Physics & Cosmology Research group leader: Professor John Ellis FRS.

Robotics MPhil/PhD The Centre for Robotics Research comprises six academics and 28 PhD students/RAs. It has an international reputation in kinematics, mechanisms, robotics, and their applications to medical science and production. Since 2001 the Centre has published over 300 papers in prestigious journals (including IEEE Transactions, ASME Transactions) and

generated over £9 million in grant income, including £6 million in current grants. Our staff are renowed nationally and internationally in kinematics, robotics and mechatronics. We collaborate closely with the College’s Health Schools and numerous industrial partners. The Centre is renowned for its multidisciplinary research at the interfaces between Mechanical and Electronic Engineering, Computer Science, and Biomedical Engineering and is actively involved in research into such areas as computational kinematics, computational intelligence, reconfigurable mechanisms, intelligent algorithms and control, sensing and embedded intelligence, and computer vision. Head of Programme Professor Jian Dai (Head of Centre for Robotics Research). Entry requirements A minimum 2:1 first degree (or equivalent) in mechanical engineering or a related subject. A 2:1 first degree in any subject and a subsequent MSc in a relevant area is also acceptable. Research groups Centre for Robotics Research Research group leader: Professor Lakmal Seneviratne

Telecommunications MPhil/PhD The Centre for Telecommunications Research (CTR) was created in 1994, giving greater recognition to the successful way in which communications research at King’s had been built up from 1986 to become a vigorous, internationally recognised Group. The CTR has continued its initial success, and now has one of the most impressive records of highly-cited communications research and funding within the UK. Our staff are nationally and internationally renowned in the field of Telecommunications. We provide opportunities to pursue research in Telecommunications engineering, with an emphasis on mobile and personal communication techniques and networks, and mobile Internet. Head of Programme Professor Hamid Aghvami (Director of the Centre for Telecommunications Research). Entry requirements A first class or a 2:1 first degree (or equivalent) and a subsequent MSc in electronic engineering or in computer science. A first class degree in any subject and a subsequent MSc in a relevant area is also acceptable. Research groups Centre for Telecommunications Research Research group leader: Professor Hamid Aghvami.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

Student Profile

Taught programmes The School offers a wide range of postgraduate taught programmes and is establishing exciting new opportunities within the fields of telecommunications and nanophotonics and plasmonics. King’s has a proud tradition of interdisciplinary teaching and many programmes benefit from teaching from across related disciplines.

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Advanced Computing MSc

‘King’s College London’s Engineering with Business Management MSc programme couldn’t have been more perfect. The programme aims to give students the knowledge required to solve some of the toughest business problems out there, while developing modern business skills to prepare students to lead the industry in various roles.’ Adedeji Olow Engineering with Business Management MSc

Improve your ability to solve advanced computational problems by gaining knowledge of data structures, design, quantitative analysis of algorithms, algorithmic applications and algorithm implementation within the context of software development. Department of Informatics has an enviable reputation for state-of-the-art research and high calibre graduates. Entry requirements 2:1 honours UK BSc degree, or equivalent, in computer science, mathematics, physics, chemistry, electrical engineering, or a joint degree in two such subjects. Competence in a high level programming language such as Pascal, C, C++, Java, etc, to the level expected at the end of the first year of a BSc honours degree in computer science. We may lower entry qualifications for students with substantial relevant work experience. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Advanced Software Engineering MSc Gain a thorough understanding of the role of IT in enterprise and how information systems impact on business and organisational processes. Ideal preparation for a career in the planning, development and management of enterprise information systems. Entry requirements 2:1 BSc honours degree or equivalent in computer science. We may lower entry qualifications for students with substantial relevant work experience. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Bioinformatics MSc A multidisciplinary programme involving research, development and application of computational tools for storing, organising and analysing the large amount of biomolecular data now available. Ideal preparation for careers in biotechnology or the pharmaceutical industry or for further advanced research work. Entry requirements Equivalent of a good second class (normally 2:1) UK honours degree in computer science, mathematics, a bioscience-related subject or a joint degree in two such subjects, plus demonstrable competence in a high level computer programming language. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus and Guy’s Campus.

Computing & Internet Systems MSc Improve your ability to solve a broad range of challenging computing-related problems and gain a broad introduction to aspects of the internet. Department of Informatics has an enviable reputation in academia and industry for state-of-theart research and high calibre graduates. Entry requirements 2:1 BSc honours degree or equivalent in computer science. We may lower entry qualifications for students with substantial relevant work experience. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Computing & Security MSc Covers a broad range of concepts and practical applications of information security engineering. Students will gain a thorough understanding with practical knowledge and expertise sufficient to evaluate, design and build computer security systems using a large range of tools and techniques. Entry requirements 2:1 BSc honours degree or equivalent in computer science or related subject, eg mathematics, physics, chemistry, electrical engineering, or a joint degree in two such subjects. Competence in computer programming in a high level language such as Pascal, C, C++, Java etc, to the level expected at the end of the first year of a BSc honours degree in computer science. We may lower entry qualifications for students with substantial relevant work experience. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Computing, IT Law & Management MSc Gain an understanding of theories, methods and tools relevant to, for instance, computer forensics and cyber-crime, computer security, legal/administrative applications of knowledgebased systems and acquire/develop knowledge of information law and management. Department of Informatics has an enviable reputation for high calibre graduates. Entry requirements 2:1 honours BSc degree, or equivalent, in computer science/IT. We may lower entry qualifications for students with substantial relevant work experience. Note that English Language requirements are stricter for this programme. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

School of natural & mathematical sciences

Web Intelligence MSc

Mathematics Grad Dip

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Improve your ability to solve challenging computational problems related to advanced reasoning systems for the web. Gain a broad introduction to web intelligence, and a thorough knowledge of techniques for developing intelligent software. The Department of Informatics has an enviable reputation for high calibre graduates.

For students with an undergraduate degree containing a significant component of Mathematics who wish to upgrade their degree in Mathematics and spend a year in a leading UK Mathematics Department. On completion with a Merit or Distinction you may be considered for the MSc programme.

Location Strand Campus. Some modules may take place at other University of London Colleges and at Guy’s Campus.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BSc honours degree or equivalent in computer science or related subject, eg mathematics, physics, electrical engineering, or a joint degree in two such subjects. Competence in computer programming to the level expected at the end of the first year of a BSc honours degree in computer science. We may lower entry qualifications for students with substantial relevant work experience.

Entry requirements A first degree or its equivalent with mathematics as a major subject.

The Graduate Diploma is designed for graduates whose first degree may be inappropriate for direct entry to an MSc in Physics at a UK university. Though it may be taken as a free-standing qualification, most students take the Graduate Diploma as a pathway to the MSc in Physics at King’s. This pathway forms the first year of a two-year programme with successful students (gaining a merit or distinction) progressing onto the MSc in Physics in the second year.

Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

MATHEMATICS

Complex Systems Modelling – From Biomedical and Natural to Economic & Social Sciences MSc Enables you to apply mathematical techniques in the rapidly developing and exciting interdisciplinary field of complex systems. Applicable to areas as diverse as biomedical, natural, economic and social sciences. Suitable for those who wish to work in research and development in an academic or industrial environment. Entry requirements First class or upper second class degree in a suitable quantitative discipline, such as mathematics, physics, computer science, or engineering. A sound background in basic mathematics, in particular a familiarity with standard concepts of calculus, linear algebra, differential equations and elementary probability theory, will be assumed. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Financial Mathematics MSc For students or professionals with a strong mathematical background. Covers principles and techniques of quantitative finance to prepare you for advanced work in the financial sector or research in mathematical finance. Full- or part-time study. Our graduates are highly sought after. Entry requirements Equivalent of a 2:1 minimum UK BSc degree in mathematics or mathematics based subject. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to June. Location Strand Campus.

Mathematics MSc For mathematics graduates. This programme consists of a wide range of modules and a project. A majority of the eight modules are taken from blocks of pure mathematics and theoretical physics with other options available. Leads to PhD study or careers in investment banks or industrial research. Entry requirements 2:1 minimum first degree, or equivalent, with mathematics as a main field of study. A 2:2 may be acceptable. Those with a third class degree or other qualification may be admitted after passing the Graduate Diploma in Mathematics with a distinction or merit. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Theoretical Physics MSc Gain a coherent and comprehensive introduction to the main building blocks of modern theoretical physics. Study a minimum of eight taught modules and an individual project in an area of current research. Ideal preparation for active research at the forefront of this discipline. Entry requirements 2:1 or first class UK honours degree or equivalent, with mathematics or physics as a main field of study. 2:2 in exceptional circumstances. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

PHYSICS

Physics MSc Gain experience in a wide range of topics taught across the University of London at a high level of specialisation. Topics include nanotechnology, biophysics, photonics, cosmology and particle physics. Consists of taught components plus a very in-depth research project linked to areas of cutting edge research in the given field. Entry requirements 2:1 in a BSc Physics degree. Alternatively, a 2:1 in a degree subject related to Physics will be considered on a case by case basis.

Physics (subject to approval) Grad Dip

Entry requirements An upper second honours degree in mathematics, physics or a closely related subject, or equivalent qualification. Duration One year FT, September to June. Location Strand Campus.

TELECOMMUNICATIONS

Mobile & Personal Communications MSc The programme offers core, introductory modules followed by specialised topical modules on the latest aspects of communications technology. It includes an individual research project and is ideal for careers in industry and commerce or further study. Accreditation Institution of Engineering & Technology. Entry requirements Second class honours degree in electronics, electrical engineering, computer science, applied mathematics or physics. We welcome overseas, professional or occupational qualifications and consider them on an individual basis. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Mobile Internet Research MSc Provides a deep understanding of techniques, mechanisms, protocols and overall network architectures for future internet design. Special emphasis is given to mobility aspects of future internet since this is a clear distinction from the current mainly static internet. The course heavily involves network design, software implementation and experimentation. Entry requirements Second class honours degree in electronics, electrical engineering, computer science, applied mathematics or physics. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

Telecommunications & Internet Technology MSc Aims to give students a general understanding of all aspects of telecommunications networks and the internet. The course covers techniques, mechanisms, protocols and network architectures. The course starts from covering basic principles of communications systems and extends to architectural aspects and design of future packet switched networks. Entry requirements Second class honours degree in electronics, electrical engineering, computer science, applied mathematics or physics. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Telecommunications Research MSc Provides a deep understanding of techniques, mechanisms and network design and operation of current, emerging and future IP-based mobile broadband networks. Emphasis is given to both theoretical and practical aspects of broadband networks. This includes network analyses, design methods, implementations and experiments. Entry requirements Second class honours degree in electronics, electrical engineering, computer science, applied mathematics or physics. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Electronic Engineering with Business Management MSc Gain a good understanding of a wide range of general management, engineering management and electronic engineering skills. Ideal preparation for work in industry at a relatively advanced level and to work towards senior positions within electronic engineering or management. Entry requirements Second class UK honours degree or equivalent overseas degree in electronic engineering or other relevant subject. We welcome overseas, professional or occupational qualifications and consider them on an individual basis. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

ROBOTICS

Intelligent Systems MSc For science and engineering graduates with a good knowledge of computer programming and mathematics. Gain a broad understanding, practical knowledge and expertise to evaluate, design and build intelligent systems using a large range of tools and techniques. Leads to careers in academic research or industry.

Entry requirements First or second class honours degree in a scientific or engineering discipline which provides extensive computer programming experience and a sound background in basic mathematics, in particular familiarity with standard concepts of calculus, linear algebra, differential equations and elementary probability theory. We also welcome overseas professional or occupational qualifications and assess them on an individual basis. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Robotics MSc For graduates in engineering or relevant scientific disciplines. Gain specialist knowledge with emphasis on robotics and automation applications. Robotics is a multidisciplinary activity dealing with the integration of mechanical devices, sensors, electronics and intelligent computer-based controllers. Entry requirements A good UK honours degree in mechanical engineering (or other relevant subject eg physics, mathematics, electrical engineering). We also welcome overseas, professional or occupational qualifications and assess them on an individual basis. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Engineering with Business Management MSc Gain a good understanding of a wide range of both general management and engineering management techniques and applications. Core modules: Project Management; Operations Management; Advanced Industrial Management; Individual engineering project; plus choice of optional modules. Accreditation Institution of Engineering and Technology. Entry requirements A good UK honours degree in mechanical engineering (or other relevant subject eg physics, mathematics, electrical engineering). We also welcome overseas, professional or occupational qualifications and assess them on an individual basis. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

School of Nursing & Midwifery One of the UKâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s longest-established providers of postgraduate education in nursing, the Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery at Kingâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s College London develops leading-edge managers and practitioners able to deliver worldclass healthcare in the UK and across the world.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

• Opportunities to study with nurses, midwives and other health professionals from a wide range of backgrounds and specialisms. • Teaching by internationally renowned academics. • Extensive pathway and module choice. • Study abroad opportunities at prestigious partner universities. • Participation in an extensive care and culture programme including workshops with the English National Opera and membership of a staff/student choir.

Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery

he Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery is directly descended from the world’s first professional school of nursing established by Florence Nightingale at St Thomas’ Hospital in 1860. Our experience of taught postgraduate programmes dates back to 1985, making us one of the UK’s longest-established providers of postgraduate education in nursing. The School incorporates the National Nursing Research Unit, which carries out a programme of research mainly funded by the Department of Health. King’s has been consistently rated as one of the top nursing research departments in the UK, producing high quality research which is recognised both nationally and internationally.

Highly regarded by leading NHS Trusts, and a member of the King’s Health Partners Academic Health Science Centre, the Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery at King’s College London develops leading-edge managers and practitioners able to deliver world-class healthcare in the UK and across the world.

Location Waterloo and Guy’s Campuses Address Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery King’s College London James Clerk Maxwell Building Waterloo Campus 57 Waterloo Road London SE1 8WA Contact Postgraduate Administrator Tel 020 7848 3571 Email postgrad-nm@kcl.ac.uk Website www.kcl.ac.uk/nursing

Induction & training

Funding

The School of Nursing & Midwifery offers a supportive and intellectually stimulating environment. Research students participate in a School Induction event as well as a Graduate School Induction to King’s. Alongside the Advanced Research Methods modules, a programme of masterclasses and an annual research symposium offered by the School, postgraduate research students can benefit from the Graduate School Researcher Development Programme throughout their studies. Research students are allocated two supervisors and meet regularly for supervision and review of progress. Progress is also reviewed formally by the Postgraduate Research Committee at set points in the academic year. Student representatives co-ordinate a postgraduate student support network and play an important role in communicating students’ feedback about their learning experiences and the support infrastructure to inform ongoing programme development. Master’s and research students can also take advantage of a range of information literacy courses and other opportunities to improve their use of information tools, software and services thanks to the support offered by our Information Technologies Services (ITS).

Sources of funding include: ESRC/MRC, DoH, NCCSDO, Guy’s and St Thomas’ Charitable Foundation, the Wellcome Trust, the Health Foundation, NHS London, the European Union, HEFCE, Joseph Rowntree Foundation, EPSRC, the Nursing and Midwifery Council, Burdett Trust, European Oncology Nursing Society, Macmillan, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills. Funding may also be available through the Graduate School. Four Commonwealth Shared Scholarships will also be available for international students.

Facilities King’s provides an integrated archive, library and IT service to all its students. Information Services Centres and libraries are located at all of the main sites of the College and provide access to the major services and resources that support research and learning. Specific postgraduate zones are made available to students in various ITS centres. The print and electronic nursing, midwifery and health collections include books, journals, theses and reference tools, library catalogues, bibliographic and full text databases and internet resource discovery tools. ITS can also advise on access to alternative libraries, information services and relevant professional collections including the British Library and the Royal College of Nursing. Research students also benefit from a newly refurbished study suite in the James Clerk Maxwell Building, access to Graduate Lounges and Graduate Zones in the ITS centres on the different campuses.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

student Profile

Research opportunities

‘The postgraduate research students in the School of Nursing & Midwifery join a vibrant and intellectually stimulating environment with a global reputation for excellence in teaching and research. Staff involved in the research degree programmes are committed to supporting students and to ensuring that the balance of rigorous study and professional and personal life should not be incompatible. Having undertaken my PhD as a student in the School of Nursing & Midwifery, I can testify that a combination of sound academic supervision and opportunities to engage in a rich portfolio of development opportunities are offered by the College.’ Dr Joanne Fitzpatrick Nursing Research/Midwifery Research/Health Studies Research MPhil/PhD

The Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery offers research programmes for MPhil and PhD, a professional Doctorate in Healthcare and a Master’s by Research Health & Social Care (see entry under taught programmes). The School’s research work is divided across two research groups, Clinical Care and Service Organisation and Policy, which feature a number of research themes such as Long Term & Immediate Care, Cancer, Midwifery & Women’s Health, Workforce, Work Environments and Patient Outcomes. Each group and theme has leaders to direct the ongoing research, and there is a core research support team to assist with research projects, funding applications and statistical advice. Our programmes aim to prepare students to be knowledgeable and competent researchers. To this end, research supervision is provided by expert faculty including internationally renowned researchers and practitioners. The integration of research understanding with professional practice is an important focus of all postgraduate programmes – reflecting the needs of modern health services. For students with research interests in the social sciences, King’s Interdisciplinary Social Science Doctoral Training Centre (KISS-DTC) has recently been awarded more than £5.2 million, by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC), to support postgraduate studentships and training in the social sciences (see page 111 for more details).

Nursing Research/Midwifery Research/Health Studies Research MPhil/PhD The Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery offers a supportive and intellectually stimulating environment for postgraduate research students. The first MPhil/PhD students enrolled in the late 1970s; since then the School has expanded steadily its range of high quality graduate education programmes to meet the needs of increasingly well-educated healthcare professionals wishing to continue their education to support and develop their careers. The MPhil/PhD programme aims to prepare students to be knowledgeable and competent researchers. To this end, research supervision is provided by expert faculty including internationally renowned researchers. Research students are allocated two supervisors and meet regularly for supervision and review of progress. Progress is also reviewed formally at set points. Research students undertake training offered by the School and College and become members of various postgraduate student support networks. Head of Programme Dr Joanne Fitzpatrick, Programme Leader, Head of Graduate Research Studies. Entry requirements Applicants should normally hold an upper second class undergraduate degree and a master’s degree obtained from a UK university or an overseas qualification of equivalent standard.

Doctorate in Healthcare (Nursing) DHC The Doctorate in Healthcare is for experienced healthcare professionals who wish to pursue doctoral level studies relevant to professional interests. It provides advanced preparation for leadership through the enhancement of knowledge in areas such as practice, research, management and education in a chosen discipline. The programme comprises six taught modules and a researchbased thesis. Entry requirements Applicants should normally hold a minimum of a master’s degree obtained from a UK university or an overseas qualification of equivalent standard. In addition applicants are normally expected to: have a minimum of two years’ professional experience in healthcare following registration; demonstrate a portfolio of career-long learning experience, research and formal education; and be in a position to develop and undertake a research-based thesis. Duration Six years maximum PT excluding any period of interruption. The entry month is September each year. Location Waterloo Campus.

Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery

student Profile

Taught programmes Our close working links with the major teaching hospitals and NHS Trusts across London ensure that our postgraduate programmes reflect the changing environment in which healthcare is delivered. Students are encouraged to develop the skills and knowledge to inform those changes and to lead the development and delivery of innovative practice. Most of our teaching takes place at the Waterloo Campus on the South Bank. The campus has extensive library and IT facilities and is at the heart of the public transport network. Students also have access to nearby facilities at the Guy’s, St Thomas’ and Strand Campuses, including library and IT facilities and the Clinical Skills Centre. MASTER’S BY RESEARCH

‘The nursing school at King’s has world-class reputation and provides a variety of modules and activities with high standard of teaching quality. Being a student in this multicultural community is a great experience as the diversity of opinions and perspectives of students, who have different cultural and professional backgrounds, stimulates my ideas of nursing. It is also a privilege to be able to attend various seminars outside of the course.’ Naho Ito Clinical Nursing for International Students MSc

Health & Social Care MRes This taught programme provides multidisciplinary training in research methods within the field of health and social care. It is designed as foundational research training for individuals who wish to pursue a career in research or develop a clinical academic career. It provides a firm basis for students wishing to undertake a PhD in the future. Entry requirements A minimum of a second class honours degree (2:1 or above) from a UK university or international equivalent. Duration One year FT, two years PT. Location Waterloo and Guy’s Campuses.

MASTER’S & PG DIP/PG CERT

Clinical Nursing for International Students MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert The Clinical Nursing for International Students programme has been created for overseas qualified healthcare practitioners to acquire advanced understanding, knowledge and skills to deliver, manage, develop and research healthcare practice and education outside the UK. Optional 20 days of specially arranged clinical observation in the UK can be arranged at an additional cost of around £10,000. Entry requirements Professional qualifications: Applicants must be qualified nurses or midwives accredited by their country’s governing body. Entry with a Bachelors degree: First degree, minimum 2:1 class honours or equivalent. Exceptionally other relevant qualifications and experience (including those without a first degree) can be considered. Entry via the Postgraduate route: Applicants who have already studied at a level equivalent to a UK masters programme will be assessed primarily on the basis of achievement at this level and would be expected to demonstrate a clear pass (55 or above). Duration One year FT. Location Waterloo and Guy’s Campuses. Off-site clinical placements.

Education for Healthcare Professionals MSc/PG Dip A programme for qualified healthcare practitioners to acquire advanced understanding, knowledge and skills to engage in academic practice within HE and clinical practice. Students successfully completing Teaching & Learning for Healthcare Professionals and Principal Methods of Healthcare Research (PG Cert Education) may apply for teacher (NMC) and/or associate or Fellow of the HEA. Entry requirements Applicants must be qualified healthcare practitioners. NMC registrants must have been registered for a minimum of two years for the practice teacher qualification and three years for the teacher qualification. A minimum of a BSc (Hons) 2:1 or equivalent is required. Duration One year FT, three years PT. Typically students take one year to complete a certificate, two years for a diploma and three years for an MSc. Maximum of six years to complete part time including interruptions. International: two years FT, three years PT. Location Waterloo Campus.

Health Studies PG Cert Health Studies enables qualified healthcare practitioners to acquire knowledge and skills to meet selected competencies for advanced or specialist practice roles. May be particularly attractive to international students wishing to undertake a short programme of certificated learning. Completing students may gain advanced standing to MSc programmes. Entry requirements You must normally be working in a practice role, which involves regular patient/client contact. The College cannot arrange clinical placements. A good first degree (minimum second class honours or equivalent). Applicants with other backgrounds or qualifications, including those without a first degree, can be considered. Duration One year FT (minimum period three months). Two years PT. Location Waterloo and Guy’s Campuses.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

Nursing with registration (graduate entry) PG Dip/MSc Nursing with registration is an innovative shortened programme which enables graduates from other disciplines to gain professional registration in adult, children’s or mental health nursing through postgraduate study. It will permit you to develop your nursing skills and build your knowledge of professional and ethical practice. Accreditation Approved by the Nursing and Midwifery Council. Entry requirements A second class honours Degree (or equivalent) and 575 hours (approximately equivalent to four months FT) healthcare-related experience. Successful applicants will be asked to complete an APL (Accreditation of Prior Learning) claim form. Duration Two years FT. Location Primarily Waterloo Campus with clinical practice in local NHS Trusts.

ADVANCED PRACTICE MASTER’S WITH SPECIALIST PATHWAYS

Advanced Practice MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert A part-time study for experienced healthcare practitioners. Builds on existing skills and experience to enable you to lead and support the development and delivery of evidence-based practice. Module outcomes mapped against the Knowledge and Skills Framework so NHS employees can identify learning to support career progression. Entry requirements For specialist pathways you must normally be working in a practice role, which involves regular patient/client contact. The College cannot arrange clinical placements. The normal entry requirement for graduate study is a first degree (minimum second class honours or equivalent). Applicants with other backgrounds or qualifications, including those without a first degree, can be considered. If you do not meet the normal entry requirements or you have only the minimum academic standard you should pay particular attention in preparing your supporting statement and CV to ensure that you draw attention to evidence of potential success at graduate level. This might include publication, preparation of substantial reports or active participation in funded research. Duration Typically PT students take one year to complete a certificate, two years for a diploma and three years for an MSc. Maximum of six years PT. Location Waterloo and Guy’s Campuses.

Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery

Advanced Practice (Cancer Nursing) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Build on your skills and knowledge as a nurse with some experience of cancer care to lead the development and delivery of advanced cancer nursing practice. Entry requirements In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme, applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway should be working in an appropriate clinical care setting for the duration of the programme. Duration & Location See Advanced Practice.

Advanced Practice (Cardiac Care) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert The Advanced Practice course is designed to enable practitioners to consolidate and improve understanding of advanced concepts in cardiac disease and treatment and for you to gain the skills to further develop your career. Entry requirements In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme, it is desired that applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway should be working in an appropriate critical care setting for the duration of the programme. Duration & Location See Advanced Practice.

Advanced Practice (Child Health) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Build on your existing skills and experience as a child healthcare practitioner to advance your clinical practice, develop your professional career and enhance your knowledge of research and evidencebased healthcare. Entry requirements See Advanced Practice. Duration & Location See Advanced Practice.

Advanced Practice (Critical Care) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Build on your skills and experience as a critical care practitioner to advance your clinical practice, develop your professional career and enhance your knowledge of research and evidence-based healthcare. Entry requirements In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme, applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway should be working in an appropriate critical care setting for the duration of the programme. Duration & Location See Advanced Practice.

Advanced Practice (Dermatology) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Advanced Practice (Neuroscience Care) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

For all healthcare professionals seeking to develop enhanced theoretical and clinical skills in dermatology. The MSc in Advanced Practice builds on existing skills and experience to enable the practitioner to lead and support the development and subsequent delivery of evidence-based practice.

This MSc in Advanced Practice has been created for neuroscience practitioners to build on their experience, advance their clinical practice, develop their professional career and enhance their knowledge of research and evidence-based healthcare.

Entry requirements See Advanced Practice. In addition, applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway should be working in an appropriate care setting for the duration of the programme.

Entry requirements See Advanced Practice. In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway should be working in an appropriate neuroscience care setting for the duration of the programme.

Duration & Location See Advanced Practice.

Advanced Practice (Diabetes Care) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert A programme for all health professionals working with patients who have diabetes mellitus either in specialist or primary care settings to gain the knowledge and skills needed to provide effective care. Entry requirements In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme, applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway should be working in an appropriate care setting for the duration of the programme. Duration & Location See Advanced Practice.

Advanced Practice (Leadership) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert A programme for managers and leaders employed in healthcare organisations in a practice role involving regular patient/client contact. Learn theories of leadership and develop an enhanced repertoire of leadership skills and styles. Entry requirements See Advanced Practice. Duration & Location See Advanced Practice.

Advanced Practice (Midwifery) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert For qualified midwives. Gain knowledge and understanding of the international, social, ethical issues and political context of reproduction and maternal health policy, evidence-based practice and research methods. Entry requirements See Advanced Practice. In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme, applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway must be qualified midwives. Duration & Location See Advanced Practice.

Duration & Location See Advanced Practice.

Advanced Practice (Nurse Practitioner/Community Matron/Case Manager) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert This MSc in Advanced Practice is for experienced community nurses who wish to achieve the competencies to work as advanced nurse practitioners or to work in advanced case management roles. The programme meets recognised international and national standards for nurse practitioner roles. Modules taken include core research modules, advanced assessment and independent non-medical prescribing. Entry requirements See Advanced Practice. In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway must be working in a primary care setting. Duration & Location See Advanced Practice.

Advanced Practice (Palliative Care Nursing) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert This MSc in Advanced Practice is especially useful if you intend to become or are already a clinical nurse specialist, keen to develop palliative care nursing services and be engaged in the practice or the preparation of others. Entry requirements See Advanced Practice. Duration & Location See Advanced Practice.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

Advanced Practice (Specialist Community Public Health Nursing/ Health Visiting/School Nursing) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert This Advanced Practice MSc is intended for experienced nurses who wish to gain entry to part three of the NMC nursing register as a health visitor or school nurse. Core modules include public health leadership, evidence-based practice and healthcare research and child protection. Entry requirements See Advanced Practice. In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme, applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway must be working in a relevant practice area or have secured sponsorship for FT study. Duration & Location See Advanced Practice.

Advanced Practice (Womenâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Healthcare) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert This Advanced Practice MSc develops and enhances specialist clinical skills in sexual and reproductive health assessment, screening, contraception, sexually transmitted infection management, communication and leadership, to provide a comprehensive and accessible service. Entry requirements See Advanced Practice. In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme, applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway must be working in a practice role, which involves regular patient/client contact in a womenâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s healthcare setting. Background knowledge and experience in sexual and reproductive healthcare is desirable. Duration & Location See Advanced Practice.

Institute of Psychiatry The Institute of Psychiatry (IoP) is one of the worldâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s largest and most reputable postgraduate teaching and research centres in mental health related sciences. Students have the opportunity to learn from some of the worldâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s most influential researchers and practitioners.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

• Highest research power of any UK institution in the area of neuroscience, clinical psychology and psychiatry (2008 RAE). • The IoP is the most cited research centre for psychiatry and psychology outside of the US. • The IoP is unique in offering MSc and PhD opportunities across all areas of mental health science, including psychology, psychiatry and neuroscience, on one campus. • First class facilities including the largest library in Europe dedicated to psychiatry and related disciplines. Students welcome to attend the IoP’s full programme of national and international symposia and conferences. • Students benefit from access to a huge clinical population and a variety of clinical placements through partnership with South London & Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust and King’s Health Partners.

100

INSTITUTE OF PSYCHIATRY

he Institute of Psychiatry (IoP), King’s College London, is one of the world’s largest postgraduate centres for research and teaching in psychiatry, psychology, and allied disciplines, including basic and clinical neurosciences. In the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise, the IoP was judged to have the highest research power of any UK institution within the areas of clinical psychology, neuroscience and psychiatry.

The IoP is world renowned for the quality of its research, and for psychiatry and psychology, the IoP is the second most cited research centre in the world – and the single largest outside the US. Our international impact is strong across psychology; neuroscience; addictions; child and adolescent psychiatry; clinical neuroscience; forensic and neurodevelopmental sciences; health service and population research; old age psychiatry; psychological medicine; psychosis studies; and social, genetic and developmental psychiatry. Our students enjoy unrivalled learning opportunities, supported by strong partnerships with NHS Trusts, industry and healthcare organisations. Our partnerships with the NHS mean that students benefit from a range of clinical placements as part of their MSc/PG Dip programme and our research students have access to a large clinical population. Students are able to network with international leaders in the field and have the opportunity to attend a wide range of symposia, workshops and conferences as part of their studies. Students who have set their sights on future careers as practitioners within mental health services, or as researchers, have the chance not only to learn from international opinion leaders, but also to network with influential collaborators of the future. For students with research interests in the social sciences, King’s Interdisciplinary Social Science Doctoral Training Centre (KISS-DTC) has recently been awarded more than £5.2 million, by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC), to support postgraduate studentships and training in the social sciences (see page 111 for more details).

Induction & training

Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus Address Institute of Psychiatry King’s College London De Crespigny Park Denmark Hill London SE5 8AF Contact Robina Cloralio Tel 020 7848 0335 Email robina.cloralio@kcl.ac.uk Website www.kcl.ac.uk/iop

There is an induction day for all new students on the first day of term. An induction programme for research students is held during the first week of term and subsequent training sessions are run to support research students during their studies. A variety of training courses are held throughout the year. Research students also benefit from a series of induction events and the Researcher Development Programme organised by the College’s Graduate School.

Funding PhD Studentships advertised at: www.kcl.ac.uk/ schools/health/study/studentships Graduate School: www.kcl.ac.uk/gradfunding

Facilities The IoP shares the same site as the world famous Maudsley Hospital, which is part of the South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust (SLaM) – one of the largest mental health providers in Europe. Research Centres at the IoP include the Medical Research Council (MRC) Social, Genetic and Developmental Psychiatry Centre; the Centre for Neuroimaging Sciences (includes three of the latest functional magnetic resonance imaging machines); the Centre for Cellular Basis of Behaviour; the MRC Centre for Neurodegeneration Research and the Psychosis Centre (which brings together experts in the fields of schizophrenia, Bipolar Disorder, Alzheimer’s Disease and Motor Neurone Disease). King’s is committed to translational research and is proud to be the only university in the country to host three National Institute for Health Research (NIHR) Biomedical Research Centres (BRCs) and six MRC centres. At the IoP we partner with SLaM to host the only specialist BRC for Mental Health in the UK working towards better treatment, earlier diagnosis and individualised healthcare. The IoP is also part of King’s Health Partners, a pioneering collaboration between King’s College London, Guy’s and St Thomas’, King’s College Hospital and SLaM. Students are encouraged to take advantage of the extensive range of training courses available at the IoP and across King’s. Students have access to the largest library in Europe dedicated to psychiatry and related disciplines, and are also entitled to use facilities and libraries at the other King’s campuses. Group study areas are available for interactive/peer-led learning, and flexible revision space is available for peak study periods. There is a dedicated suite for imaging research and one-way mirror rooms for clinical case presentations. Other resources include a refurbished self-service restaurant and coffee area for informal meetings, shared by both students and staff.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

101

staff Profile

Research opportunities

‘Our department is Europe’s leading psychiatric neuroimaging centre. Our cutting edge research environment and modern premises, with clinical and research scanners on site and thriving Student Forum makes our department a great place to study and work. The contents of the Neuroimaging MSc are very much built on the research and clinical work of our department. Research interests of the academic staff range from new MRI, PET and EEG methods, through sophisticated image analysis techniques to applications in autism, Alzheimer’s disease and Asperger’s (and that’s just those areas beginning with A!). The course has a particular focus on practical neuroimaging with the aim of providing an excellent foundation for work and further study.’ Dr Andy Simmons Chair, Department of Neuroimaging Teaching Committee

There are over 350 PhD/MPhil students at the IoP, who come from a wide range of science backgrounds. Research covers the broadest spectrum: from molecular genetics and biology, basic and clinical neuroscience, informatics, neuroimaging, psychology, social science statistics and health economics. Students have access to world-class research facilities including large clinical populations and research datasets. All students benefit from close guidance from supervisors, many of whom are involved in ground breaking research. For practicing clinicians, King’s offers the MD(Res) qualification as an alternative to the PhD. All students have access to the outstanding Researcher Development Programme which is designed to meet our students’ broad training needs. Our PhD and MD(Res) programmes have been developed to ensure we produce new researchers well placed for the next stage of their research career.

Addictions MPhil/PhD

Head of Programme Professor Andrew Pickles.

The Department, which is also known as the National Addiction Centre (NAC), is one of Europe’s leading research centres in addiction science. As a Clinical Academic Group the Addictions Department has close links with the South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust and neighbouring hospitals. The emphasis of our research is on what works in the prevention and treatment of substance misuse. PhD projects are available in areas related to the development and evaluation of of new treatments for alcohol, smoking and drug problems and includes studies seeking to understand the underlying psychological and biological bases of addictive behaviour, as well as policy-driven and workforce development projects and treatment trials. Professor John Strang who heads the Department is one of the UK’s leading experts in addiction and one of only six Addiction Research scientists outside North America who is listed in www.isihighlycited.com.

Entry requirements Applicants should possess a minimum of an upper second class honours degree or master’s degree from a UK university or the overseas equivalent in a subject with a clear quantitative component. Applicants whose qualifications have been gained outside the UK need to demonstrate that their background and experience, general education and scholarship are appropriate. All applicants need to possess an adequate level of English competence. Please contact iop.educationsupport@kcl.ac.uk for further information.

Head of Programme Professor John Strang. Entry requirements Applicants should possess a minimum of an upper second class honours degree from a UK university or the overseas equivalent. Applicants whose qualifications have been gained outside the UK need to demonstrate that their background and experience, general education and scholarship are appropriate. All applicants need to possess an adequate level of English competence. Please contact King’s Health Admissions Team on pg-healthadmissions@kcl.ac.uk for further information.

Biostatistics MPhil/PhD Our academic statisticians carry out much collaborative and applied statistical research spanning clinical trials, experiments and observational studies. Recent examples include: mixture modelling in imaging; robustness of methods for analysing longitudinal data to misspecification of covariance matrix; confirmatory factor analysis of Gulf War data; point pattern analysis of neurons; fMRI timeseries modelling; multilevel modelling of violent incidents; cluster analysis for psychological measurement scales.

RESEARCH GROUPS We work as a single integrated group but have particular expertise in complex multilevel and latent variable modelling (Professor Andrew Pickles), causal analysis (Dr Sabine Landau) and methods for developmental data (Dr Daniel Stahl).

Child & Adolescent Psychiatry MPhil/PhD The Department’s research includes basic and applied clinical studies, with a particular focus on both common and rarer but severe disorders beginning in childhood and often persisting into adulthood. The disorders studied in the Department include: attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), autism spectrum disorder (ASD), learning (intellectual) disabilities, conduct disorder, anxiety, depression, and deliberate self harm. Research groups make use of a range of methods including epidemiology, neuroimaging, behaviour and molecular genetics and treatment studies. There is a particular emphasis on integration across a range of different methods and increasing investigation of biological and cognitive markers of disorder and treatment response. The Department is unique in the UK for the breadth of its research interests, methodologies applied and its close links with clinical services. Head of Programme Professor Emily Simonoff. Entry requirements See Biostatistics. Research groups Disorders of Childhood Clinical Academic Group Research group leader: Professor Emily Simonoff.

102

INSTITUTE OF PSYCHIATRY

Clinical Neuroscience MPhil/PhD The Department of Clinical Neuroscience is one of the leading academic units for clinical neuroscience in the UK. Research in the Department is focused on neurodegenerative disorders, epilepsy and stroke, and builds on collaborations with the IoP’s Departments of Neuroscience and Psychology. Research programmes within the Department include: Motor Neurone Disease (MND) and related disorders – the Department hosts the King’s MND Care and Research Centre, one of the world’s leading centres for MND research and the development of new treatments; Movement disorders (particularly atypical Parkinsonian syndromes such as PSP and MSA); Epileptology, with particular interest in developing new electrophysiological, neuroimaging and cognitive approaches to understanding epilepsy and developing approved methods of assessing patients for epilepsy surgery; Neurogenetics, particularly linkage studies and complex genetics in MND, Parkinsonian disorders and epilepsy; Acute brain injury. Head of Programme Professor Mark P Richardson. Entry requirements See Biostatistics. Research groups Epilepsy Research Group Research group leader: Professor Mark Richardson. Experimental Neurology Research group leader: Professor Ammar Al-Chalabi. Neurodegeneration Research group leader: Dr Jean-Marc Gallo. Neuropathology Research group leader: Dr Safa Al-Sarraj.

brain myelination, and the effect of maternal stress and mental illness on this process; innovative new methods for measuring the development of brain ‘connectivity’; and understanding how abnormalities in this leads to deficits in language and empathy, and antisocial behaviour; identification of new biomarkers in adolescents which are associated with increased risk of developing mental health problems in later life. Head of Research Professor Declan Murphy. Entry requirements See Biostatistics.

Health Service & Population Research Department MPhil/PhD The Department, established in 1999, promotes and conducts mental health services and epidemiological research in the local community, the UK, and internationally. It comprises three Research Centres and aims to conduct high-quality health service and population research in mental health relevant to policy and practice, nationally and internationally; to enable and encourage service user and carer involvement in mental health research; to provide teaching and training in health service and population research skills; and to communicate research findings to those able to benefit from this knowledge. The Health Service and Population Research Group has been honoured with the Queen’s Anniversary Prize for Higher and Further Education 2009. Head of Programme Professor Graham Thornicroft. Entry requirements See Biostatistics. Research groups

Population Neurology Research group leader: Professor Leone Ridsdale.

Centre for Innovation & Evaluation in Mental Health Research group leader: Professor Sube Banerjee.

Stroke and Brain Injury Research group leader: Professor Lalit Kalra.

Centre for Public Mental Health Research group leader: Professor Martin Prince.

Forensic & Neurodevelopmental Science MPhil/PhD We are one of the few teams in the world bringing together experts in brain development and antisocial behaviour. Our research team sits on numerous National and International steering and advisory groups (including UK government task forces on ADHD, autism, and offenders). We also hold numerous project and programme grants from the MRC, the Wellcome Trust and NIH (USA). Our work has led to: the development of totally new reliable and accurate diagnostic ‘biomarkers’ for neurodevelopmental disorders associated with abnormalities in social behaviour; novel insights into the key role of serotonin and glutamate in brain development and social behaviour; the first in vivo studies of infant

Section of Primary Care Mental Health Research group leader: Professor Andre Tylee. Section of Women’s Mental Health Research group leader: Professor Louise Howard. Service User Research Enterprise (SURE) Research group leaders: Professor Til Wykes and Dr Diana Rose. Social Psychiatry Research group leader: Dr Craig Morgan.

Neuroimaging MPhil/PhD The Department of Neuroimaging, embedded in the state-of-the-art MRI research facility The Centre for Neuroimaging Sciences (a joint venture between the IoP and the South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust), provides an interdisciplinary research environment with a world-leading combination of application-oriented brain imaging, analysis and clinical expertise for the definition, diagnosis and treatment of neurological and psychiatric disorders. Current research projects span neurodegeneration, epilepsy, stroke, pain, psychosis, affective disorders, developmental disorders and normal brain function, using a battery of neuroimaging techniques which include perfusion, diffusion, functional and structural imaging. Basic scientific research is also performed in models of neuropsychiatric disease, using neuroimaging techniques including pharmacological MRI and spectroscopy in conjunction with non-MR methods such as electrophysiology, microscopy and autoradiography. Complementary research in imaging physics and analysis supports these applications. Our long-term objective is to translate our on-going pre-clinical developments in neuroimaging to the clinic, improving diagnosis and treatment. Head of Programme Professor Steve Williams. Entry requirements See Biostatistics.

Centre for the Economics of Mental Health (CEMH) Research group leader: Professor Paul McCrone.

Neuroscience MPhil/PhD

Estia Centre for Mental Health & Learning Disabilities Research group leader: Professor Tom Craig.

The world-leading Department of Neuroscience at the Institute of Psychiatry conducts research into the cellular and molecular basis of neurodegenerative and neurodevelopmental disorders including Alzheimer’s disease, Parkinson’s disease, Huntington’s disease, Batten disease, motor neurone disease, schizophrenia, depression and autism spectrum disorder. Our principal achievements have centred around: derivation, characterisation and application of neural stem cells; understanding genetic and molecular mechanisms that underlie neurodegenerative and psychiatric disorders; identifying impairments of synaptic signalling common to both early Alzheimer’s disease and schizophrenia.

Section for Recovery Research group leader: Dr Mike Slade. Section of Community Mental Health Research group leader: Dr Claire Henderson. Section of Epidemiology Research group leader: Dr Rob Stewart. Section of Mental Health & Ageing Research group leader: Professor Sube Banerjee. Section of Mental Health Nursing Research group leader: Professor Len Bowers. Section of Mental Health Policy (including WHO Collaborating Centre for Research & Training in Mental Health) Research group leader: Professor Rachel Jenkins.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

103

Head of Programme Professor Noel Buckley.

Section of Eating Disorders Research group leader: Professor Ulrike H Schmidt.

Entry requirements See Biostatistics. Research groups

Section of Family Therapy Research group leader: Professor Ivan Eisler.

of postgraduate study. One year’s relevant clinical experience (paid or voluntary) is very desirable. Contact with clinical populations for research purposes is also taken into account.

Centre for Cellular Basis of Behaviour (CCBB) Research group leader: Professor Jack Price.

Section of General Hospital Psychiatry Research group leader: Professor Matthew Hotopf.

HEAD OF PROGRAMME Professor Paul Chadwick.

MRC Centre for Neurodegeneration Research Research group leader: Professor Chris Shaw.

Section of Neurobiology of Mood Disorders Research group leader: Dr Anthony Cleare.

Duration Three years FT, September to September.

Section of Neuroscience Research group leader: Professor Noel Buckley.

Section of Neuropsychiatry Research group leader: Professor Michael D Kopelman.

Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Old Age Psychiatry & Dementia MPhil/PhD

Section of Perinatal Psychiatry and the Stress, Psychiatry and Immunology laboratory (SPI-Lab) Research group leader: Dr Carmine Pariante.

Members of the Department carry out biological and clinical research that we believe will have an important impact upon our understanding of dementia and other mental illnesses that affect older people and lead to the development of better treatments. We do this by working in close collaboration with the IoP’s Department of Neuroscience, MRC Centre for Neurodegeneration Research and the NIHR Biomedical Research Centre for Mental Health. Our research into the basic biology of Alzheimer’s disease, the clinical features and aetiology of psychosis in later life and the conduct of randomised controlled trials, is internationally regarded. We have a particular commitment to the conduct of high quality independent clinical trials because the results of these can impact positively upon the availability of effective treatments.

Section of Trauma Studies Research group leader: Dr Metin Basoglu.

The Department represents one of the world’s largest groupings of clinical and health psychologists. It has established a strong and multi-stranded international reputation for its research and its pioneering development of cognitive behavioural therapy for the treatment of neurosis and psychosis. The research interests of the Department staff span the fields of clinical psychology, health psychology, forensic psychology and neuropsychology. The clinician psychologists in the Department also offer an expert service to the South London and Maudsley and King’s College Hospital NHS Trusts.

The Department of Psychosis Studies is one of the world’s largest research groups focused on psychosis, comprising over 100 staff. These include leading academics with expertise in the application of genetics, epidemiology, psychopathology, neuroimaging, cognition, and psychopharmacology. The Department has received the highest possible rating in the UK Research Assessment Exercise (5*and 4*) in the last two reviews 2001 and 2008, and attracts students and staff from all over the world. Research carried out by the Department is focused on understanding the causes of psychosis and the mechanisms underlying psychosis, and includes work on all forms of psychosis, including subclinical symptoms, high risk groups, and schizophrenia and bipolar disorder. The direct integration of this research activity with high quality clinical services for psychosis ensures that clinical practice is informed by the latest research findings, and that research and teaching reflect current clinical priorities.

Head of Programme Professor Veena Kumari.

Head of Programme Professor Philip McGuire.

Entry requirements See Biostatistics for full details. Applicants should possess a minimum of an upper second class honours degree in psychology or related field.

Entry requirements See Biostatistics.

Head of Programme Professor Robert Howard. Entry requirements See Biostatistics.

Psychological Medicine MPhil/PhD The Department of Psychological Medicine focuses on the interface between psychiatry and medicine, psychiatry and occupation, psychiatry and the military, and psychiatry in different settings. The disorders of interest are those of the common mental disorders, such as depression, anxiety, perinatal psychiatry, eating disorders and stress-related disorders. The principal research methodologies used within the department are epidemiological, clinical and psychological research, including cross sectional studies, cohort studies and randomised controlled trials. Head of Programme Professor Simon Wessely. Entry requirements See Biostatistics. Research groups Cancer Research UK Promoting Early Presentation Group Research group leader: Professor Amanda J Ramirez. King’s Centre for Military Health Research Research group leader: Professor Simon C Wessely.

Psychology MPhil/PhD

Doctorate in Clinical Psychology DClinPsy The programme established the scientistpractitioner model for clinical psychology. All aspects emphasise integration of theory, research and practice. Trainees spend three days a week on supervised clinical placements and two days on teaching, study and research. The programme takes cognitive behavioural therapy as its main modality, with particular strengths in family therapy, mindfulness-based therapies, and neuropsychology. Accreditation The programme is approved by the Health Professions Council, the statutory regulator for practitioner psychologists in the UK, and accredited by the British Psychological Society. Entry requirements A minimum 2:1 degree in Psychology, or different discipline where the candidate has achieved Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership (GBC) with the British Psychological Society via a conversion diploma. Applications are enhanced by progress/completion

Psychosis Studies MPhil/PhD

Social, Genetic & Developmental Psychiatry MPhil/PhD The Social, Genetic & Developmental Psychiatry (MRC) Centre’s scientific goal is to undertake interdisciplinary research and training, bringing together developmental, genetic and environmental strategies in order to understand how nature and nurture interact in the development of complex behavioural disorders and dimensions. Research focuses on key common mental health problems that are most likely to profit from a developmental nature-nurture interdisciplinary strategy, including: emotional disorders (especially anxiety and depression), disorders involving disruptive behaviour (including attention deficit hyperactivity disorder) and disorders involving cognitive problems (including problems related to theory of mind, executive function and language). Head of Programme Dr Sara Jaffee. Entry requirements See Biostatistics.

104

INSTITUTE OF PSYCHIATRY

student Profile

Taught programmes The IoP offers the widest range of mental health postgraduate programmes in the UK. Specialised postgraduate programmes are taught in small groups by staff with research and clinical expertise. Taught programmes are offered on a full-time or parttime basis, and range from short courses to master’s degrees. Some programmes have been designed for mental health professionals including psychiatrists, psychologists, therapists, mental health nurses and substance abuse workers, and others have been designed for health science postgraduates who wish to pursue further study in the mental health field in an academic research environment, or to seek employment in an academic, clinical or pharmaceutical organisation. MSC & PG DIP/PG CERT

‘The number and level of research projects going on here at the Institute of Psychiatry is amazing. It is providing me a once in a lifetime opportunity to learn the material. The lectures are given by academics who are world leaders in their field of sub-specialty. My course is very comprehensive and highly structured, offering everyone a perfect opportunity to learn. What’s more, London is one of the most vibrant cities in the world where every opportunity exists for knowledge, life and for fun.’ Htun Myint Hlaing Child & Adolescent Mental Health MSc

Advanced Care in Dementia MSc Equips students interested in health and social care with the knowledge and high-level analytical skills needed to critically assess research evidence and practice for delivery of high quality dementia care. Students will be able to identify and implement changes based on research evidence within a health and social care setting and across a multidisciplinary team, and be able to manage and deliver research independently. Entry requirements First degree, minimum second class honours or equivalent. Exceptionally, other relevant qualifications and experience (including those without a first degree) can be considered. IELTS 6.5 or equivalent is required for applicants whose first language is not English. This criterion can be waived in exceptional circumstances where the candidate can demonstrate fluency in written and spoken English by other means. Applicants will be expected to be health or social care practitioners with interests relevant to the programme. Further details can be found online. Duration One year FT; two years PT. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus and Waterloo Campus.

Advanced Psychosocial Practice with Children & Adults MSc Teaches students innovative skills in advanced psychosocial practice which are informed by recent research. Students not only refresh their knowledge and learn and practise new skills, they are also taught how to critically appraise relevant empirical research studies and undertake their own original research. Accreditation This programme is a pathway of the MSc in Mental Health Social Work with Children & Adults, with students undertaking the same modules, but is not accredited by the General Social Care Council. Entry requirements A relevant first degree. A recognised qualification in health or social care plus at least two years’ relevant post-qualifying experience. You must have access to current relevant case material for presentation on the programme. Duration Two years PT, September to September. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Child & Adolescent Mental Health MSc For international and UK-based psychiatrists, paediatricians and psychologists to develop skills in diagnosis, formulation and planning therapeutic interventions, service design, monitoring and evaluation. Includes taught modules, clinical placements and a research project. Leads to enhanced skills and knowledge in child mental health. Entry requirements Medical qualification with graduate experience or qualification in psychology/ paediatrics/clinical psychology plus three years graduate experience working with children with mental health problems, or working in paediatrics/ psychiatry/psychology. Duration One year FT, September to September. Two years PT for UK-based clinicians. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Clinical & Public Health Aspects of Addictions (subject to approval) MSc/PG Dip Enables you to develop the skills needed to provide treatment for substance misuse and dependence, organise and manage treatment services, perform quality health service-related research, and to act as a health advocate. This course is being re-developed for 2012 entry. To receive further information please email the administrator msc-addiction@kcl.ac.uk. Entry requirements A first degree or equivalent in psychology (at least a 2:2) or medicine; or a first degree in any subject, followed by a relevant health-related postgraduate diploma or certificate; or other qualifications and experience which demonstrate an ability to undertake the programme. All applicants will be required to complete an entrance essay before a place is offered. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Clinical Forensic Psychiatry MSc/PG Dip Aims to produce expert clinicians in the field of forensic mental health. Exceptional opportunities for clinical and research training with a distinguished multidisciplinary team. Clinical attachments can be arranged for overseas students on this pathway to complement the academic programme.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

Entry requirements Open to experienced practising clinicians working with forensic patients, eg psychiatrists (ST4+, staff grade, consultants), chartered psychologists, experienced mental health nurses, occupational therapists, and social workers. Minimum 2:1 (or overseas equivalent) in first degree or equivalent in a relevant subject. If you do not meet the normal entry requirements, please provide evidence of potential to succeed at graduate level. This might include publications, preparation of substantial reports or active participation in research. Duration One year FT (overseas applicants only), two years PT, September to September. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Clinical Forensic Psychology MSc Equips psychology postgraduates with the skills necessary to work with mentally ill offenders. Emphasis on evidence-based and reflective practice. Exceptional clinical and research training from a distinguished multidisciplinary team. Ideal step towards chartered forensic or clinical psychology training. Placement two days per week in a clinical forensic setting. Accreditation Accredited by the Division of Forensic Psychology, British Psychological Society. Entry requirements Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership (GBC) with the British Psychological Society (BPS). Psychology degree (minimum 2:1). Applicants should also have a minimum of one year’s clinical or forensic experience. Students who are applying from outside the UK, or who do not have a BPS accredited degree in Psychology, must check with the BPS to see if they qualify for GBC. To apply for GBC, download the form at www.bps.org.uk. The application process should take two to three weeks. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus; placements take place at various locations.

Clinical Neuroscience MSc Gain a unique understanding of the underlying principles of neurological symptoms, signs, investigations and diseases. Emphasis is given to translation from basic science to clinical practice. Suitable for: further training in Clinical Neuroscience and related fields; preparation for a PhD. Entry requirements A degree (2:1 or higher preferable) in medical science or a biological subject with neurobiological component. Duration One year FT, September to August. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Cognitive Behavioural Therapies PG Dip/PG Cert This course is designed for mental health practitioners seeking post-qualification specialist training in CBT. Develop your practical skills and critical understanding of the theoretical and empirical base of CBT. A nested PG Cert pathway is also available.

105

Accreditation PG Dip fulfills requirements for BABCP. PG Cert contributes towards meeting training standards required for a therapist to be eligible for accreditation with the BABCP.

a 10 week period. The certificate is made up of two modules, one compulsory, one selected from a choice of specific interventions. Both practical skills and knowledge are assessed.

Entry requirements A professional mental health qualification (e.g. clinical psychologist, RMN) or other relevant professions (e.g. counselling, social work) with relevant postgraduate clinical experience. Preference will be given to candidates with demonstrable experience in systematic therapies with a commitment to the CBT approach. Access to suitable CBT training cases, ie straightforward depression and anxiety, is compulsory.

Entry requirements All applicants need to demonstrate the ability to work effectively at graduate level, and an interest in and enthusiasm for psychological approaches to working with people with psychosis and their carers.

Duration PG Dip one year FT, two years PT. PG Cert one year PT.

Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for Psychosis PG Dip/PG Cert The PG Dip programme provides a critical understanding of psychological models of psychosis and their evidence base, and advanced postqualification training in the clinical skills required for mental health professionals to become skilled and creative practitioners and trainers in cognitive therapy for psychosis. PG Cert programmes are available in Clinical Skills in CBT for Psychosis, for clinicians who wish to specialise in delivering high quality therapy, and in the Theoretical Background to CBT for Psychosis, for research, academic and other non-clinical staff, who do not deliver therapy. Accreditation The programmes contribute towards but do not completely fulfil the BABCP training and supervision requirements necessary for registration as an accredited CBT therapist. Entry requirements All applicants need to demonstrate the ability to work effectively at master’s level, and an interest in and enthusiasm for psychological approaches to working with people with psychosis. PG Dip and Clinical PG Cert applicants must also have a recognised professional mental health qualification obtained by a formal examination, with post qualification experience of working with people with severe and enduring mental health problems, and be based in the NHS (or equivalent) with access to suitable clients. Duration PG Dip two years PT, one year ‘fast-track’ FT also available. PG Cert programmes one year PT. September to September (attendance is Thursdays only at the Institute of Psychiatry). Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

CBT Informed & Carer Supportive Practice in Psychosis Grad Cert Provides training in engagement, assessment and brief structured interventions for people with psychosis and their carers. Suitable for both mental health professionals and students with an interest in the field but no mental health qualification. Teaching comprises workshops, clinical role plays and case discussions. Each module comprises eight days of teaching and a day of assessments, delivered over

Duration Eight months PT, January-August 2012 (attendance is one day only at the Institute of Psychiatry; can be delivered off campus if travel is paid and numbers are sufficient).

Epilepsy MSc Multidisciplinary programme covering topics related to all aspects of human epilepsy, from underlying neurobiological mechanisms to clinical aspects and psycho-social consequences. Compulsory modules and a research project include practical experience in clinical or research departments. Entry requirements UK first degree/an overseas equivalent in a biological or medical science. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Family Interventions in Psychosis (subject to approval) PG Dip/PG Cert PG Dip provides a critical understanding of psychological models of psychosis and of care-giving in psychosis and their evidence base. Provides advanced post-qualification training in the clinical skills required for mental health professionals to become skilled and creative practitioners and trainers. PG Certs available in Clinical Skills in FI in Psychosis and in Theoretical Background to FI in Psychosis. Accreditation The programmes contribute towards Accreditation with the Association of Family Therapy. Entry requirements All applicants need to demonstrate the ability to work effectively at master’s level, and an interest in and enthusiasm for psychological approaches to working with people with psychosis and their carers. PG Dip and Clinical PG Cert applicants must also have a recognised professional mental health qualification obtained by a formal examination, with post-qualification experience of working with people with severe and enduring mental health problems, and be based in the NHS (or equivalent) with access to suitable clients. Duration PG Dip two years PT, one year fast-track FT also available. PG Certs 16 months PT. September to September (attendance is Fridays only). Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

106

INSTITUTE OF PSYCHIATRY

Family Therapy Grad Cert

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Family Therapy is for professionals working in a mental health setting, including: nurses, GPs, paediatricians, psychiatrists, psychologists, social workers, occupational therapists who wish to complete an intermediate level programme in family therapy, or aim to incorporate systemic work in existing clinical practice.

Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Forensic Mental Health Research MSc

Entry requirements Relevant degree and/or relevant professional training and experience in clinical or similar setting.

For psychiatrists or postgraduates in psychology, neuroscience, criminology, mental health nursing or similar disciplines. Develops necessary skills for scientific work on aetiology and effective treatment of mentally disordered offenders. Exceptional opportunities for research training with teaching from a distinguished multidisciplinary team. Ideal step towards a PhD. Research attachments offered.

Duration Nine months FT, September to June, two years PT.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 UK degree, or overseas equivalent.

Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Accreditation Accredited at intermediate level by the Association for Family Therapy and Systemic Practice and the UK Council for Psychotherapy.

Family Therapy MSc Comprehensive clinical training in family therapy leading towards registration with UK Council for Psychotherapy as a systemic family therapist. Includes supervised clinical work with families in both adult and child mental health settings; strong focus on training professionals to work within multidisciplinary environments. Accreditation Accredited at qualifying level by the Association for Family Therapy and UK Council for Psychotherapy. Entry requirements First degree in a relevant subject such as psychology, medicine, social work, social science, nursing studies or education and/or professional qualification in a mental health-related programme. Significant clinical experience and an intermediate qualification in family therapy is required. Duration One year FT, September to September, two years PT. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Forensic Mental Health MSc/PG Dip Flexible programme with a wide range of optional modules designed for students with a professional and/or academic interest in forensic mental health, taught by a multidisciplinary team of clinicians and researchers. Ideal step towards clinical psychology training or a PhD. Students enrol on a specified pathway (see below), or for maximum flexibility take the generic programme. Pathways MSc/PG Dip Clinical Forensic Psychiatry MSc Forensic Mental Health Research MSc Clinical Forensic Psychology Accreditation MSc Clinical Forensic Psychology pathway is accredited by the British Psychological Society Division of Forensic Psychology. Entry requirements 2:1 honours degree (minimum) or the equivalent in a relevant subject eg. medicine, psychology, nursing, criminology. Relevant work experience is not essential but may strengthen your application.

Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Global Mental Health (subject to approval) MSc Provides multidisciplinary training in the domains of research, public health, policy and practice, in the new discipline of Global Mental Health. Taught jointly at the Institute of Psychiatry and at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine through the Centre for Global Mental Health. Students will graduate with an MSc jointly awarded between King’s and the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine. Entry requirements At least an upper second class honours degree of a UK university, or an overseas qualification of an equivalent standard, or a registrable qualification in medicine, appropriate to the programme. A background in a mental health-related field is desirable but not essential. Applications with an appropriate technical qualification or equivalent qualification and experience from overseas are also welcomed. Any student who does not meet the minimum entry requirements above but who has relevant professional experience may still be eligible for admission. They should contact the Programme Leader who can advise on their eligibility to apply. Duration One year FT; two years PT. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus and London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine.

Health Psychology (subject to approval) MSc Study with our dedicated Health Psychology Section, pioneers of postgraduate training in this discipline since 1987. Intended for graduate psychologists who want to go on to either obtain British Psychological Society recognition as a chartered health psychologist or progress to research. Course combines classroom teaching, individual study, practical work in statistics, a supervised research project and placements, one day a week for approx eight weeks. Students are provided with placement opportunities.

Accreditation British Psychological Society as Stage One training towards becoming a Chartered Health Psychologist (accreditation pending). Entry requirements A psychology degree (minimum 2:1) accredited by the British Psychological Society (BPS). Students who are applying from outside the UK, or who do not have a BPS accredited Bachelors degree in Psychology, must check with the BPS to see if they qualify for Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership (GBC). To apply for GBC, download the form at www.bps.org.uk. The application process should take two to three weeks. Duration One year FT, September to September (two days per week plus additional clinical placement sessions). Location Teaching is at Health Psychology, Guy’s Campus.

Identification of Alcohol & Drug Use in the Workplace (subject to approval) PG Cert Aimed at medical, nursing and allied healthcare professional graduates pursuing a career or with an interest in occupational health. Graduates enter their own sub-speciality within occupational health disciplines. Able to work independently with an appreciation of the research, the ability to critically appraise evidence, and an intrinsic understanding of the science base on which their speciality is based. Entry requirements Health science degree or professional qualification in occupational health/human resources/nursing or training and experience working in substance misuse field or occupational health. Duration PT, six months. Starts May. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

International Programme in Addiction Studies MSc Apply via Virginia Commonwealth University www.vcu.edu/idas/IPAS/index.html. The programme is delivered entirely online and operated by three of the top research institutions in addictions: King’s College London; Virginia Commonwealth University; University of Adelaide. Unique amongst master’s programmes offered in the UK, emphasis is on translation of research into practice and substance abuse policy. Entry requirements First degree (upper second) or equivalent (in either medicine or psychology; or in any subject related to the addictions followed by a relevant health-related postgraduate diploma or certificate); or other qualifications and experience with demonstrable ability. Duration One year FT, August to August, two years PT. Location Online, with access to facilities at King’s, University of Adelaide and Virginia Commonwealth University, USA.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

Mental Health in Learning Disabilities MSc Mental Health in Learning Disabilities is for healthcare professionals, psychology graduates, social workers and managers in learning disabilities services. The course aims to expand the knowledge and skills of clinicians working with service users and enhance the analytical skills required for service development. Entry requirements Students should hold a relevant first degree (minimum 2:1 for full-time study; 2:2 acceptable for part-time study) OR an equivalent professional qualification. Experience working in the mental health field is desirable but not essential. Duration One year FT, two years PT, October to September. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Mental Health Service & Population Research MSc Provides rigorous training in core scientific principles and methods common to mental health and populationbased research, followed by opportunities to specialise in particular methodologies. Clinical/academic research placements available. Excellent preparation for PhD, DClinPsy and enhanced careers in mental health as clinicians, managers and policy makers. Entry requirements A 2:1 degree or overseas equivalent in an appropriate subject (psychology, social science or health science); or a registrable qualification appropriate to the programme in medicine or overseas equivalent; or a professional mental health qualification. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Mental Health Social Work with Children & Adults MSc/PG Dip Accredited by the General Social Care Council to provide the Post-Qualifying Award in Advanced Social Work. Strong track record in developing confident, advanced practitioners through learning practical and research skills, and advances in antidiscriminatory ways of working. Also ideal base for further research or teaching. Accreditation The programme is accredited by the General Social Care Council to provide the PostQualifying Award in Advanced Social Work. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 from a UK university, or an overseas equivalent in an appropriate subject is essential. However, in exceptional circumstances, candidates with substantial social work experience who possess alternative qualifications may be considered. A social work qualification and a PostQualifying (PQ) Award in Social Work or its equivalent is essential. A minimum of two years’ post-qualifying experience in social work is required for entrance onto the programme. Registration with the General Social Care Council is essential. Students also need to be working in, or have access to, practice environments from which they can draw case examples. Duration Two years PT, September to September. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Mental Health Studies MSc Theory, practice and research in mental health. Optional Clinical Placements Scheme enables students to get exposure to clinical work. Offers exciting opportunities in research. Continuing professional development for practitioners or preparation for career in clinical psychology. Entry requirements Students should hold a relevant first degree (minimum 2:1) OR an equivalent professional qualification. Experience working in the mental health field is desirable but not essential. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Neuroimaging MSc The Department of Neuroimaging has pioneered work in functional MRI, diffusion tensor imaging, pharmacological MRI, EEG and advanced image analysis techniques. Drawing on this breadth of expertise, this programme offers comprehensive and practical training in the science and methodology of neuroimaging techniques in tandem with their application to neuroscience, psychology, psychiatry, neurology and beyond. Entry requirements A minimum 2:1 degree or equivalent in biomedical or related sciences, psychology, neuroscience, physics, engineering, computer science, mathematics or in another scientific subject. Applications from those working in medicine or professions allied to medicine are also welcome. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Neuroscience MSc The programme aims to transform the students’ theoretical and practical knowledge of the neurosciences especially those that are relevant to psychiatry and neurology, through taught compulsory modules and a choice of optional, specialised modules, both taught and research. Students may graduate with an MSc Neuroscience in a speciality. Entry requirements The normal minimum entry requirements are an upper second class honours degree in a biological discipline, a medical degree (MBBS), an overseas qualification of an equivalent standard or, for medical students, as an intercalated MSc. Applicants with a non-biological degree or with a lower class will be considered. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Organisational Psychiatry & Psychology MSc Draws on contemporary psychological, psychiatric and organisational theory and evidence to examine the causes, effects and consequences of mental ill health in the workplace. Leads to careers in Human Resources or in organisational consultancy. Develops consultancy skills.

107

Entry requirements Students should hold a relevant first degree (minimum 2:1) or an equivalent professional qualification. Experience in the work place is desirable but not essential. Duration One year FT, two years PT. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Psychiatric Research MSc Develops advanced skills in psychiatric and psychological research methods. Hypothesis formulation, study design, data gathering, research management, data analysis and protocol design. NHS volunteer programme available for students interested in gaining clinical experience. Ideal step towards a PhD or Doctorate in Clinical Psychology. Entry requirements A 2:1 degree or overseas equivalent in an appropriate subject (eg psychology, social science or health science); or a registrable qualification appropriate to the programme in medicine or overseas equivalent; or a professional mental health qualification. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Social, Genetic & Developmental Psychiatry MSc The first year of a four-year programme, leading to a PhD. Includes training in social, genetic (both quantitative and molecular), developmental and cognitive approaches to psychiatry and psychology, as well as a module in statistical genetics. Programme includes continuous involvement in Centre research on such topics as antisocial behaviour, anxiety, autism, depression, and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 (or overseas equivalent) first degree in behavioural, biological or mathematical sciences, or an appropriate qualification in medicine or an appropriate professional qualification. Duration One year FT, September to September. Upon successful completion of the MSc, students will be expected to register for MPhil/PhD, which will last another three years. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

War & Psychiatry MSc/PG Dip Develop skills and knowledge about the way individuals respond to psychological trauma. Drawing on multidisciplinary expertise, students compare the experiences of different nations to identify both theoretical and practical elements. Ideal for careers in military psychiatry and related NGO, emergency and anti-terrorist services. Entry requirements A first degree or equivalent in medicine or psychology; or a 2:1 first degree in any subject; or other qualifications and experience which demonstrate an ability to undertake the programme. Duration One year FT, two years PT. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus; Strand Campus.

School of Social Science & Public Policy The School is one of the largest UK university groupings focusing on policy-oriented research in a multidisciplinary environment. Our approach enables us to develop insights from a wide range of perspectives to tackle some of the most important social, political and ethical issues of our time.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

109

• Strong tradition of contributing to public life and policy, with the British Government and key international organisations on our doorstep. • An international reputation for excellence in scholarship and policy-relevant research. • Departments achieved high ratings in successive Research Assessment Exercises. • Supports professional development of future leaders in education, management and public service. • Research leader in urban sustainability, the impact of environmental change, security, human resources and public sector management, education and health, age and ageing. • One of the world’s largest groupings of scholars devoted to the study of all aspects of war and conflict and the broad remit of international relations.

110

School of SOCIAL SCIENCE & PUBLIC POLICY

he School of Social Science & Public Policy comprises the departments of Education & Professional Studies, Geography, Management, Political Economy, Defence Studies, War Studies, the Institute of Gerontology and King’s Policy Institutes to form one of the largest UK university groupings focusing on policyorientated research and teaching. It is this variety of specialisms and our approach to working in multidisciplinary teams which enable us to develop insights from a wide range of perspectives to tackle some of the most important social, political and ethical issues of our time.

These include: urban sustainability and climate change, new security uncertainties and risks, the changing nature of war and conflict, age and ageing, scientific literacy and cultural inclusion, social cohesion in multi-faith societies, inequalities in health and education, public service reform and the future of the professions. Our excellence is consistently recognised in national and international league tables and research awards, and in the appointment of staff to influential positions within their wider international scholarly communities, eg as editors of some of the major social science journals and members of Research Council review panels. As part of our long-standing commitment to influential policy-relevant scholarship the School maintains close and productive links with key national and international policy makers and intermediaries. The School’s London-based departments are on the Waterloo and Strand Campuses of the College, both of which are in the heart of London with easy access to the policy community and the cultural and intellectual heart of the city. The School’s Defence Studies Department is housed within the UK Defence Academy at Shrivenham and at the RAF College in Cranwell.

Induction & training

Location Strand Campus Address School of Social Science & Public Policy King’s College London Strand London WC2R 2LS Contact Centre for Arts & Sciences Admissions Tel 020 7848 7203/7230/1977 (taught programmes in Geography and War Studies) 020 7848 7204/1434 (taught programmes in Management) 020 7848 7231/7207 (taught programmes in Education, Gerontology and Political Economy) 020 7848 7208/7206 (research programmes) Email sspp-graduateadmissions@kcl.ac.uk (taught programmes) casa_pgr@kcl.ac.uk (research programmes) Website www.kcl.ac.uk/sspp

The School’s constituent departments each run a tailored induction and training programme for new students. Postgraduate research students also benefit from a series of induction events and the researcher development programme organised by the College’s Graduate School. Research students will agree and review a programme of training with their supervisor at the start of each academic year.

Funding For students coming to the School to undertake a postgraduate degree programme sources of funding are diverse, and in some cases discipline-specific. All of the doctoral programmes within the School are eligible for funding by the Economic & Social Research Council (ESRC). In addition, our students are funded by the ESRC to undertake projects in collaboration with non-academic partners. Our students are also funded by several other UK research councils (including NERC, EPSRC and AHRC), as well as by major charities (eg Wellcome Trust, Leverhulme) and through research grants held by staff from a wide range of organisations including UK and overseas governments, the European Union, NATO, and the US National Science Foundation. Overseas students are often supported by British Council scholarships, Commonwealth Studentships, as well as by their home governments and the Commonwealth Foundation. Each year, a significant number of new students within the School are awarded funding by the College’s Graduate School.

Facilities The Department of Geography has an extensive range of field equipment for atmospheric, land surface and sub-surface investigations and laboratories dedicated to the work of the Environmental Monitoring & Modelling research group. Students in the Department of War Studies have access to the collections at the Liddell Hart Centre for Military Archives, a leading repository for research into modern defence policy in Britain. There are Graduate Lounges at the Strand and Waterloo Campuses which are exclusively for the use of postgraduate students and offer a study area, social area, PCs and lockers (at Waterloo). Additional study space is available in the Graduate Zone in the Franklin-Wilkins Building. All students benefit from our central location that provides easy access to major research libraries as well as the College libraries at Waterloo and Chancery Lane.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

111

staff Profile

Research opportunities

‘My own research focus is on various approaches to understanding welfare in a historical context. I am interested both in the kinds of provision made for the poor, as well as by those with greater amounts of wealth. People often ask me how this kind of work fits into a geography department but the answer is really quite simple: geography plays an important part because where people live makes a real difference to the way that wealth is accumulated and welfare is distributed. I have published research not just on the English poor law and other aspects of poverty but also on the kinds of investments made by the middle class and the way those were used to distribute wealth to members of the family.’ Dr David Green Geography Research MPhil/PhD

The School is proud of its thriving and vibrant community of research students. Approximately 650 students are currently undertaking doctoral research. They work under the supervision of faculty members and are affiliated with at least one of the academic research groups within their home department. Working with supervisors who are internationally renowned for their interdisciplinary and policy-oriented research, our research students are strongly encouraged to develop their interests in working with a wide range of collaborators elsewhere in the College and beyond. Current doctoral projects are taking place in collaboration with local authorities, the Imperial War Museum, Age Care, Ealing PCT, King’s College Hospital, and the UK Met Office. Some PhD research is offered jointly with Hong Kong University, National University of Singapore and Humboldt University (Berlin). King’s Interdisciplinary Social Science Doctoral Training Centre (KISS-DTC) has recently been awarded more than £5.2 million, by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC), to support postgraduate studentships and training in the social sciences. The Centre offers training for all social scientists at King’s, regardless of their ‘home’ School of study, creating a cross-discipline hub of expertise and support for social scientists researching at King’s. There are also at least 15 dedicated studentships to be awarded to new MPhil/PhD students with suitable research projects. Further information on research themes and the studentships can be found on our website www.kcl.ac.uk/study/pg/school/KISSDTC.aspx

Education & Professional Studies Research MPhil/PhD Our highly-rated department provides extensive research training recognised by the Economic and Social Research Council. We run research programmes for MPhil and PhD, two professional doctorates (Doctor of Education/Doctor of Professional Studies and Doctor of Theology & Ministry). Our research infrastructure is organised around four research groups: Centre for Public Policy Research; Centre for Theology, Religion & Culture; Language & Literacy; Centre for Research in Education in Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics. If you are intending to study for a research degree, you should either identify the group or theme which seems best suited to your interest, or you should specify the specialist field associated with a particular member of academic staff. Head of Programme Reverend Professor Alister McGrath. Entry requirements A minimum 2:1 first degree in an appropriate subject to the research area; also, one or more of the following: a teaching qualification or equivalent experience; two or more years of research in education; an appropriate master’s degree; an approved professional or other qualification.

Research groups Centre for Public Policy Research Research group leader: Professor Alan Cribb. Centre for Research in Education in Science, Technology, Engineering & Mathematics Research group leader: Professor Justin Dillon. Centre for Theology, Religion & Culture Research group leader: Professor Reverend Alister McGrath. Language & Literacy Research group leader: Reverend Professor Ben Rampton.

Doctorate in Education/ Professional Studies EdD/DrPS This Doctorate in Education/Professional Studies is significantly different from the traditional doctorate and more attuned to the professional seeking to develop their career through enhanced research capacity. Promotes understanding of the nature, development and evaluation of professional knowledge, develops critical awareness and high level research skills. Entry requirements Master’s degree from UK/ overseas equivalent and evidence of the study of education or a related social science at graduate level; at least four years’ professional experience. Duration Minimum four years PT, starting October. Location Waterloo Campus.

112

School of SOCIAL SCIENCE & PUBLIC POLICY

Doctorate in Theology & Ministry DThMin A Doctorate in Ministry enables you to study with leading, internationally renowned figures in theology and religious studies. Participate in a vibrant and cutting edge research community with a focus on the relationship between theology, ministry and contemporary society. Develop an on-going peer group and participate in a wider learning community. Entry requirements A master’s degree in a subject related to theology and ministry and three years’ or equivalent experience in the practice of ministry. If you have a master’s degree in a subject unrelated to theology and ministry you may be considered provided you can demonstrate graduate study and relevant experience. Duration Minimum five years PT starting in the autumn term. Location Strand Campus, Waterloo Campus.

Geography Research MPhil/PhD, or option of joint PhD with HKU/Humboldt/NUS The Department of Geography has a vibrant community of scholars most of whom are members of one of four research groups: Cities; Environment, Politics & Development; Environmental Monitoring & Modelling; Hazards & Risk. Staff research ranges well beyond these group interests and involves both individual scholarship and colleagues in other institutions as well as within the department. Head of Programme Professor Raymond Bryant (PhD tutor). Entry requirements A first or 2:1 degree (or their equivalent) and/or a good master’s degree. Those applying for the joint degree are encouraged to contact an academic at King’s to develop research links with the partner institution. Research groups Cities Research group leader: Professor Loretta Lees. Environment, Politics & Development Research group leader: Dr Mark Pelling. Environmental Monitoring & Modelling Research group leader: Dr Nick Drake. Hazards & Risk Research group leader: Dr Henry Rothstein.

Gerontology Research MPhil/PhD The Institute has an established research programme with a strong emphasis on multidisciplinary and multi-method research. Fields of interest include: social and economic situations and population change; the individual, service providers and the state; psychological and social aspects of ageing; material environment and its relation to ageing interests.

Head of Programme Dr Karen Glaser (Director/Reader in Gerontology).

Head of Programme Professor Christian Heath.

Entry requirements Applicants should have an MSc or MA awarded with Distinction or a high Merit to be considered for our MPhil/ PhD programme. Applicants who do not have a master’s level qualification should normally consider taking one of our MSc, MA or MRes courses before commencing study at this level. In exceptional circumstances, candidates not meeting these academic requirements but with substantial relevant research experience and a relevant publication record, may be considered.

Entry requirements A 2:1 first degree in a relevant subject or equivalent for overseas students. It is preferable that students have completed a master’s degree before undertaking a PhD in the department.

Linguistics, MPhil/PhD option of joint PhD with HKU The Centre for Language Discourse & Communication works across the Schools of Arts & Humanities and Social Science & Public Policy. It has research strengths in educational linguistics; literacy studies; sociolinguistics; text and discourse analysis; psycholinguistics and cognitive linguistics; historical linguistics; corpus linguistics and Second Language Acquisition. Research focuses on the dynamics of language and literacy within globalisation and intercultural contact, on language, literacy and discourse in everyday interaction, in education, literature, and popular culture, in new and mass media, and in medical and workplace settings. Head of Programme Professor Ben Rampton. Entry requirements A minimum 2:1 first degree in an appropriate subject to the research area and an appropriate master’s degree or an approved professional or other qualification. Those applying for the joint degree are encouraged to contact an academic at King’s to develop research links with the partner institution.

Management Research MPhil/PhD With highly regarded and internationally recognised scholars and research groups, students are provided with a stimulating and friendly intellectual environment within which to undertake doctoral research. Very broadly, members of the Department undertake research in the areas of Work, Organisation and Governance. Their research includes projects funded by the UK Research Councils, the EU IST Programmes and various UK Government Departments. Many of these projects involve close collaboration with academic partners and with public and private sector organisations in both the UK and abroad. The Department is part of the KCL ESRC Doctoral Training Programme in the Social Sciences. Research is built around a number of strategic research centres and groupings which are inclusive, encouraging cross-group membership, multidisciplinarity, and wide collaboration.

Research groups Accounting, Accountability & Financial Management Research group leader: Professor Jill Solomon. Human Resource Management, Employment Relations & Organisational Behaviour Research group leader: Professor Janet Walsh. International Business, Comparative Management & Marketing Research group leader: Professor Pervez Ghauri. Public Services Management Research group leader: Professor Alison Wolf. Work, Interaction & Technology Research group leader: Professor Christian Heath.

Public Policy Research MPhil/PhD King’s offers supervision for the MPhil/PhD research degrees covering most areas of public policy, drawing on academic expertise across and beyond the School of Social Science & Public Policy. The public policy group enjoys close links with a range of think tanks and public bodies where research collaborations may be possible. Head of Programme Professor Ken Young. Entry requirements A good master’s degree in a relevant subject and/or practical experience in the field of study.

War Studies Research MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with HKU/NUS The department has an excellent reputation as a graduate training institution. All MPhil/PhD candidates undertake a tailored programme of research training and development through all three years of the programme. The MPhil involves a 60,000 word (maximum) thesis, plus minimum two years registration (three years part-time). Students can upgrade to PhD, involving a 100,000-word (maximum) thesis, and minimum three-year registration (four-six years part-time). The PhD thesis must form a distinct contribution to knowledge of the subject and afford evidence and originality. The department is especially interested in receiving applications from students planning their research projects in fields that will enhance the strength of the department’s research groups, centres and programmes (see the departmental website for further information, www.kcl.ac.uk/warstudies) and assumes that normally research students will be attached to one or more of these.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

Head of Programme Professor William Philpott. Entry requirements A masterâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s degree with a distinction or high merit (or overseas equivalent), and/or a first or 2:1 honours degree at the bachelors level (or overseas equivalent). Applicants should also have extensive practical experience in the field concerned (for example, as a military officer, diplomat or aid worker). Those applying for the joint degree are encouraged to contact an academic at Kingâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s to develop research links with the partner institution. Research groups Afghan Studies (student led) Research group leader: Mr Martin Bayley. Asian Security & Warfare Research group leaders: Professor Ashley Jackson, Dr Alessio Patalano. British Defence Policy & Military Operations (student led) Research group leader: Ms Birthe Anders. Caucasus Policy Institute Research group leader: Dr Denis Corboy. Centre for Defence Studies Research group leader: Dr John Gearson. Centre for International Relations Research group leader: Professor Vivienne Jabri. Centre for Military Health Research Research group leaders: Professor Simon Wessely, Professor Christopher Dandeker. Centre for Science & Security Studies Research group leader: Professor Wyn Bowen. Conflict, Security & Development Research group leader: Professor Mats Berdal. Corbett Centre for Maritime Policy Studies Research group leader: Professor Geoff Till. Foresight: Early Warning & Preventative Policy Research group leader: Dr Christoph O Meyer. History of Warfare Research group leader: Professor William Philpott. Insurgency Research group leader: Dr David Betz. Intelligence & International Security Research group leader: Dr Michael S Goodman. International Political Sociology Research group leader: Professor Didier Bigo. Laughton Naval History Unit Research group leader: Professor Andrew Lambert. Maryan Centre for the Study of Conflict & Conservation Research group leader: Professor Michael Rainsborough. Post-Soviet Space Research group leader: Dr Ruth Deyermond. The International Centre for Security Analysis (ICSA) Research group leader: Dr Joanna Kidd. War Crimes Research group leaders: Dr Rachel Kerr, Professor James Gion.

113

114

School of SOCIAL SCIENCE & PUBLIC POLICY

student Profile

Taught programmes A diverse range of degrees are available each year, some established and others newly offered. The degrees recently introduced include: MSc Accounting, Accountability & Financial Management and MA European Public Policy. The War in the Modern World programme is a very successful, groundbreaking master’s degree that is delivered entirely online. The MA Public Policy, along with a range of postgraduate programmes with public policy components, reflects our commitment to developing public policy as a multidisciplinary field, and to integrating it with the expertise of sector specialists from across the College. TWO-YEAR INTERNATIONAL MASTER’S

‘The chance to study at King’s College London’s wellrenowned Department of War Studies in the centre of one of the most vibrant cities of the world made it an obvious choice for me. In addition to providing a stimulating intellectual environment, the overwhelming range of options in terms of both culture and nightlife that London offers makes the city the perfect place to be a student.’ Kristoffer Kjærgaard Christensen International Conflict Studies MA

International Studies & Academic English Grad Dip Provides a structured pathway for international students into all master’s level programmes connected to international studies taught in the departments of Geography, War Studies & Political Economy. Combines study of international studies topics with the development of academic English and critical thinking skills. Entry requirements Applicants must possess a first or upper second class honours degree or overseas equivalent. We are looking for a background which demonstrates excellent academic potential and will consider applications from students with a non-social science background. You should have a GPA (USA) of 3.25 or above and will also need to show that you have the minimum standard of English for this programme, which is currently an IELTS score of 6.0 (with no skill below 5.5) or a TOEFL score of 80 iBT (with no skill below 18). All language qualifications are valid for two years only. Direct progression to the second year for those who meet the required standard. If approved by the department and relevant supervisor, the Graduate Diploma can contribute to a suitably qualified student’s application for a PhD programme. Duration Grad Dip one year FT, September to June. Location Strand and Waterloo Campuses.

EDUCATION

Education in Arts & Cultural Settings MA MA Education in Arts & Cultural Settings offers an exciting opportunity to study at one of the world’s leading arts organisations as well as being taught by leading academics in education research and teaching at King’s. The programme is jointly taught by the Learning and Participation programme at Southbank Centre and the Department of Education and Professional Studies at King’s. Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 first degree in an area relevant to culture or education, or some work experience in the cultural sector. Applicants who do not meet this entry requirement will be required to successfully complete a qualifying examination. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT. Location Waterloo Campus, Southbank Centre.

English Language Teaching & Applied Linguistics MA For experienced EFL teachers wanting to learn more about current TESOL research, theory, pedagogy and practice. Provides opportunities to develop your career in TEFL and learn more about ELT specialisms including language assessment, materials development, teaching EAP, teacher training, management and evaluation and ESOL. Entry requirements A good honours degree in a relevant subject, although those with other qualifications may be considered. Applicants should also have experience equivalent to three years’ full-time in language teaching or a related post.

Child Studies MA

Duration One year FT, two years PT. Fast track four terms. Starts September.

Child Studies is designed for professional and personal development, as well as academic. Offers a multidisciplinary approach to childhood issues within the context of current policy developments. Students come from a variety of disciplines and professions including medicine, education, law, psychology and sociology.

Location Waterloo Campus.

Accreditation Carries Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health and Law Society CPD points. Entry requirements You will normally be required to have an upper second class honours degree or an equivalent qualification in a subject relevant to work with children and/or substantial professional work experience in a relevant field. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

Further Education Management MBA Aimed at those employed in the Further Education (FE) and Vocational Education and Training (VET) sectors. To assist in the development of a critical and constructive understanding of FE management. Will appeal to both HR professionals and others responsible for managing training provision or workforce development within commercial organisations.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

Entry requirements Applicants will normally have a good honours degree although those with other qualifications may be considered. In addition, applicants should have a minimum of three years relevant work experience in either FE, VET or a training and development related post. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

Inclusive Education & Technology MA This is a unique programme taught by researchers who work closely with leading practitioners. Block teaching enables you to attend for part of the year and then study from home. Taught modules: Recent Developments in ICT Education, optional modules and an extended dissertion. Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 first degree. Normally a minimum of two years’ relevant work experience: teaching, healthcare, social care etc – candidates with appropriate alternative experience will also be considered. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus or online using the King’s elearning service.

Master’s in Teaching & Learning MTL The Master’s in Teaching & Learning is designed to support career development for teachers. The practice-based programme helps extend teaching skills; the focus of the learning is on the classroom and school deepening expertise as classroom practitioners. The programme is a development of a nationally agreed programme which leads to a full master’s award after three years of part-time study. Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 first degree, plus PGCE or equivalent. Applicants must be in full-time employment as a classroom teacher, or be a newly appointed responsibility post-holder. Interested individuals must check with their current school to see if they will receive the necessary support from them in terms of time and an in-house coach. See the Applying, fees & funding section for more information on eligibility. Duration Three years PT. Location Waterloo Campus-based; the majority of teaching takes place close to participants’ workplaces and online.

Postgraduate Certificate in Education PGCE PGCE programme in the heart of London. We work in close partnership with schools in designing, delivering and assessing our programme. You have the opportunity to work with tutors who are actively engaged in research and are encouraged to take a critical view of policies and practice. Accreditation Trainees reach Qualified Teacher Status and are awarded the Postgraduate Certificate in Education. 60 master’s level credits can be obtained.

115

Entry requirements A minimum 2:2 degree (usually in the subject you wish to teach) or a qualification recognised as equivalent by the University of London. Knowledge and understanding of the subject you intend to teach. GCSE grade C or above, or an equivalent qualification, in English Language and Mathematics. Applicants without these English or Mathematics qualifications at the time they apply may be considered, but they must obtain them, or pass an equivalent test set by King’s, before the course starts. Additionally, applicants for Modern Foreign Languages need to offer two languages, either French and German or French and Spanish, with qualifications equivalent to at least ASlevel in the subsidiary language. Classics applicants need to have the equivalent of at least AS-level Latin. ICT applicants must have experience enabling them to teach ICT theory and practice to GCSE and A-level. It is normally a requirement that all entrants to the course have some prior experience of observation or teaching in a state secondary school; where possible, applicants should try to arrange this before the time of interview.

Entry requirements See Assessment in Education entry.

Candidates offered a place on a PGCE course must gain clearance from the Criminal Records Bureau.

Location Most modules are taught at the Waterloo Campus.

All entrants must meet the Secretary of State’s requirements for physical and mental fitness for teaching as detailed in the DfES Circular 4/99.

Education Management MA

Duration 36 weeks FT, September to end June. Location College sessions at Waterloo Campus; teaching placement in schools in London and the Home Counties.

EDUCATION – MODULAR PROGRAMME

Assessment in Education MA Assessment in Education aims to develop participants’ knowledge and understanding of key aspects of assessment, evaluation and measurement for educational purposes as well as their critical judgement in identifying and analysing problems in assessment provision, policy and practice. Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 first degree (or equivalent), plus the PGCE or an equivalent initial teacher qualification. Although teaching experience is highly recommended (especially when related to the subject focus of the MA you are applying for), applicants with an appropriate academic qualification are invited to apply. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

Creative Arts in the Classroom MA Reflect on your professional practice and extend your knowledge. Develop awareness of significant developments in contemporary pedagogical policy and practice. Creative Arts in the Classroom also provides you a unique opportunity to study at Shakespeare’s Globe. Aimed at primary and secondary English and/or drama teachers working in the UK.

Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus and Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre.

Education & Professional Studies MA Education & Professional Studies enables you to reflect on your professional practice and extend your knowledge. Develop awareness of significant developments in contemporary pedagogical policy and practice. Broad-based programme that suits your specific professional needs and research interests through taught modules plus a research project. Entry requirements See Assessment in Education entry. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September.

Education Management is for professionals who teach, lecture or organise educational provision at any level. Choose from over 25 modules. Programme combines problem solving and critical perspectives; makes extensive use of exploration of practical education management problems; learn from staff with international reputations. Entry requirements See Assessment in Education entry. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT. Location Most modules are taught at the Waterloo Campus.

Education, Policy & Society MA Education, Policy and Society is an interdisciplinary programme drawing on sociology, political science, economics and history to address the challenges of education policy and provision. Study educational policy and processes in relation to issues of race, social class, gender and changes such as globalisation and new managerialism. Entry requirements See Assessment in Education entry. Duration One year FT, two to six years PT. Location Most modules are taught at the Waterloo Campus.

English in Education MA English in Education is for secondary teachers of English, advisors and teacher educators wishing to follow a programme of advanced study after a period of classroom experience. Equips students with essential theoretical and research knowledge to enhance teaching practice. Entry requirements See Assessment in Education entry. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT. Location Most modules are taught at the Waterloo Campus.

116

School of SOCIAL SCIENCE & PUBLIC POLICY

ICT Education MA ICT Education draws on the latest research in elearning, otherwise known as technologically enhanced and mediated learning. It aims to develop a critical understanding of digital technologies in educational contexts, using a variety of theoretical, methodological, and practical approaches to design and evaluation. Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 first degree (or equivalent). Applications are welcome from candidates who work in all phases and types of formal education, and those who use ICT in their professional life and have an interest in its educational uses. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT Location Modules are taught using a combination of face-to-face sessions at the Waterloo Campus, and online (synchronous) seminars using King’s elearning service.

Jewish Education MA Focus on current issues, themes and approaches to Jewish education in the context of historical development of schools and society in multi-faith Britain. Teaching by internationally recognised authorities on Jewish education who have initiated and contributed to a range of debates. Entry requirements See Assessment in Education entry. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT. Location London School of Jewish Studies (Schaller House, 44a Albert Road, London, NW4 2SJ); Waterloo Campus.

Language & Cultural Diversity MA Examines the complex relationship between language and cultural diversity, and equips students with an advanced knowledge of major approaches to linguistic aspects of culture. Training will be provided in the research skills and knowledge relevant to further study in empirical and applied linguistics. Entry requirements BA with Second Class Honours or above (or equivalent qualification) in Linguistics, Applied Linguistics, English Language, a Modern Language, or other similar and relevant degree. MA in Linguistics, Applied Linguistics, English Language, a Modern Language, or other similar and relevant degree (as alternative to BA). Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand and Waterloo Campuses.

Language, Ethnicity & Education MA Language, Ethnicity & Education master’s will enable you to become conversant with ethnicity and multilingualism in urban education. The programme transcends conventional notions of bilingualism, in order to study contemporary multilingualism. Develop a theoretical understanding of how globalisation affects language use and ethnicity; research interests in language, ethnicity and education. Entry requirements See Assessment in Education entry.

Religious Education MA Focus on current issues, themes and approaches to religious education in the context of historical development of schools and society in multifaith Britain. Taught by internationally recognised authorities on religious education who have initiated and contributed to a range of debates about religious education. Entry requirements See Assessment in Education entry. Duration One year FT, two to six years PT.

Duration One year FT, two to four years PT.

Location Most modules are taught at the Waterloo Campu: teaching is flexible; if there is suitable demand it may be in blocks at weekends.

Location Most modules are taught at the Waterloo Campus.

Science Education MA

Mathematics Education MA

For those who teach, lecture or organise science provision in educational settings. This dynamic programme is constantly redesigned in line with changing ideas and practice. Taught from one of the leading research institutions in science education, it offers students excellent opportunities to explore, discuss and think about science curriculum, learning and teaching in a supportive environment.

This programme gives an opportunity to look carefully at a range of research including how children learn; how mathematics teaching is organized and presented; assessment and evaluation principles; and how state level policy informs and is recontextualised in school practice. The MA aims to improve your ability at critically reading research and developing an argument. It provides a basis for analysing activity(ies) in educational environments and for engaging in further study. Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 first degree (or equivalent). Although teaching experience is highly recommended (especially when related to the subject focus of the MA you are applying for), applicants with an appropriate academic qualifications are invited to apply. Up to 60 credits from appropriate PGCE study may be recognised as contributing towards this MA. Duration One year FT, two to six years PT, September to September. Location Most modules are taught at the Waterloo Campus.

Modern Foreign Languages Education MA Reflect on current modern foreign language provision in the light of past and present policy decisions and evaluate current research and curricular innovations with up-to-date knowledge and evidence-based information about modern foreign language education practice and pedagogical developments, in the UK, across the EU and in educational contexts across the globe. Entry requirements See Assessment in Education entry. Duration One year FT, two to six years PT. Location Most courses are taught at the Waterloo Campus.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 first degree (or equivalent), plus PGCE or an equivalent initial teacher qualification. Although teaching experience is highly recommended (especially when related to the subject focus of the MA you are applying for), applicants with an appropriate academic qualifications are invited to apply. Students with 60 PGCE credits only need take the core module, one optional module and the dissertation. Duration One year FT, two to six years PT, September to September. Location Most modules are taught at the Waterloo Campus.

GEOGRAPHY

Aquatic Resource Management MSc Aquatic Resource Management is taught jointly with the University Marine Biological Station at Millport and with major input from the UK water industry, environmental regulators and aquatic scientists. Includes a 12-week internship. Unique mix of freshwater, estuarine and marine science and management. Close collaboration with outside organisations active in aquatic management. Extensive links with governmental and private sector organisations dealing with aquatic resource management who provide placement (internship) opportunities and visiting lecturers. An external advisory board of senior water management personnel and aquatic scientists advises on curriculum development and delivery. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree or equivalent in biological or environmental sciences, chemistry, geography or other science subject. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus, marine modules at University Marine Biological Station Millport, Scotland, internships in UK and overseas.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

117

Carbon: Science, Society & Change MSc

Environment & Development MA/MSc

Carbon: Science, Society & Change examines how the carbon cycle functions and explores both natural and human influences. Investigate how strategies for adjustment can range from behavioural change and conservation, market based approaches or environmental management. Learn the scientific basis and the environmental consequences of steps taken.

Environment & Development enables you to gain an advanced understanding of the relationship between development problems and environmental issues, grounded in differing regional contexts. Involves the critical appraisal of paradigms generated in the North from the viewpoint of the South and the detailed study of paradigms emerging in the South.

Programme can be tailored to your interests. The MA focuses on human geography, including: environment and development; environmental policies and politics; geopolitics; urbanisation; globalisation. The MSc focuses on physical geography, particularly modules available on the Environmental Monitoring, Modelling & Management programme.

Entry requirements Minimum standard is a 2:1 degree or international equivalent, eg GPA of 3.3 from a US University. Candidates who do not achieve a 2:1 but have professional or voluntary experience will also be considered. Mature candidates will be considered favourably.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Location Strand Campus.

Environment, Politics & Globalisation MA/MSc

Geopolitics, Territory & Security MA

Unique combination of theoretical and policy relevant modules that draws on the environmental expertise of staff and internships with participating environmental organisations. Students will gain in-depth knowledge and critical awareness of the politics and geographies shaping contemporary and past environments. The programme includes local case studies and global environmental issues, politics and policies.

Geopolitics, Territory & Security is a unique, multidisciplinary programme taught by renowned academic authorities. Rooted in geopolitical analysis but includes aspects of international law and international relations theory. Makes extensive use of Londonâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s resources for researching historic and contemporary aspects of international boundary questions and territorial disputes.

Entry requirements Minimum standard is a 2:1 degree or international equivalent, eg GPA of 3.3 from a US University, with preference given to geography, natural sciences (such as environmental science, physics, chemistry and biology) and engineering subjects. Candidates who do not achieve a 2:1 but have professional or voluntary experience will also be considered. Mature candidates will be considered favourably. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Cities MA/MSc Explore the nature of cities, their conflicts, complexity and diversity and the policy implications of contemporary urbanisation. Options range from applied internship to more theoretical modules. Construct your own framework for understanding cities, the processes of urbanisation and their impact on the environment. Entry requirements Minimum standard is a 2:1 degree or international equivalent, eg GPA of 3.3 from a US University. Candidates who do not achieve a 2:1 but have professional or voluntary experience will also be considered. Mature candidates will be considered favourably. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Creative Cities MA/MSc See page 43.

Disasters, Adaptation & Development MA/MSc The Disasters, Adaptation & Development programme takes a social development perspective and includes human vulnerability and response to natural and technological hazards and to climate change. Access to a broad range of modules. Leads to careers in research and policy development on disaster risk management and development programming for adaptation. Entry requirements Minimum standard is a 2:1 degree or international equivalent, eg GPA of 3.3 from a US University. Candidates who do not achieve a 2:1 but have professional or voluntary experience will also be considered. Mature candidates will be considered favourably. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Environmental Monitoring, Modelling & Management MSc Environmental Monitoring, Modelling & Management enables you to gain a deeper understanding of environmental processes and techniques for managing environmental change. Study how to assess the causes and manage the consequences of environmental, climatic and land use change. Students choose to take either a research or a consultancy stream. Entry requirements Minimum standard is a 2:1 degree or international equivalent, eg GPA of 3.25 from a US University, with preference given to geography, natural sciences (such as environmental science, physics, chemistry and biology) and engineering subjects. Candidates who do not achieve a 2:1 but have professional or voluntary experience will also be considered. Mature candidates will be considered favourably. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Geography MA/MSc

Global Environmental Change MSc Study the scientific background and approaches deployed in studying Earthâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s environmental changes over the past, present and near future, together with the societal implications of our current research. Choose either a science or a policy stream to help prepare for careers in environmental change research, consultancy and/or policy development. Entry requirements Minimum standard is a 2:1 degree or international equivalent, eg GPA of 3.3 from a US University, with preference given to geography, natural sciences (such as environmental science, physics, chemistry and biology) and engineering subjects. Candidates who do not achieve a 2:1 but have professional or voluntary experience will also be considered. Mature candidates will be considered favourably. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Nineteenth Century Studies MA See page 51.

118

School of SOCIAL SCIENCE & PUBLIC POLICY

Risk Analysis MA/MSc The master’s in Risk Analysis has a unique focus on the societal, health, safety and environmental (not financial) aspects of risk. Gain knowledge and understanding of: social science theories, concepts, techniques and organisational approaches to risk assessment, management, governance and communication. Career prospects for graduates are excellent in this rapidly developing field. Entry requirements Minimum standard is a 2:1 degree or international equivalent, eg GPA of 3.25 from a US University. Candidates who do not achieve a 2:1 but have professional or voluntary experience will also be considered. Mature candidates will be considered favourably. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Sustainable Cities MSc Unique in the UK, the only MSc to explicitly address sustainable cities. Interdisciplinary programme. Internships available. Focuses on the human and physical processes shaping urban ecologies and environments. Leads to careers in: international organisations, agencies, consultancies, national and city governments, charities, research organisations and academia. Entry requirements Minimum standard is a 2:1 degree or international equivalent, eg GPA of 3.3 from a US University. Candidates who do not achieve a 2:1 but have professional or voluntary experience will also be considered. Mature candidates will be considered favourably. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Tourism, Environment & Development MA/MSc Study the complex relationships between tourism, the environment and development. Explore the advantages and disadvantages of tourism as a form of development and examine its environmental impact. Develop your own particular interests in tourism by choosing from a wide range of systematic and regional modules. Entry requirements Minimum standard is a 2:1 degree or international equivalent, eg GPA of 3.3 from a US University. Candidates who do not achieve a 2:1 but have professional or voluntary experience will also be considered. Mature candidates will be considered favourably. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Water: Science & Governance MSc

Gerontology MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Water: Science & Governance combines pure and applied research methods from the social and environmental sciences. Gain an advanced understanding of the many contemporary, and often controversial, perspectives on water resource allocation and management. Examples from the UK and Europe, diverse water environments and differently evolved political economies worldwide.

The study of gerontology at one of the world’s leading centres. Students draw on a wide range of expertise, including geriatricians, clinicians, demographers, policy analysts and sociologists, to gain awareness of cross-national and national perspectives on ageing and the lives of older people.

GERONTOLOGY

Ageing & Society MA/MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert This master’s in Ageing & Society is aimed at social scientists who wish to develop their knowledge and understanding of the experience of ageing, ageing societies and policies for an ageing world. The MSc pathway focuses on quantitative research methods and data analysis and the MA pathway on qualitative research methods and data analysis. Entry requirements Candidates should have a first class or upper second class (2:1) honours degree (or the equivalent from an overseas university). We may consider candidates with a lower second class degree or with professional qualifications from a recognised institution if they can show relevant work experience and/or relevant professional qualifications, can demonstrate that they are highly motivated, and have referees from their university or employment strongly supporting their admission onto a master’s level programme. In these circumstances we will usually admit a student to our certificate or diploma programmes, possibly with a view to the student transferring to the master’s programme if they successfully pass their first two examined subjects. Relevant professional qualifications will be taken into account. Duration One year FT, or two years PT September to September. Location Strand and Waterloo Campuses.

Entry requirements Minimum good first honours degree in any field, or overseas equivalent. PG Dip equivalent, vocational qualifications and work experience are considered. Holders of the DGM (Diploma in Geriatric Medicine, Royal College of Physicians) may fast track and omit one-third of the MSc. Duration MSc: One year FT, two years PT (September to September). Location Strand Campus.

Research Methods for Social Science & Health PG Cert This programme is aimed at social science and allied health professionals. It will help you to develop knowledge and a critical understanding of research design and governance, quantitative methods and qualitative methods for research in health services and social science. Entry requirements Candidates should have a first class or upper second class (2:1) honours degree (or the equivalent from an overseas university). We may consider candidates with a lower second class degree (2:2) or with professional qualifications from a good and recognised institution if they can show relevant work experience and/or relevant professional qualifications. A postgraduate degree in a relevant field will be taken into account. Relevant professional qualifications will also be taken into account. Duration FT 10 months, PT 22 months, September to May. Location Strand and Waterloo Campuses.

HEALTH

Health & Society MSc The master’s in Health & Society uses participatory teaching and learning methods to encourage involvement and use of experience and understanding. Praised by external examiners for the depth of reflection it encourages. Draws on the expertise of leading researchers and teachers in a range of healthrelated fields, including sociology and ethics. Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 honours degree and/or a registrable professional qualification appropriate to the programme, eg in nursing. Duration One year FT, two to six years PT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

Health Promotion MSc

International Management MSc

Health Promotion will enable you to develop and enhance knowledge, understanding and critically reflect on theories and ideologies central to the notion of health, and appreciate the social influences and context of health and health-related practice. Develop awareness of modern social theory and the relationship between health and society.

Managers in international companies increasingly need to develop global perspectives on business, informed by a deep understanding of the different national and cultural contexts. The programme aims to generate an integrative understanding of these issues preparing you for a successful career in the world of international business.

Entry requirements Minimum of 2:2 honours degree and/or a registrable professional qualification appropriate to the programme, eg in nursing.

Entry requirements A first or high (65 per cent or above) 2:1 honours degree in social sciences (eg management, economics, sociology or other appropriate social science subject) or equivalent overseas qualification.

Duration One year FT, two to six years PT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

MANAGEMENT

Accounting, Accountability & Financial Management MSc Managers in international companies require an understanding of accounting and financial management. Gain an appreciation of economic, technical and institutional foundations of accounting and financial management and the importance of accountability and information, corporate governance, and ethics in global financial markets. Entry requirements A first or good 2:1 honours degree in a social science related area (eg management, economics, sociology or other relevant subject) or equivalent overseas qualification. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

Human Resource Management & Organisational Analysis MSc Human Resource Management & Organisational Analysis is for graduates and professionals seeking to develop advanced knowledge and skills in people management and/or work as human resource experts. The MSc presents a contemporary and international perspective on key developments in the management of human resources and the analysis of organisations for the 21st century. Accreditation The optional CIPD-accredited element of the programme provides the academic and related practical knowledge and skills that form the basis for membership of the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD). Students seeking to obtain the CIPD professional qualification will be expected to undertake additional study including organisational visits and workshops designed to develop core skills and knowledge. Entry requirements A good 2:1 first degree in the social sciences. You may be considered with a degree in another discipline, particularly if you have relevant work experience. Duration One year FT, two years PT (PT teaching scheduled during the day â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Monday year one; Tuesday year two), September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

International Marketing MSc Prepares you to handle environmental, crosscultural and political risks that are involved in international marketing. Suitable for students who want to work in marketing and media-related organisations. Entry requirements A first or high (65 per cent or above) 2:1 degree in social sciences (management, economics, sociology or other appropriate social science subject) or an equivalent overseas qualification. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

Public Services Policy & Management MSc Public Services Policy & Management is comparative and international in focus. The MSc equips you to understand and evaluate policy options for organising and delivering contemporary public services. The programme is for both mid-career managers and recent graduates planning to enter public and voluntary sector Non Governmental Organisations. Entry requirements Minimum requirement is 2:1 in a social science subject or relevant experience in public sector management. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

119

120

School of SOCIAL SCIENCE & PUBLIC POLICY

POLITICAL ECONOMY

European Public Policy MA See page 45.

Public Policy MA Provides a wider range of options than any competitor. Emphasises the theories and concepts of policy analysis to understand the policy process in contemporary societies. For recent graduates, leading to careers in public policy, and those in government or NGOs in the UK and abroad. Entry requirements A relevant UK honours degree of 2:1 standard or overseas equivalent; applicants with degree/professional qualification and at least three years’ experience in government or NGO service may also be eligible. Duration One year FT, two years PT. (September to September). Location Strand and Waterloo Campuses.

Public Policy & Ageing MA/PG Dip/PG Cert For students interested in government, policy, politics, NGOs, voluntary sector, development work, comparative studies and ageing to develop specialist understanding of policymaking for old age and ageing populations. Combines theoretical studies of public policy with multidisciplinary studies of ageing and later life. Entry requirements Minimum good honours first degree in any field, or overseas equivalent. PG Dip/PG Cert equivalent, vocational qualifications and work experience considered. Overseas students must meet the formal standard of English. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

THEOLOGY & MINISTRY

Bible & Ministry MA Christian Education MA Contemporary Ecclesiology MA Contemporary Worship MA Ministry & Leadership Ethics MA Mission & Ministry in the Modern Age MA Theology, Politics & Faith-Based Organisations MA

Youth Ministry MA This series of programmes give a unique combination of academic and vocational focus and can be taken independently or accredited to an ordination training programme. Modular structure provides unrivalled range of programme content. Team-taught across two departments: the programme exemplifies the King’s tradition of excellence in both research and professional training. Accreditation Can be accredited to an ordination training programme. Entry requirements Usually second class honours degree or professional qualification or experience of working in a church context equivalent to three years full-time employment. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT. Location Waterloo and Strand Campuses.

WAR STUDIES

Air Power in the Modern World MA Air Power in the Modern World uses the flexibility and convenience of online learning to give students an understanding of modern military theory and operations in the light of the wide-ranging economic, social, technological and political changes in the world between 1945 and today, with special reference to the role of air power in integrated (‘joint’) contexts. Entry requirements Students should possess a first or upper second class honours degree (or GPA above 3.3 (USA)) in history, international relations, political science, economics or other appropriate subject. Degrees in other subjects, or candidates with lower awards than those above, may be considered. Strong references and personal statements are an important part of the application, as is relevant working experience. An alternative professional or other qualification obtained by a formal examination may be approved. Prior experiential learning can also be taken into consideration by the admissions panel. Where alternative professional or other qualifications are not available, evidence will be required that a candidate can undertake academic study to the level required. If necessary, candidates will be asked to submit a sample of written work. Other requirements Applicants for Air Power in the Modern World will also require: regular access to a reasonably high-specification computer with a broadband internet connection; good time-management skills; and confidence in using computers. Duration Minimum one year, maximum six years. Location Fully online.

Conflict, Security & Development MA Conflict, Security & Development explores the conceptual, historical and policy issues surrounding security and development and how these manifest themselves in the wider context of contemporary warfare and international security. Those who may find this of particular interest include graduates in politics, history, international relations, economics and strategic studies. The compulsory module is Security & Development. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in history, international relations, political science, economics or other appropriate subject or an equivalent qualification from a British or overseas university; GPA must be above 3.3 (USA). Applicants must have English language competence. However we offer a two year programme built around the department’s existing MA programmes (excluding War Studies online programmes), and incorporating dedicated English language tuition. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

History of Warfare MA Examines war from broad historiographical and interdisciplinary perspectives and from the viewpoint of combatants, societies, economies and cultures across the landscape of modern history. The compulsory module – History of Warfare – focuses on research and analytical skills supported by two-three options addressing individual aspects of the history of warfare over time, across a wide geographical and thematic range. Entry requirements See Conflict, Security & Development MA entry. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Intelligence & International Security MA Intelligence and International Security examines the trends that continue to shape intelligence and geostrategic developments in the 21st century. Students will develop an awareness of the ways in which intelligence issues manifest themselves in security issues in peace and war. Understanding of ethical dilemmas associated with intelligence activity. The compulsory module is Intelligence in Peace & War plus two-three options. Entry requirements See Conflict, Security & Development MA entry. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

International Conflict Studies MA

Non-Proliferation & International Security MA

Combines intellectual endeavour and practical policy implications emerging from approaches used in the study of conflict at regional, transnational, and global levels of interaction. Examines the impact of globalisation on present-day conflict; the politics of identity; the relationship between security, insecurity, between language and violent conflict and gender difference in relation to conflict and peace.

Enables students to examine the causes, processes and effects of weapons proliferation, the evolution and effectiveness of the international non-proliferation regime, and the way in which proliferation influences other key issues in international relations, including the causes of war and peace, military doctrine and strategy, and the rise (and possible decline) of the state as the central actor in international relations

Entry requirements See Conflict, Security & Development MA entry. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus

International Peace & Security MA

Entry requirements See Conflict, Security & Development MA entry. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Science & Security MA

A broad-based multidisciplinary curriculum, focusing on law and conflict in international society and contemporary security issues. Combines strengths of Law and War Studies departments to provide an integrated study of international law and international politics relevant to the contemporary world. Ideal for careers in international organisations; government departments; political risk and financial sector.

Designed to provide an integrated understanding of science and international politics to cope with the demands of the emerging security agenda. Topics include nuclear and biological weapons, the weaponisation of space, the verification of arms control agreements, cyber security, and terrorism, as well as the knowledge and tools from science and security studies needed to analyse these issues.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in law, history, political science, or international relations, or overseas equivalent. GPA must be above 3.25 (USA). Applicants must have English language competence. However we offer a two year programme built around the department’s existing MA programmes built around the department’s existing MA programmes (excluding War Studies online programmes) and incorporating dedicated English language tuition.

Entry requirements See Conflict, Security & Development MA entry.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

International Relations MA Explores globalisation, ethics, human rights, the international political economy, war, political violence and security in the context of contending discourses in politics and international relations, philosophy, and social theory. Students have the opportunity to engage with contemporary thought in the social sciences and humanities and its use in unravelling the dynamics of change in social and political relations. Entry requirements See Conflict, Security & Development MA entry. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

121

War in the Modern World MA War in the Modern World uses the flexibility and convenience of online learning to provide students with a comprehensive and up-to-the-minute understanding of modern military theory and operations in the light of the wide-ranging economic, social, technological and political changes in the world between 1945 and today. Entry requirements Students should possess a first or upper second class honours degree (or GPA above 3.3, USA) in history, international relations, political science, economics or other appropriate subject. Degrees in other subjects, or candidates with lower awards than those above, may be considered. Strong references and personal statements are an important part of the application, as is relevant working experience. An alternative professional or other qualification obtained by a formal examination may be approved. Prior experiential learning can also be taken into consideration by the admissions panel. Where alternative professional or other qualifications are not available, evidence will be required that a candidate can undertake academic study to the level required. If necessary, candidates will be asked to submit a sample of written work.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Other requirements Applicants for War in the Modern World will also require: regular access to a reasonably high-specification computer with a broadband internet connection; good time-management skills; and confidence in using computers.

Location Strand Campus.

Duration Minimum two years, maximum six years.

Terrorism, Security & Society MA

Location Fully online.

Interdisciplinary programme involving history, political science, international relations, sociology, social psychology and risk studies. The focus will vary from a strong emphasis on security and counterterrorism issues through to a critical social science approach and analysis of societal response and adaptation. Provides a comprehensive understanding of one of the most contested concepts in contemporary discourse.

Gives an understanding of the phenomenon of war, along with its causes, conduct and consequences, as revealed through a variety of disciplinary lenses. Will appeal to students from a wide range of backgrounds including politics, history and strategic studies; and professionals in defence, diplomacy and foreign affairs wanting to reflect on the broader implications of their experiences.

Entry requirements Minimum standard is a 2:1 degree or an overseas equivalent, eg GPA of 3.3 from a US university. Candidates who do not achieve a 2:1 but have professional or voluntary experience will also be considered. Mature candidates will be considered favourably. GPA must be above 3.25 (USA). Applicants must have English language competence. However we offer a two-year programme built around the department’s existing MA programmes (excluding War Studies online programmes) and incorporating dedicated English language tuition. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

War Studies MA

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in history, international relations, political science, economics or other appropriate subject or an equivalent qualification from a British or overseas university; GPA must be above 3.3 (USA). Applicants must have English language competence. However, we also offer a two-year programme built around the department’s existing MA programmes (excluding War Studies online programmes), and incorporating dedicated English language tuition. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

122

King’s Learning Institute

King’s Learning Institute King’s Learning Institute was established in 2001 by the College in response to the HEFCE teaching and learning enhancement agenda. We engage in high quality research, teaching and consultancy in all aspects of learning in academic and professional work, providing quality development opportunities informed by research of an international standard. We offer a wide range of accredited programmes in academic and professional learning, from certificate through master’s to doctoral study. Our research has two major complementary themes – academic identity and role, and students’ learning.

Induction & training All Institute programmes commence with an induction session.

Funding Students are generally self funded.

Facilities The Institute is based on the College’s Waterloo Campus, in the heart of central London. For more information about the facilities available to students, please contact the Institute.

Research opportunities The Institute offers students the opportunity to undertake MPhil/PhD research degrees in aspects of higher education. Institute staff have a wide range and depth of expertise and are able to support students in their examination of national and international higher education issues related to academic practice.

Higher Education Research MPhil/PhD The Institute’s research activity explores a wide range of national and international higher education issues. Participants may examine topics of a generic nature such as learning, assessment and quality, higher education policy and issues stemming from teaching and learning in their own academic disciplines. head of PROGRAMME Dr Gabriel Reedy.

Location Waterloo Campus Address King’s Learning Institute King’s College London James Clerk Maxwell Building 57 Waterloo Road London SE1 8WA Contact Miss Ruth Frost tel 020 7848 3132 Email kli@kcl.ac.uk Website www.kcl.ac.uk/learningteaching/kli

Entry requirements Minimum of 2:1 degree in an appropriate academic discipline.

Taught programmes The Institute provides taught programmes which explore academic practice in the student’s own work environment as well as in a broader context. For those students who are healthcare professionals, there is a specific programme which addresses issues related to clinical pedagogy.

Academic Practice in Higher Education MA/PG Dip The Postgraduate Diploma is designed to develop participants’ knowledge and theoretical understanding of pedagogic research and professionalism in academic practice. The master’s is conducted through the planning and implementation of a significant piece of research into academic practice and the submission of a dissertation. Subject to approval, the diploma and master’s will be available in modularised form in 2012. Entry requirements Postgraduate Certificate in Academic Practice or equivalent. Duration PG Dip 18 months PT, MA two years PT. Location Waterloo Campus.

Academic Practice in Higher Education PG Cert The Postgraduate Certificate aims to enhance participants’ understanding of, and ability to provide and lead the teaching and supervision of undergraduates and postgraduate students in the context of a research-intensive higher education institution. The programme is flexible, inquirybased and builds on participants’ ongoing teaching experience and wider academic practice. Entry requirements Relevant first degree and current teaching role at higher education level or equivalent. Duration PG Cert one year to 18 months PT. Location Waterloo Campus.

Clinical Pedagogy MA/PG Dip/PG Cert The master’s in Clinical Pedagogy provides a flexible framework in which to pursue and gain recognition for continuing professional development in aspects of learning and teaching. Provision is carefully tailored to the needs of health professionals, taking account of areas of health expertise, and is delivered in association with colleagues in health schools across King’s College London. Entry requirements Relevant first degree and a minimum of three years’ professional experience in a clinical environment. Duration PG Cert one year PT, PG Dip 18 months PT, MA three years PT. Location Waterloo Campus.

English Language Centre

123

English Language Centre The English Language Centre (ELC) reflects the importance the College places on the needs of the international student body. We provide a wide range of university preparation programmes that give students the academic and linguistic platform required for successful postgraduate study at King’s or other top UK universities. Our innovative International Two-Year Master’s programmes (Graduate Diplomas in the first year) offer a bespoke approach to improving both your subject and linguistic skills. Our teaching staff fully understand the challenges students face when coming to the UK and have extensive experience in developing and delivering focused pathway programmes. We have a strong commitment to excellence in teaching and take a learner-centred approach in all programmes. Programmes are taught through a combination of lectures and seminars. Students are typically taught in small classes and each student is assigned a personal tutor who they meet on a regular basis. The English Language Centre is a member of BALEAP, IATEFL and AULC and is accredited by the British Council. The 2009 British Council inspection awarded the Centre a total of 6 general areas of excellence, the highest score achieved across all Colleges of the University of London.

Funding All College-wide funding opportunities are available for students once they progress onto their degree. Bursaries are available for the pre-sessional programme.

Facilities Students have access to the ELC Open Learning Centre, which has a computer suite dedicated to language learning and study skills and a wide range of materials to enhance learning in these areas. Students can also make use of a dedicated ELC student common room.

Taught programmes

Location Strand Campus Address English Language Centre King’s College London 26-29 Drury Lane Strand Campus London, WC2B 5RL Contact Pathways & IPP Programmes Administrator tel +44 (0)20 7848 1600 Email elc@kcl.ac.uk Website www.kcl.ac.uk/elc

Pre-Master’s available include the International Two-Year Master’s programmes, which guarantee conditional offers for your chosen master’s and are run in collaboration with King’s Schools. These programmes form the first year of an International Two-Year Master’s degree and are currently available for a range of master’s across the College. More pathways are being added so see our website for the latest information. A general pre-master’s programme is also aimed at those areas not covered by the above programmes. Summer pre-sessional programmes are available for those who already hold conditional degree offers but whose English is not yet at the required entry level. Successful completion of any ELC programme at the required level fulfils all linguistic entry conditions.

International Pre-Master’s Programme Diploma For international students who want to study at postgraduate level at top UK universities and who wish to improve their linguistic and academic skills prior to commencing their degree. Please note that this programme does not guarantee entry into King’s although many students do continue to study here. See our Two-Year International Master’s programmes for guaranteed conditional offers. Entry requirements You must have graduated from university with a good GPA (equivalent to a minimum upper second class degree) and have completed a full undergraduate degree programme. It is your responsibility to ensure that your GPA is sufficient for the postgraduate programmes you wish to apply for. There are September and January entry points. The minimum language requirement for students joining in September is IELTS 5.5 (with a minimum of 5.5 in reading and writing and 5.0 in listening and speaking) or TOEFL 71 BT. For students joining in January, the minimum language requirement is IELTS 6.0 (with a minimum of 5.5 in all skills) or TOEFL 80 iBT (see ELC website for minimum skill levels). Duration One year FT September to June or six months FT January to June. Location Strand Campus.

TWO-YEAR INTERNATIONAL MASTER’S

Biomedical Sciences & Scientific English Grad Dip See page 57.

Humanities & Academic English Grad Dip See page 43.

International Studies & Academic English Grad Dip See page 114.

124

institute for contemporary history

Institute for Contemporary History

centre for contemporary British history has existed for many years in the University of London, however the creation in September 2010 of the Institute for Contemporary History, incorporating the centre, reflects a growing interest, both nationally and globally, in the burgeoning field. The aims of the new Institute for Contemporary History are to research, develop and promote contemporary history in the UK, serving as the intellectual locus for teaching and research, fostering cooperation with other academic and cultural institutions and raising the profile of contemporary history in the UK and around the world through its events and publications. Much of the work of the Institute operates through a number of centres, specialising in particular areas, notably the pre-existing Centre for Contemporary British History, the newly created Centre for Political and Constitutional Studies, and a Centre for Contemporary Global History planned for 2012. However, these centres also work together on interdisciplinary projects to promote the work of the Institute. The centre offers PhD supervision and a distinctive MA programme but beyond this it also plays a key role in promoting high quality research and learning to inform the present, as well as to better understand our recent past. Operating within the Institute is the History & Policy project funded by the Arcadia Fund and the Esmée Fairbairn Foundation, which puts professional historians in touch with those discussing and deciding public policy today, increasing the influence of historical research over current policy.

Induction & training

Facilities

Postgraduate students at King’s will have access to many training programmes, services and resources to help them succeed in their chosen pathway.

These programmes are based at the College’s Strand Campus, in the heart of central London. The College’s Maughan Library provides impressive teaching and learning facilities. A range of social facilities, including bars and restaurants, are provided on campus, and the College’s location in the cultural and social heart of London offers students the opportunity to explore museums, galleries and more.

Funding King’s College London offers a wide range of funding opportunities for taught programmes and research degrees throughout the year for UK, EU and international students.

Location Strand Campus Address Centre for Arts & Sciences Admissions King’s College London, Strand London WC2R 2LS contact Postgraduate Officer tel +44 (0)20 7848 7201/2574 (taught programmes) +44 (0)20 7848 7208/2555 (research programmes) Email nms-pgadmissions@kcl.ac.uk (taught programmes) casa-pgr@kcl.ac.uk (research programmes) Website www.kcl.ac.uk/innovation/groups/ich

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

Research opportunities

Taught programme

Members of the Institute for Contemporary History have a long and distinguished history of cutting-edge research. The Institute itself is new, but under its auspices are united a wide range of internationally recognised research projects, postgraduate students and publications.

The MA in Contemporary British History is taught by staff within the Institute, led by Professor Pat Thane, drawing on the expertise of staff within the Institute, the Department of History, the School of Law, and the Department of War Studies, in subjects such as political history, social and demographic history, economic history and international history. Students benefit from the many archives and libraries based in London, and can participate in extra-curricular seminars and lectures. They also attend the annual research workshop at Cumberland Lodge in Windsor Great Park.

The interdisciplinary nature of the Institute makes it the perfect place to undertake postgraduate study in the field of contemporary history. Our staff have specialisations in history, law and public policy allowing students to work across these fields with expert supervisors. King’s Department of History also offers an extensive range of research opportunities. See page 41 for further details.

Contemporary British History MPhil/PhD The Institute for Contemporary History offers a wide range of supervisor expertise in 20th century history, including politics, economics, gender, demography and social history. The 20 current students working with these supervisors are researching subjects including voluntary action, the advertising industry, Britain and Northern Ireland, and representations of women in museums, taking full advantage of the rich archives available in and near London. Studying both part-time and full-time, they form a vibrant and lively student body, participating in the seminars, conferences, and events organised by the ICH including an annual research workshop for students at Cumberland Lodge, and the contemporary history summer conference. Students also run their own reading group on issues in contemporary history and take part in events in other departments. Prospective students are encouraged to contact a potential supervisor to discuss their research proposal before formally applying; see the ICH website for more information. head of programme Professor Robert Blackburn (Director, Institute for Contemporary History). Entry requirements A master’s degree or, in exceptional circumstances only, a first class or good 2:1 honours degree from a UK university, or an equivalent qualification from a university outside the UK.

All students take core courses in the history of Britain from 1900-2010, and in research methods and historiography. They can then choose from courses on topics such as ‘Britain and the Cold War’, ‘Gender and British Society’, ‘The City of London’, ‘Parties, Voters and Political Culture’, ‘Britain and the Welfare State’, and others. All students then research and write a supervised 15,000 word dissertation. Informal queries about the course are welcome: please contact Dr Virginia Preston, virginia.preston@kcl.ac.uk. King’s Department of History offers a wide range of other ancient and modern history master’s. See page 50 for further details.

Contemporary British History MA Study contemporary British history at an advanced level in a strong research environment. Choose from a wide range of options, taught by experts in the field. The programme includes economic, social, cultural, political and diplomatic history. Leads to careers in research, journalism, the civil service, politics, teaching and finance. Entry requirements First or 2:1 honours degree or overseas equivalent in history or a related subject such as politics. Students without a history degree may be required to show relevant research and analysis skills in order to be accepted. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

125

126

index

Index Taught programmes A

History of Philosophy MA

Carbon: Science, Society & Change MSc 117

Early Modern English Literature: Text & Transmission MA

History of Warfare MA 44

Human & Applied Physiology MSc

Early Modern History MA

Human Resource Management & Organisational Analysis MSc

119

Humanities & Academic English Grad Dip 43

Cardiovascular Research MSc

Academic Practice in Higher Education MA/PG Dip

122

Academic Practice in Higher Education PG Cert

CBT Informed & Carer Supportive Practice in Psychosis Grad Cert

105

122

Child & Adolescent Mental Health MSc

104

Economics for Competition Law MA/PG Dip

Accounting, Accountability & Financial Management MSc

Child Studies MA

114

Education & Professional Studies MA

115

119

China & Globalisation MSc

Education for Healthcare Professionals MSc/PG Dip

Education in Arts & Cultural Settings

114

Education Management MA

115

Education, Policy & Society MA

115

Eighteenth-Century Studies MA

Electronic Engineering with Business Management MSc

Advanced (Neuromusculoskeletal) Physiotherapy MSc

Advanced Care in Dementia MSc

104

Advanced Computing MSc

Advanced General Dental Practice MSc

Advanced Musical Studies PG Cert

Advanced Paediatrics MSc

Advanced Practice MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert 95 Advanced Practice (Cancer Nursing) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Advanced Practice (Cardiac Care) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Advanced Practice (Child Health) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Advanced Practice (Critical Care) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

96 96

Christian Education MA

120

Christianity & the Arts MA

Cities MA/MSc

117

Classical Art & Archaeology MA

Classical Studies Grad Dip

Classics MA

Clinical Dermatology MSc

Clinical & Public Health Aspects of Addictions MSc/PG Dip

104

Clinical Forensic Psychiatry MSc/PG Dip 104 Clinical Forensic Psychology MSc

105

Clinical Imaging Research MRes

Clinical Neuroscience MSc

Clinical Nursing for International Students MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Clinical Pedagogy MA/PG Dip/PG Cert

105 94 122

Advanced Practice (Dermatology) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Advanced Practice (Diabetes Care) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Clinical Pharmacology MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Clinical Science (Clinical Engineering) MSc 79

Advanced Practice (Leadership) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Advanced Practice (Midwifery) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Advanced Practice (Neuroscience Care) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Advanced Practice (Nurse Practitioner/ Community Matron/Case Manager) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Advanced Practice (Palliative Care Nursing) 96 MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Advanced Practice (Specialist Community Public Health Nursing/ Health Visiting/ School Nursing) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert 97

Clinical Science (Medical Physics) MSc

105

Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for Psychosis PG Dip/ PG Cert

105

Comparative Literature MA

International Political Economy MA

English Language Teaching & Applied Linguistics MA

114

International Pre-Master’s Programme Diploma

123

English: 1850-Present MA

Environment & Development MA/MSc

117

International Programme in Addiction Studies MSc

106

Environment, Politics & Globalisation MA/MSc

International Relations MA

121

117

Environmental Monitoring, Modelling & Management MSc

International Studies & Academic English Grad Dip

114

117

Epilepsy MSc

105

Ethical Leadership MA

EU Competition Law MA/PG Dip

European Public Policy MA

European Studies MA

European Union Law MA/PG Dip

Jewish Education MA

116

Jewish Studies MA

L Language & Cultural Diversity MA

116

Language & Cognition MA

Language, Ethnicity & Education MA

116

Languages of the Wider World: Arabic/ Mandarin (Chinese) Grad Dip

46 47

Conflict Resolution in Divided Societies MA 45 120

Conscious Sedation for Dentistry PG Dip 64 71

Film Studies MA

Financial Mathematics MSc

Fixed & Removable Prosthodontics MClinDent

M Master’s in Teaching & Learning MTL

115

Master of Laws LLM

70 88

Forensic Mental Health MSc/PG Dip

106

Mathematics Grad Dip

125

Forensic Mental Health Research MSc

106

Mathematics MSc

Contemporary Ecclesiology MA

120

Forensic Science MSc/MRes

Contemporary Worship MA

120

Creative Arts in the Classroom MA

115

Creative Cities MA/MSc

Criminology & Criminal Justice MA

Critical Methodologies MA

Cultural & Creative Industries MA

Aquatic Resource Management MSc

116

Assessment in Education MA

115

Dental Public Health MSc

Dental Public Health MSc (flexible)

Dietetics MSc/PG Dip

116

Biopharmaceuticals MSc

121

English in Education MA

Life Writing MA

International Peace & Security MA

Late Antique & Byzantine Studies MA

Biomedical Sciences & Scientific English Grad Dip

106

Ancient History MA

Engineering with Business Management MSc

106

Analytical Toxicology MSc

Biomedical & Molecular Sciences Research MSc

119

Family Therapy MSc

120

119

International Marketing MSc

Endodontology MClinDent

Family Therapy Grad Cert

Air Power in the Modern World MA

Bioinformatics MSc

International Management MSc

Endodontics MSc

118

Biblical Studies with pathways (Language and Literature; Theology) MA 49

121

Ageing & Society MA/MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

120

International Conflict Studies MA

Computing, IT Law & Management MSc

Bible & Ministry MA

Intelligent Systems MSc

Computing & Security MSc

Aesthetic Dentistry MSc

Intelligence & International Security MA 120

Late Antique & Byzantine Studies Grad Dip 47

Contemporary British History MA

Brazil in Global Perspective MA

115

105

Inclusive Education & Technology MA

Family Interventions in Psychosis PG Dip/PG Cert

Advanced Software Engineering MSc

106

Immunology MSc

104

Aviation Medicine MSc

116

Identification of Alcohol & Drug Use in the Workplace PG Cert

Computing & Internet Systems MSc

Construction Law & Dispute Resolution MSc

ICT Education MA

Advanced Psychosocial Practice with Children & Adults MSc

Complex Systems Modelling – From Biomedical and Natural to Economic and Social Sciences MSc

Conflict, Security & Development MA

Analytical Science for Industry MSc

Cognitive Behavioural Therapies PG Dip/PG Cert

Advanced Practice (Women’s Healthcare) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert 97

American Studies MA

48 120

Mathematics Education MA

116

French Literature & Culture MA

Further Education Management MBA

114

Maxillofacial & Craniofacial Technology MSc

Maxillofacial Prosthetic Rehabilitation MSc 65 Medical Engineering & Physics MSc

Geography MA/MSc

117

Medical Ethics & Law MA

Geopolitics, Territory & Security MA

117

Medical Humanities MA/MSc

German & Comparative Literature MA

Medical Imaging Sciences MRes

German & Comparative Literature MRes 46

Medical Immunology MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert 79

Gerontology MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

118

Medical Ultrasound MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert 79

Global Environmental Change MSc

117

Global Ethics & Human Values MA

Medieval English: Sex, Gender & Culture MA

Digital Asset Management MA

Medieval History MA

Digital Culture & Society MA

Global, International & Comparative History MA

Medieval Studies MA

Digital Humanities MA

Global Mental Health MSc

106

Disasters, Adaptation & Development MA/MSc

117

Greek Tradition MA

Drug Development Science MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Health & Social Care MRes

Drug Discovery Skills MSc

Health & Society MSc

118

Health Promotion MSc

119

Health Psychology MSc

106

Health Studies PG Cert

History MRes

Mental Health in Learning Disabilities MSc 107 Mental Health Service & Population Research MSc

107

Mental Health Social Work with Children & Adults MSc/PG Dip

107

Mental Health Studies MSc

107

Middle East & Mediterranean Studies MA 45 Ministry & Leadership Ethics MA

120

Mission & Ministry in the Modern Age MA 120 Mobile & Personal Communications MSc 88

127

www.kcl.ac.uk

Mobile Internet Research MSc

Modern Foreign Languages Education MA 116

Shakespeare Studies MA

Social, Genetic & Developmental Psychiatry MSc

107

Modern Greek Studies (Interdisciplinary) MA

Space Physiology & Health MSc

Modern Greek Studies (LIterature) MA

Spanish, Portuguese & Latin American Studies MA

Special Care Dentistry MSc

Modern History MA

Specialist Ultrasound Practice PG Cert

Modern India MA

Sustainable Cities MSc

118

Molecular Biophysics MRes

Systematic Theology MA

Music MMus

Modern Greek Studies (Sociolinguistics) MA

N Neuroimaging MSc

107

Neuroscience MSc

107

Nineteenth-Century Studies MA

Non-Proliferation & International Security MA

121

Nuclear Medicine: Science & Practice MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Contemporary British History

125

Contemporary India Research

Culture, Media & Creative Industries Research MPhil/PhD

D Dentistry & Oral Science (Research Division)

Robotics

Terrorism, Security & Society MA

121

Doctorate in Healthcare (Nursing) DHC

Theatre & Performance Studies MA

Doctorate in Healthcare (Pharmacy) DHC 56

Doctorate in Theology & Ministry DThMin 112

Theology, Politics & Faith-Based Organisations MA

120

Tourism, Environment & Development MA/MSc

118

Translational Cancer Medicine MRes

Translational Medicine MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Film Studies Research

UK, EU & US Copyright Law MA/PG Dip

Ultrasound in Emergency & Critical Care PG Cert

Forensic & Neurodevelopmental Science

French Research

Paediatric Dentistry MSc

Pain: Science & Society MSc

Palliative Care MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Periodontology MClinDent

Education & Professional Studies Research

English Research

European Studies Research

Transplantation Immunology & Mucosal Biology Research

40 102 40

Vascular Ultrasound MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert 81

Genetics & Molecular Medicine (Research Division)

Applying

W&Y War in the Modern World MA

121

War Studies MA

121

Water: Science & Governance MSc

118

Geography Research German Research Gerontology Research

76 112 41 112

Philosophy MA

Web Intelligence MSc

Health & Social Care (Research Division) 76

Philosophy of Medicine MA

World History & Cultures MA

Health Service & Population Research

102

Philosophy of Mental Disorder MSc

Youth Ministry MA

Higher Education

122

Philosophy of Psychology MA

History Research

Physics Grad Dip

Physics MSc

Human & Aerospace Physiological Sciences, Centre of (CHAPS)

Psychiatric Research MSc

107

Public Health MPH/MSc

Public Policy MA

120

Public Policy & Ageing MA/PG Dip/PG Cert

120

Public Services Policy & Management MSc

119

120

Research programmes A Addictions

101

Asthma, Allergy & Lung Biology (AALB) (Research Division)

Law Research

Australian Studies Research

Linguistics

112

101 39

Brazilian Studies Research

Cancer Studies (Research Division)

Religious Education MA

116

Cardiovascular (Research Division)

Cell & Molecular Biophysics (Randall Division of)

Child & Adolescent Psychiatry

101

Risk Analysis MA/MSc

118

Chinese Studies Research

Robotics MSc

Classics Research MPhil/PhD

Clinical Neuroscience

Science & Security MA

121

Science Education MA

116

Comparative Literature Research MPhil/PhD

102 39

Chaplaincy

Clubs & societies

Commercial opportunities

Cost of living

21 29

Counselling services

inside back cover

Dates of terms

Disabled students

18, 28

Employability English language requirements

31 8, 14 30

Equal opportunities

Fees, funding & finance

Foreign language study

17 16-19

Graduate School

Religion in Contemporary Society MA

Rheumatology MSc/PG Dip

Immunology, Infection & Inflammatory Disease (DIIID) (Research Division)

Analytical & Environmental Sciences

118

Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies Research MPhil/PhD

Careers service

Entry requirements

Imaging Sciences & Biomedical Engineering (Research Division)

American Studies Research

Radiopharmaceutics & PET Radiochemistry MSc

Research Methods for Social Science & Health PG Cert

24-27

Campuses

Entertainment

Age-Related Diseases (Wolfson Centre for)

Biostatistics

Alumni

115

General information Accommodation

Prosthodontics MClinDent

Womenâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Health (Research Division)

Pharmacology MSc

Postgraduate Certificate in Education PGCE

77 112

War Studies Research

Pharmaceutical Technology MSc

42 42

107

103

Spanish, Portuguese & Latin American Studies Research Theology & Religious Studies Research

War & Psychiatry MSc/PG Dip

Physiotherapy (pre-registration) MSc

Social, Genetic & Developmental Psychiatry

111

Political Economy of the Middle East MA

S, T & W

Telecommunications

Pharmaceutical Analysis & Quality Control MSc

Pharmacy Practice MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert 58

112

111

103

Public Policy Research

Doctorate in Education/Professional Studies EdD/DrPS

Nutrition MSc/PG Dip

103

Psychosis Studies

Physics Research

107

Doctorate in Clinical Psychology DClinPsy 103

Theoretical Physics MSc

Orthodontics MSc

Philosophy Research

Psychology

Tax Law MA

Organisational Psychiatry & Psychology MSc

Pharmaceutical Science (Institute of)

76 40

Telecommunications Research MSc

Palaeography & Manuscript Studies

Divided Societies Research

Telecommunications & Internet Technology MSc

103

Old Age Psychiatry & Dementia

103

Digital Humanities Research 71

Psychological Medicine

T&U

Nursing with registration (graduate entry) PG Dip/MSc

Diabetes & Nutritional Sciences (Research Division)

Theology & Religious Studies Grad Dip 81

Computer Science Research

Halls of residence

Health

International students

IT facilities

28 28

Management Research

112

Libraries

Mathematics Research

London

Medical Education (Research Division) MPhil/PhD

Open days

Medieval Studies

Part-time study

Qualifications

Map

Middle East & Mediterranean Studies Research

MRC Centre for Developmental Neurobiology

Music Research

N Neuroimaging

102

Neuroscience

102

Nursing Research/Midwifery Research/ Health Studies Research

Religious provision Research Scholarships Sports

24-27, inside back cover 27

29 4, 10, 16-19 13, 20, 21 14

Studentsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; Union

Tuition fees

Welfare

Working

15, 19, 21, 28

College Statement on Equality and Diversity King’s College London recognises that equality of opportunity and the recognition and promotion of diversity are integral to its academic and economic strengths. The following principles apply in respect of the College’s commitment to equality and diversity: • t o provide and promote equality of opportunity in all areas of its work and activity • t o recognise and develop the diversity of skills and talent within its current and potential community • t o ensure that all College members and prospective members are treated solely on the basis of their merits, abilities and potential without receiving any unjustified discrimination or unfavourable treatment on grounds such as age, disability, marital status, pregnancy or maternity, race, religion or belief, sex, sexual orientation, trans status, socio-economic status or any other irrelevant distinction • t o provide and promote a positive working, learning, and social environment which is free from prejudice, discrimination and any forms of harassment, bullying or victimisation • t o promote good relations between individuals from different groups. Management responsibility for equality and diversity resides within the Governance Team in the Directorate of Students and Education Support. The Disability & Dyslexia Service provide information, advice and guidance on disability related issues to students and staff of the College.

The College recognises that all of its members have a duty to support and commit to its equality and diversity principles to ensure that these are embedded within College policies, procedures and practices. For further information and advice on equality and diversity issues contact: Equality & Diversity Unit Room 7.38 King’s College London James Clerk Maxwell Building Waterloo Campus 57 Waterloo Road London SE1 8WA Tel: 020 7848 3830 Fax: 020 7848 3366 Email: equality@kcl.ac.uk Web site: www.kcl.ac.uk/equal-opps

Abbreviation key The following abbreviations are used in the programme entries: FT = full-time PT = part-time DL = distance learning

This prospectus is available in alternative formats Contact the Marketing Department, King’s College London, tel 020 7848 3997

Designed by: Helen Senior+Associates Leonie Bonar/Alice Clarke Edited by: the External Relations Department, King’s College London Photography by: Julian Anderson, Patrick Barth, Richard Cook, Suki Dhanda, Sam Dobson, Alfredo Falvo, Greg Funnell, Andrew Hamilton, Conor Masterson, Ed Park, Ingrid Rasmussen, Phil Sayer, Naresh Verlander and others. Every effort has been made to contact all copyright holders. The publishers will be glad to make good in future any errors or omissions brought to their attention. Printed by: Sterling Press Printed by an ISO 14001 printer using vegetable inks on FSC certified stock (50% recycled). The paper content is carbon balanced, as facilitated by the ecological society The World Land Trust, thereby supporting the preservation of critically endangered rainforest.

CBP0007702507113731

King’s College London Strand London WC2R 2LS United Kingdom Tel 020 7836 5454 International tel +44 (0)20 7836 5454

Degree awarding powers

The provisional dates are (please check the website for any changes): 24 September to 14 December 2012 7 January to 29 March 2013 29 April to 7 June 2013

In July 2006 the Privy Council granted the College degree-awarding powers in its own right. All students who start a programme in 2012 will study for a King’s College London degree. As the degree will indicate, King’s remains a constituent College of the University of London. The enactment of this change in awarding authority does not affect the degree programme curricula, the teachers or the methods of teaching, the modes of assessment, or the high quality of the academic and associated support provision.

Registration Registration for new students takes place the week before term starts in September.

Website www.kcl.ac.uk

Term dates

Central location King’s is the most central university in London. Four of its five campuses are within a single square mile beside the River Thames between Westminster and London Bridge.

CH FIN

HAMPSTEAD HEATH

LE Y AD RO

HAMPSTEAD

ISLINGTON

Transport between sites www.kcl.ac.uk/about/campuses/transport

PRIMROSE HILL

british museum

Take a Virtual Tour Have aVICTORIA look around King’s from your home: www.kcl.ac.uk/virtualtour PARK

tate modern

D OA NR

REGENT’S PARK TO EUS

BLOOMSBURY 6 7 8 5 9 4 3

OXFORD

STREET

WEST END

CITY

PIC

ST. JAMES’S PARK

GREEN PARK

WESTMINSTER

’S

AD RO

houses of parliAment

13 14

OVAL

M AP

MES

HA R

Halls of Residence 1

CLAPHAM COMMON

Hampstead Residence –

Intercollegiate Halls

Stamford Street Apartments

Wolfson House

Great Dover Street Apartments

The Rectory

Brian Creamer House

King’s College Hall

st thomas’ campus

RO AD

CHELSEA

guy’s campus

waterloo campus

london eye

BATTERSEA PARK

RIVE

D ROA TH OR LW WA

Buckingham Palace

BO R

HOLLAND PARK

G KIN

strand campus

HYDE PARK

HS T

KENSINGTON GARDENS

N STRA LY

DIL CA

HIG

DENMARK HILL RUSKIN PARK

king’s denmark hill campus

PECKHAM RYE COMMON BROCKWELL PARK

Disclaimer The following message contains some very important information. Please read it before you use this prospectus. This prospectus was printed in the autumn of 2011. It contains information on the postgraduate programmes that King’s College London intends to run for students who are planning to start university in the autumn of 2012. The College has made reasonable efforts to ensure that the information provided is both helpful and accurate as at the date of publication. However, this information is subject to change over time. For this reason, it is particularly important that you should check the website for updates (www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus) or contact the College using the contact details contained within this document. Some circumstances (such as staff changes, resource limitations and other factors over which the College has no control, such as industrial action) or the level of demand for a particular programme or module may result in the College having to withdraw or change aspects of the programmes, modules and/or student services detailed in this prospectus. This could include, but not necessarily be limited to, programme/module content, staffing, the location where the programme/module is taught or the manner of teaching delivery, and the facilities provided to deliver or support the programme. The College reserves the right to amend or withdraw without notice and at its entire discretion any of the programmes, modules, services, facilities or other matters contained or referred to in this prospectus; where this is necessary, the College will take reasonable steps to reduce any disruption to enrolled students. Prospective candidates should note that, in the event of such circumstance occurring, the College cannot accept liability for any complaints or claims for costs, losses or damages made by a student resulting from a service disruption or closure, or any change to, or withdrawal of, a programme/module that he/she had intended to study.

King’s is ranked in the top 25 universities worldwide* and based in the heart of London. With nine Schools and six Medical Research Council centres, King’s offers world-class teaching and research. Our extensive range of subjects includes humanities, law, medicine, psychiatry, dentistry, nursing, mathematics, natural, biomedical, social and management sciences. *QS World University Rankings, 2010

Main College address King’s College London Strand London WC2R 2LS United Kingdom Tel +44 (0)20 7836 5454

King’s College London Postgraduate Prospectus 2012